NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Qiu, Lemiao; Liu, Xiaojian; Zhang, Shuyou; Sun, Liangfeng
2014-05-01
The current research of configurable product disassemblability focuses on disassemblability evaluation and disassembly sequence planning. Little work has been done on quantitative analysis of configurable product disassemblability. The disassemblability modeling technology for configurable product based on disassembly constraint relation weighted design structure matrix (DSM) is proposed. Major factors affecting the disassemblability of configurable product are analyzed, and the disassembling degrees between components in configurable product are obtained by calculating disassembly entropies such as joint type, joint quantity, disassembly path, disassembly accessibility and material compatibility. The disassembly constraint relation weighted DSM of configurable product is constructed and configuration modules are formed by matrix decomposition and tearing operations. The disassembly constraint relation in configuration modules is strong coupling, and the disassembly constraint relation between modules is weak coupling, and the disassemblability configuration model is constructed based on configuration module. Finally, taking a hydraulic forging press as an example, the decomposed weak coupling components are used as configuration modules alone, components with a strong coupling are aggregated into configuration modules, and the disassembly sequence of components inside configuration modules is optimized by tearing operation. A disassemblability configuration model of the hydraulic forging press is constructed. By researching the disassemblability modeling technology of product configuration design based on disassembly constraint relation weighted DSM, the disassembly property in maintenance, recycling and reuse of configurable product are optimized.
Tsuji, Hideto; Noda, Soma; Kimura, Takayuki; Sobue, Tadashi; Arakawa, Yuki
2017-03-24
D-configured poly(D-lactic acid) (D-PLA) and poly(D-2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoic acid) (D-P2H3MB) crystallized separately into their homo-crystallites when crystallized by precipitation or solvent evaporation, whereas incorporation of L-configured poly(L-2-hydroxybutanoic acid) (L-P2HB) in D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB induced co-crystallization or ternary stereocomplex formation between D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB and L-configured L-P2HB. However, incorporation of D-configured poly(D-2-hydroxybutanoic acid) (D-P2HB) in D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB did not cause co-crystallization between D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB and D-configured D-P2HB but separate crystallization of each polymer occurred. These findings strongly suggest that an optically active polymer (L-configured or D-configured polymer) like unsubstituted or substituted optically active poly(lactic acid)s can act as "a configurational or helical molecular glue" for two oppositely configured optically active polymers (two D-configured polymers or two L-configured polymers) to allow their co-crystallization. The increased degree of freedom in polymer combination is expected to assist to pave the way for designing polymeric composites having a wide variety of physical properties, biodegradation rate and behavior in the case of biodegradable polymers.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Tsuji, Hideto; Noda, Soma; Kimura, Takayuki; Sobue, Tadashi; Arakawa, Yuki
2017-03-01
D-configured poly(D-lactic acid) (D-PLA) and poly(D-2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoic acid) (D-P2H3MB) crystallized separately into their homo-crystallites when crystallized by precipitation or solvent evaporation, whereas incorporation of L-configured poly(L-2-hydroxybutanoic acid) (L-P2HB) in D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB induced co-crystallization or ternary stereocomplex formation between D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB and L-configured L-P2HB. However, incorporation of D-configured poly(D-2-hydroxybutanoic acid) (D-P2HB) in D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB did not cause co-crystallization between D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB and D-configured D-P2HB but separate crystallization of each polymer occurred. These findings strongly suggest that an optically active polymer (L-configured or D-configured polymer) like unsubstituted or substituted optically active poly(lactic acid)s can act as “a configurational or helical molecular glue” for two oppositely configured optically active polymers (two D-configured polymers or two L-configured polymers) to allow their co-crystallization. The increased degree of freedom in polymer combination is expected to assist to pave the way for designing polymeric composites having a wide variety of physical properties, biodegradation rate and behavior in the case of biodegradable polymers.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Mueller, Robert P. (Inventor); Lewis, Mark E. (Inventor); Bastin, Gary L. (Inventor); Branch, Matthew C. (Inventor); Carlson, Jeffrey W. (Inventor); Dokos, Adam G. (Inventor); Murtland, Kevin A. (Inventor); Nugent, Matthew W. (Inventor); Tamasy, Gabor J. (Inventor); Townsend, III, Ivan I. (Inventor)
2016-01-01
Methods and systems may provide for debris exclusion and removal apparatuses for connectors which have inverting end caps with a multi-axis lever configuration, inverting end caps with enlarged handle and/or side rail configurations, rotating end cap configurations, poppet valve configurations, O-ring configurations, filament barrier configurations, retractable cover configurations, clamshell end cap configurations, or any combination thereof. Apparatuses may also provide for an intelligent electrical connector system capable of detecting damage to or faults within a plurality of conductors and then rerouting the energy through a non-damaged spare conductor.
Evaluation of bearing configurations using the single bearing tester in liquid nitrogen
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Jett, T.; Hall, P.; Thom, R.
1991-01-01
Various bearing configurations were tested using the Marshall Space Flight Center single bearing tester with LN2 as the cryogenic coolant. The baseline was one Rocketdyne phase one high pressure oxidizer turbopump (HPOTP) pump end 45-mm bore bearing. The bearing configurations that were tested included a Salox/M cage configuration, a silicon nitride ball configuration, an elongated cage configuration, and a Bray 601 grease configuration.
Configuration Management Plan for the Tank Farm Contractor
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
WEIR, W.R.
The Configuration Management Plan for the Tank Farm Contractor describes configuration management the contractor uses to manage and integrate its technical baseline with the programmatic and functional operations to perform work. The Configuration Management Plan for the Tank Farm Contractor supports the management of the project baseline by providing the mechanisms to identify, document, and control the technical characteristics of the products, processes, and structures, systems, and components (SSC). This plan is one of the tools used to identify and provide controls for the technical baseline of the Tank Farm Contractor (TFC). The configuration management plan is listed in themore » management process documents for TFC as depicted in Attachment 1, TFC Document Structure. The configuration management plan is an integrated approach for control of technical, schedule, cost, and administrative processes necessary to manage the mission of the TFC. Configuration management encompasses the five functional elements of: (1) configuration management administration, (2) configuration identification, (3) configuration status accounting, (4) change control, and (5 ) configuration management assessments.« less
Tank waste remediation system configuration management plan
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Vann, J.M.
The configuration management program for the Tank Waste Remediation System (TWRS) Project Mission supports management of the project baseline by providing the mechanisms to identify, document, and control the functional and physical characteristics of the products. This document is one of the tools used to develop and control the mission and work. It is an integrated approach for control of technical, cost, schedule, and administrative information necessary to manage the configurations for the TWRS Project Mission. Configuration management focuses on five principal activities: configuration management system management, configuration identification, configuration status accounting, change control, and configuration management assessments. TWRS Projectmore » personnel must execute work in a controlled fashion. Work must be performed by verbatim use of authorized and released technical information and documentation. Application of configuration management will be consistently applied across all TWRS Project activities and assessed accordingly. The Project Hanford Management Contract (PHMC) configuration management requirements are prescribed in HNF-MP-013, Configuration Management Plan (FDH 1997a). This TWRS Configuration Management Plan (CMP) implements those requirements and supersedes the Tank Waste Remediation System Configuration Management Program Plan described in Vann, 1996. HNF-SD-WM-CM-014, Tank Waste Remediation System Configuration Management Implementation Plan (Vann, 1997) will be revised to implement the requirements of this plan. This plan provides the responsibilities, actions and tools necessary to implement the requirements as defined in the above referenced documents.« less
Identity configurations: a new perspective on identity formation in contemporary society.
Schachter, Elli P
2004-02-01
This paper deals with the theoretical construct of "identity configuration." It portrays the different possible ways in which individuals configure the relationship among potentially conflicting identifications in the process of identity formation. In order to explicate these configurations, I analyzed narratives of identity development retold by individuals describing personal identity conflicts that arise within a larger context of sociocultural conflict. Thirty Jewish modern orthodox young adults were interviewed regarding a potentially conflictual identity issue (i.e. their religious and sexual development). Their deliberations, as described in the interviews, were examined, and four different configurations were identified: a configuration based on choice and suppression; an assimilative and synthesizing configuration; a confederacy of identifications; and a configuration based on the thrill of dissonance. The different configurations are illustrated through exemplars, and the possible implications of the concept of "configuration" for identity theory are discussed.
Operational Dynamic Configuration Analysis
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lai, Chok Fung; Zelinski, Shannon
2010-01-01
Sectors may combine or split within areas of specialization in response to changing traffic patterns. This method of managing capacity and controller workload could be made more flexible by dynamically modifying sector boundaries. Much work has been done on methods for dynamically creating new sector boundaries [1-5]. Many assessments of dynamic configuration methods assume the current day baseline configuration remains fixed [6-7]. A challenging question is how to select a dynamic configuration baseline to assess potential benefits of proposed dynamic configuration concepts. Bloem used operational sector reconfigurations as a baseline [8]. The main difficulty is that operational reconfiguration data is noisy. Reconfigurations often occur frequently to accommodate staff training or breaks, or to complete a more complicated reconfiguration through a rapid sequence of simpler reconfigurations. Gupta quantified a few aspects of airspace boundary changes from this data [9]. Most of these metrics are unique to sector combining operations and not applicable to more flexible dynamic configuration concepts. To better understand what sort of reconfigurations are acceptable or beneficial, more configuration change metrics should be developed and their distribution in current practice should be computed. This paper proposes a method to select a simple sequence of configurations among operational configurations to serve as a dynamic configuration baseline for future dynamic configuration concept assessments. New configuration change metrics are applied to the operational data to establish current day thresholds for these metrics. These thresholds are then corroborated, refined, or dismissed based on airspace practitioner feedback. The dynamic configuration baseline selection method uses a k-means clustering algorithm to select the sequence of configurations and trigger times from a given day of operational sector combination data. The clustering algorithm selects a simplified schedule containing k configurations based on stability score of the sector combinations among the raw operational configurations. In addition, the number of the selected configurations is determined based on balance between accuracy and assessment complexity.
Are nonsymmetric balanced configurations of four equal masses virtual or real?
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Chenciner, Alain
2017-11-01
Balanced configurations of N point masses are the configurations which, in a Euclidean space of high enough dimension, i. e., up to 2( N - 1), admit a relative equilibrium motion under the Newtonian (or similar) attraction. Central configurations are balanced and it has been proved by Alain Albouy that central configurations of four equal masses necessarily possess a symmetry axis, from which followed a proof that the number of such configurations up to similarity is finite and explicitly describable. It is known that balanced configurations of three equal masses are exactly the isosceles triangles, but it is not known whether balanced configurations of four equal masses must have some symmetry. As balanced configurations come in families, it makes sense to look for possible branches of nonsymmetric balanced configurations bifurcating from the subset of symmetric ones. In the simpler case of a logarithmic potential, the subset of symmetric balanced configurations of four equal masses is easy to describe as well as the bifurcation locus, but there is a grain of salt: expressed in terms of the squared mutual distances, this locus lies almost completely outside the set of true configurations (i. e., generalizations of triangular inequalities are not satisfied) and hence could lead most of the time only to the bifurcation of a branch of virtual nonsymmetric balanced configurations. Nevertheless, a tiny piece of the bifurcation locus lies within the subset of real balanced configurations symmetric with respect to a line and hence has a chance to lead to the bifurcation of real nonsymmetric balanced configurations. This raises the question of the title, a question which, thanks to the explicit description given here, should be solvable by computer experts even in the Newtonian case. Another interesting question is about the possibility for a bifurcating branch of virtual nonsymmetric balanced configurations to come back to the domain of true configurations.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Martin, G. L.; Walkley, K. B.
1980-01-01
The aerodynamic design and analysis of three blended wing-fuselage supersonic cruise configurations providing four, five, and six abreast seating was conducted using a previously designed supersonic cruise configuration as the baseline. The five abreast configuration was optimized for wave drag at a Mach number of 2.7. The four and six abreast configurations were also optimized at Mach 2.7, but with the added constraint that the majority of their structure be common with the five abreast configuration. Analysis of the three configurations indicated an improvement of 6.0, 7.5, and 7.7 percent in cruise lift-to-drag ratio over the baseline configuration for the four, five, and six abreast configurations, respectively.
More Than the Sum of Its Parts: A Role for the Hippocampus in Configural Reinforcement Learning.
Duncan, Katherine; Doll, Bradley B; Daw, Nathaniel D; Shohamy, Daphna
2018-05-02
People often perceive configurations rather than the elements they comprise, a bias that may emerge because configurations often predict outcomes. But how does the brain learn to associate configurations with outcomes and how does this learning differ from learning about individual elements? We combined behavior, reinforcement learning models, and functional imaging to understand how people learn to associate configurations of cues with outcomes. We found that configural learning depended on the relative predictive strength of elements versus configurations and was related to both the strength of BOLD activity and patterns of BOLD activity in the hippocampus. Configural learning was further related to functional connectivity between the hippocampus and nucleus accumbens. Moreover, configural learning was associated with flexible knowledge about associations and differential eye movements during choice. Together, this suggests that configural learning is associated with a distinct computational, cognitive, and neural profile that is well suited to support flexible and adaptive behavior. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Study of odd parity configurations in neutral tungsten
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Husain, Abid; Jabeen, S.; Wajid, Abdul
2018-05-01
The ground configuration of neutral tungsten is 5d46s2. The first excited configurations in the odd parity system are 5d36s2 (6p+7p+5f+6f)+5d46s6p. Further excitation leads to large number of configurations. However the configuration 5d56p belonging to the odd parity was obtained by doubly exciting the 5d46s6p configuration. Relativistic Hartree-Fock (HFR) and least squares fitted (LSF) parametric calculations were carried out to interpret the observed spectrum recorded on a 1.5-m Wadsworth spectrograph at our laboratory in the wavelength region 2300Å to 4500Å. We confirmed the earlier reported ground configuration 5d46s2 and excited configuration 5d46s6p. Almost fifty new transitions establishing 22 energy levels belonging to the configuration 5d36s26p have been identified.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Mann, M. J.; Mercer, C. E.
1986-01-01
A transonic computational analysis method and a transonic design procedure have been used to design the wing and the canard of a forward-swept-wing fighter configuration for good transonic maneuver performance. A model of this configuration was tested in the Langley 16-Foot Transonic Tunnel. Oil-flow photographs were obtained to examine the wind flow patterns at Mach numbers from 0.60 to 0.90. The transonic theory gave a reasonably good estimate of the wing pressure distributions at transonic maneuver conditions. Comparison of the forward-swept-wing configuration with an equivalent aft-swept-wing-configuration showed that, at a Mach number of 0.90 and a lift coefficient of 0.9, the two configurations have the same trimmed drag. The forward-swept wing configuration was also found to have trimmed drag levels at transonic maneuver conditions which are comparable to those of the HiMAT (highly maneuverable aircraft technology) configuration and the X-29 forward-swept-wing research configuration. The configuration of this study was also tested with a forebody strake.
A Second Generation Swirl-Venturi Lean Direct Injection Combustion Concept
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Tacina, Kathleen M.; Chang, Clarence T.; He, Zhuohui Joe; Lee, Phil; Dam, Bidhan; Mongia, Hukam
2014-01-01
A low-NO (sub x) aircraft gas turbine engine combustion concept was developed and tested. The concept is a second generation swirl-venturi lean direct injection (SV-LDI) concept. LDI is a lean-burn combustion concept in which the fuel is injected directly into the flame zone. Three second generation SV-LDI configurations were developed. All three were based on the baseline 9-point SV-LDI configuration reported previously. These second generation configurations had better low power operability than the baseline 9-point configuration. Two of these second generation configurations were tested in a NASA Glenn Research Center flametube; these two configurations are called the at dome and 5-recess configurations. Results show that the 5-recess configuration generally had lower NO (sub x) emissions than the flat dome configuration. Correlation equations were developed for the flat dome configuration so that the landing-takeoff NO (sub x) emissions could be estimated. The flat dome landing-takeoff NO (sub x) is estimated to be 87-88 percent below the CAEP/6 standards, exceeding the ERA project goal of 75 percent reduction.
Comparison between four dissimilar solar panel configurations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Suleiman, K.; Ali, U. A.; Yusuf, Ibrahim; Koko, A. D.; Bala, S. I.
2017-12-01
Several studies on photovoltaic systems focused on how it operates and energy required in operating it. Little attention is paid on its configurations, modeling of mean time to system failure, availability, cost benefit and comparisons of parallel and series-parallel designs. In this research work, four system configurations were studied. Configuration I consists of two sub-components arranged in parallel with 24 V each, configuration II consists of four sub-components arranged logically in parallel with 12 V each, configuration III consists of four sub-components arranged in series-parallel with 8 V each, and configuration IV has six sub-components with 6 V each arranged in series-parallel. Comparative analysis was made using Chapman Kolmogorov's method. The derivation for explicit expression of mean time to system failure, steady state availability and cost benefit analysis were performed, based on the comparison. Ranking method was used to determine the optimal configuration of the systems. The results of analytical and numerical solutions of system availability and mean time to system failure were determined and it was found that configuration I is the optimal configuration.
Method and apparatus configured for identification of a material
Slater, John M.; Crawford, Thomas M.
2000-01-01
The present invention includes an apparatus configured for identification of a material, and methods of identifying a material. One embodiment of the invention provides an apparatus including a first region configured to receive a first sample, the first region being configured to output a first spectrum corresponding to the first sample and responsive to exposure of the first sample to radiation; a modulator configured to modulate the first spectrum according to a first frequency; a second region configured to receive a second sample, the second region being configured to output a second spectrum corresponding to the second sample and responsive to exposure of the second sample to the modulated first spectrum; and a detector configured to detect the second spectrum having a second frequency greater than the first frequency.
A PBOM configuration and management method based on templates
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Guo, Kai; Qiao, Lihong; Qie, Yifan
2018-03-01
The design of Process Bill of Materials (PBOM) holds a hinge position in the process of product development. The requirements of PBOM configuration design and management for complex products are analysed in this paper, which include the reuse technique of configuration procedure and urgent management need of huge quantity of product family PBOM data. Based on the analysis, the function framework of PBOM configuration and management has been established. Configuration templates and modules are defined in the framework to support the customization and the reuse of configuration process. The configuration process of a detection sensor PBOM is shown as an illustration case in the end. The rapid and agile PBOM configuration and management can be achieved utilizing template-based method, which has a vital significance to improve the development efficiency for complex products.
A configural dominant account of contextual cueing: Configural cues are stronger than colour cues.
Kunar, Melina A; John, Rebecca; Sweetman, Hollie
2014-01-01
Previous work has shown that reaction times to find a target in displays that have been repeated are faster than those for displays that have never been seen before. This learning effect, termed "contextual cueing" (CC), has been shown using contexts such as the configuration of the distractors in the display and the background colour. However, it is not clear how these two contexts interact to facilitate search. We investigated this here by comparing the strengths of these two cues when they appeared together. In Experiment 1, participants searched for a target that was cued by both colour and distractor configural cues, compared with when the target was only predicted by configural information. The results showed that the addition of a colour cue did not increase contextual cueing. In Experiment 2, participants searched for a target that was cued by both colour and distractor configuration compared with when the target was only cued by colour. The results showed that adding a predictive configural cue led to a stronger CC benefit. Experiments 3 and 4 tested the disruptive effects of removing either a learned colour cue or a learned configural cue and whether there was cue competition when colour and configural cues were presented together. Removing the configural cue was more disruptive to CC than removing colour, and configural learning was shown to overshadow the learning of colour cues. The data support a configural dominant account of CC, where configural cues act as the stronger cue in comparison to colour when they are presented together.
Configuration and Data Management Process and the System Safety Professional
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Shivers, Charles Herbert; Parker, Nelson C. (Technical Monitor)
2001-01-01
This article presents a discussion of the configuration management (CM) and the Data Management (DM) functions and provides a perspective of the importance of configuration and data management processes to the success of system safety activities. The article addresses the basic requirements of configuration and data management generally based on NASA configuration and data management policies and practices, although the concepts are likely to represent processes of any public or private organization's well-designed configuration and data management program.
Cornilescu, Gabriel; Ramos Alvarenga, René F; Wyche, Thomas P; Bugni, Tim S; Gil, Roberto R; Cornilescu, Claudia C; Westler, William M; Markley, John L; Schwieters, Charles D
2017-08-18
Establishing the relative configuration of a bioactive natural product represents the most challenging part in determining its structure. Residual dipolar couplings (RDCs) are sensitive probes of the relative spatial orientation of internuclear vectors. We adapted a force field structure calculation methodology to allow free sampling of both R and S configurations of the stereocenters of interest. The algorithm uses a floating alignment tensor in a simulated annealing protocol to identify the conformations and configurations that best fit experimental RDC and distance restraints (from NOE and J-coupling data). A unique configuration (for rigid molecules) or a very small number of configurations (for less rigid molecules) of the structural models having the lowest chiral angle energies and reasonable magnitudes of the alignment tensor are provided as the best predictions of the unknown configuration. For highly flexible molecules, the progressive locking of their stereocenters into their statistically dominant R or S state dramatically reduces the number of possible relative configurations. The result is verified by checking that the same configuration is obtained by initiating the locking from different regions of the molecule. For all molecules tested having known configurations (with conformations ranging from mostly rigid to highly flexible), the method accurately determined the correct configuration.
Dynamic positioning configuration and its first-order optimization
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Xue, Shuqiang; Yang, Yuanxi; Dang, Yamin; Chen, Wu
2014-02-01
Traditional geodetic network optimization deals with static and discrete control points. The modern space geodetic network is, on the other hand, composed of moving control points in space (satellites) and on the Earth (ground stations). The network configuration composed of these facilities is essentially dynamic and continuous. Moreover, besides the position parameter which needs to be estimated, other geophysical information or signals can also be extracted from the continuous observations. The dynamic (continuous) configuration of the space network determines whether a particular frequency of signals can be identified by this system. In this paper, we employ the functional analysis and graph theory to study the dynamic configuration of space geodetic networks, and mainly focus on the optimal estimation of the position and clock-offset parameters. The principle of the D-optimization is introduced in the Hilbert space after the concept of the traditional discrete configuration is generalized from the finite space to the infinite space. It shows that the D-optimization developed in the discrete optimization is still valid in the dynamic configuration optimization, and this is attributed to the natural generalization of least squares from the Euclidean space to the Hilbert space. Then, we introduce the principle of D-optimality invariance under the combination operation and rotation operation, and propose some D-optimal simplex dynamic configurations: (1) (Semi) circular configuration in 2-dimensional space; (2) the D-optimal cone configuration and D-optimal helical configuration which is close to the GPS constellation in 3-dimensional space. The initial design of GPS constellation can be approximately treated as a combination of 24 D-optimal helixes by properly adjusting the ascending node of different satellites to realize a so-called Walker constellation. In the case of estimating the receiver clock-offset parameter, we show that the circular configuration, the symmetrical cone configuration and helical curve configuration are still D-optimal. It shows that the given total observation time determines the optimal frequency (repeatability) of moving known points and vice versa, and one way to improve the repeatability is to increase the rotational speed. Under the Newton's law of motion, the frequency of satellite motion determines the orbital altitude. Furthermore, we study three kinds of complex dynamic configurations, one of which is the combination of D-optimal cone configurations and a so-called Walker constellation composed of D-optimal helical configuration, the other is the nested cone configuration composed of n cones, and the last is the nested helical configuration composed of n orbital planes. It shows that an effective way to achieve high coverage is to employ the configuration composed of a certain number of moving known points instead of the simplex configuration (such as D-optimal helical configuration), and one can use the D-optimal simplex solutions or D-optimal complex configurations in any combination to achieve powerful configurations with flexile coverage and flexile repeatability. Alternately, how to optimally generate and assess the discrete configurations sampled from the continuous one is discussed. The proposed configuration optimization framework has taken the well-known regular polygons (such as equilateral triangle and quadrangular) in two-dimensional space and regular polyhedrons (regular tetrahedron, cube, regular octahedron, regular icosahedron, or regular dodecahedron) into account. It shows that the conclusions made by the proposed technique are more general and no longer limited by different sampling schemes. By the conditional equation of D-optimal nested helical configuration, the relevance issues of GNSS constellation optimization are solved and some examples are performed by GPS constellation to verify the validation of the newly proposed optimization technique. The proposed technique is potentially helpful in maintenance and quadratic optimization of single GNSS of which the orbital inclination and the orbital altitude change under the precession, as well as in optimally nesting GNSSs to perform global homogeneous coverage of the Earth.
Reconfigurable antenna pattern verification
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Drexler, Jerome P. (Inventor); Becker, Robert C. (Inventor); Meyers, David W. (Inventor); Muldoon, Kelly P. (Inventor)
2013-01-01
A method of verifying programmable antenna configurations is disclosed. The method comprises selecting a desired antenna configuration from a plurality of antenna configuration patterns, with the selected antenna configuration forming at least one reconfigurable antenna from reconfigurable antenna array elements. The method validates the formation of the selected antenna configuration to determine antenna performance of the at least one reconfigurable antenna.
Jiang, Zheyu; Ramapriya, Gautham Madenoor; Tawarmalani, Mohit; ...
2018-04-20
Heat and mass integration to consolidate distillation columns in a multicomponent distillation configuration can lead to a number of new energy efficient and cost effective configurations. In this paper, we identify a powerful and simple-to-use fact about heat and mass integration. The newly developed heat and mass integrated configurations, which we call as HMP configurations, involve first introducing thermal couplings to all intermediate transfer streams, followed by consolidating columns associated with a lighter pure product reboiler and a heavier pure product condenser. A systematic method of enumerating all HMP configurations is introduced. We compare the energy savings of HMP configurationsmore » with the well-known fully thermally coupled (FTC) configurations. We demonstrate that HMP configurations can have very similar and sometimes even the same minimum total vapor duty requirement as the FTC configuration, while using far less number of column sections, intermediate transfer streams, and thermal couplings than the FTC configurations.« less
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Jiang, Zheyu; Ramapriya, Gautham Madenoor; Tawarmalani, Mohit
Heat and mass integration to consolidate distillation columns in a multicomponent distillation configuration can lead to a number of new energy efficient and cost effective configurations. In this paper, we identify a powerful and simple-to-use fact about heat and mass integration. The newly developed heat and mass integrated configurations, which we call as HMP configurations, involve first introducing thermal couplings to all intermediate transfer streams, followed by consolidating columns associated with a lighter pure product reboiler and a heavier pure product condenser. A systematic method of enumerating all HMP configurations is introduced. We compare the energy savings of HMP configurationsmore » with the well-known fully thermally coupled (FTC) configurations. We demonstrate that HMP configurations can have very similar and sometimes even the same minimum total vapor duty requirement as the FTC configuration, while using far less number of column sections, intermediate transfer streams, and thermal couplings than the FTC configurations.« less
Virtual Network Configuration Management System for Data Center Operations and Management
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Okita, Hideki; Yoshizawa, Masahiro; Uehara, Keitaro; Mizuno, Kazuhiko; Tarui, Toshiaki; Naono, Ken
Virtualization technologies are widely deployed in data centers to improve system utilization. However, they increase the workload for operators, who have to manage the structure of virtual networks in data centers. A virtual-network management system which automates the integration of the configurations of the virtual networks is provided. The proposed system collects the configurations from server virtualization platforms and VLAN-supported switches, and integrates these configurations according to a newly developed XML-based management information model for virtual-network configurations. Preliminary evaluations show that the proposed system helps operators by reducing the time to acquire the configurations from devices and correct the inconsistency of operators' configuration management database by about 40 percent. Further, they also show that the proposed system has excellent scalability; the system takes less than 20 minutes to acquire the virtual-network configurations from a large scale network that includes 300 virtual machines. These results imply that the proposed system is effective for improving the configuration management process for virtual networks in data centers.
Aerodynamic Comparison of Hyper-Elliptic Cambered Span (HECS) Wings with Conventional Configurations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lazos, Barry S.; Visser, Kenneth D.
2006-01-01
An experimental study was conducted to examine the aerodynamic and flow field characteristics of hyper-elliptic cambered span (HECS) wings and compare results with more conventional configurations used for induced drag reduction. Previous preliminary studies, indicating improved L/D characteristics when compared to an elliptical planform prompted this more detailed experimental investigation. Balance data were acquired on a series of swept and un-swept HECS wings, a baseline elliptic planform, two winglet designs and a raked tip configuration. Seven-hole probe wake surveys were also conducted downstream of a number of the configurations. Wind tunnel results indicated aerodynamic performance levels of all but one of the HECS wings exceeded that of the other configurations. The flow field data surveys indicate the HECS configurations displaced the tip vortex farther outboard of the wing than the Baseline configuration. Minimum drag was observed on the raked tip configuration and it was noted that the winglet wake lacked the cohesive vortex structure present in the wakes of the other configurations.
Cheng, Jianhua; Dong, Jinlu; Landry, Rene; Chen, Daidai
2014-07-29
In order to improve the accuracy and reliability of micro-electro mechanical systems (MEMS) navigation systems, an orthogonal rotation method-based nine-gyro redundant MEMS configuration is presented. By analyzing the accuracy and reliability characteristics of an inertial navigation system (INS), criteria for redundant configuration design are introduced. Then the orthogonal rotation configuration is formed through a two-rotation of a set of orthogonal inertial sensors around a space vector. A feasible installation method is given for the real engineering realization of this proposed configuration. The performances of the novel configuration and another six configurations are comprehensively compared and analyzed. Simulation and experimentation are also conducted, and the results show that the orthogonal rotation configuration has the best reliability, accuracy and fault detection and isolation (FDI) performance when the number of gyros is nine.
Apparatus configured for identification of a material and method of identifying a material
Slater, John M.; Crawford, Thomas M.; Frickey, Dean A.
2001-01-01
The present invention relates to an apparatus configured for identification of a material and method of identifying a material. One embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus configured for identification of a material including a first region configured to receive a first sample and output a first spectrum responsive to exposure of the first sample to radiation; a signal generator configured to provide a reference signal having a reference frequency and a modulation signal having a modulation frequency; a modulator configured to selectively modulate the first spectrum using the modulation signal according to the reference frequency; a second region configured to receive a second sample and output a second spectrum responsive to exposure of the second sample to the first spectrum; and a detector configured to detect the second spectrum.
Inverse problem of central configurations in the collinear 5-body problem
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Davis, Candice; Geyer, Scott; Johnson, William; Xie, Zhifu
2018-05-01
In this paper, we study the inverse problem of collinear central configurations of a 5-body problem: given a collinear configuration q = (-s - 1, -1, r, 1, t + 1) of 5 bodies, does there exist positive masses to make the configuration central? Here we proved the following results: If r = 0 and s = t > 0, there always exist positive masses to make the configuration central and the masses are symmetrical such that m1 = m5, m2 = m4, and m3 is an arbitrary parameter. Specially if r = 0 and s =t =s ¯ , the configuration q =(-s ¯ -1 ,-1,0,1 ,s ¯ +1 ) is always a central configuration for any positive masses 0 < m2 = m4 < ∞ when m1 = m5 are fixed at particular values, which only depend on s ¯ and m3. s ¯ is the unique real root of a fifth order polynomial and numerically s ¯ ≈1.396 812 289 . If r = 0 and s ≠ t > 0, there also always exist positive masses to make the configuration central. For any r ∈ (0, 1) [or r ∈ (-1, 0)], there exist a set E14 (or E25) in the first quadrant of st-plane where every configuration is a central configuration for some positive masses. However, no configuration in the complement of E14 (or E25) is a central configuration for any positive masses.
Configuration development study of the X-24C hypersonic research airplane, phase 2
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Combs, H. G.
1977-01-01
The X-24C Hypersonic Research Vehicle, configured with a heat-sink structure, a launch mass limit of 31.75 Mg and powered by an LR-105 Rocket Engine plus 12 LR-101 Sustainer Engines, was found to be the more cost effective of the candidate configurations. In addition, the configuration provides the maximum off design growth potential capability and subsequently, was selected as the candidate configuration to be subjected to the design refinement study in the remaining segment of the study. Selection of this configuration was based on the analytical study conducted on the performance growth capabilities of the candidate configurations selected from the Phase 1 Study.
A multidimensional framework for assessing patient room configurations.
Pati, Debajyoti; Harvey, Thomas E; Reyers, Evelyn; Evans, Jennie; Waggener, Laurie; Serrano, Marjorie; Saucier, Rachel; Nagle, Tina
2009-01-01
A framework for multidimensional assessment of patient room configurations is presented. Twenty-three issues are considered and categorized under six domains of assessment: (1) patient safety, (2) staff efficiency, (3) circulation, (4) infection control, (5) patient considerations, and (6) family amenities. Use of the framework to rank issues by importance and assess six alternative patient room configurations by a diverse group of experts in a symposium is described. One of the key questions posed during inpatient room design is the location of the bathroom. What issues are affected by the variations in room configuration that arise from bathroom location? A complete articulation of the issues that potentially are affected by room configuration is not available in the literature. The list of issues was developed by the authors in preparation for a symposium. The symposium was organized in May 2007 and attended by 14 experts from four institutions. Six alternative room configurations were used. Variations in the configurations included: (1) three same-handed and three mirror-image rooms; (2) three outboard, two inboard, and one nested bathroom; and (3) three rooms with footwall bathrooms and three with headwall bathrooms. In a four-step process, the attendees ranked the issues, discussed them in detail, rated each room configuration against each issue on a seven-point suitability scale, and conducted an overall assessment of the six configurations. Based on the ratings and rankings provided by the symposium participants, outboard bathroom locations were found to be most suitable, followed by nested and inboard configurations. Furthermore, configurations with patient bathrooms located on the footwall were rated as more suitable than headwall locations. The authors recommend, however, that the framework be used to determine a suitable room configuration in a specific context, rather than to identify configurations that will perform well universally.
Condenser assembly system for an appliance
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Litch, Andrew David
2017-10-17
An appliance includes a compact condenser assembly formed with at least two separately and independently produced wire on tube condensers. Each of the at least two wire on tube condensers has a condenser inlet and a condenser outlet. The at least two wire on tube condensers are at least substantially locked and positioned in a matingly engaged configuration forming a compact condenser assembly. The at least two wire on tube condensers are configured to be operationally connected in at least one of a parallel configuration, a series configuration, a selectable configuration, and a bypass configuration.
Grinding assembly, grinding apparatus, weld joint defect repair system, and methods
Larsen, Eric D.; Watkins, Arthur D.; Bitsoi, Rodney J.; Pace, David P.
2005-09-27
A grinding assembly for grinding a weld joint of a workpiece includes a grinder apparatus, a grinder apparatus includes a grinding wheel configured to grind the weld joint, a member configured to receive the grinding wheel, the member being configured to be removably attached to the grinder apparatus, and a sensor assembly configured to detect a contact between the grinding wheel and the workpiece. The grinding assembly also includes a processing circuitry in communication with the grinder apparatus and configured to control operations of the grinder apparatus, the processing circuitry configured to receive weld defect information of the weld joint from an inspection assembly to create a contour grinding profile to grind the weld joint in a predetermined shape based on the received weld defect information, and a manipulator having an end configured to carry the grinder apparatus, the manipulator further configured to operate in multiple dimensions.
FPGA-based protein sequence alignment : A review
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Isa, Mohd. Nazrin Md.; Muhsen, Ku Noor Dhaniah Ku; Saiful Nurdin, Dayana; Ahmad, Muhammad Imran; Anuar Zainol Murad, Sohiful; Nizam Mohyar, Shaiful; Harun, Azizi; Hussin, Razaidi
2017-11-01
Sequence alignment have been optimized using several techniques in order to accelerate the computation time to obtain the optimal score by implementing DP-based algorithm into hardware such as FPGA-based platform. During hardware implementation, there will be performance challenges such as the frequent memory access and highly data dependent in computation process. Therefore, investigation in processing element (PE) configuration where involves more on memory access in load or access the data (substitution matrix, query sequence character) and the PE configuration time will be the main focus in this paper. There are various approaches to enhance the PE configuration performance that have been done in previous works such as by using serial configuration chain and parallel configuration chain i.e. the configuration data will be loaded into each PEs sequentially and simultaneously respectively. Some researchers have proven that the performance using parallel configuration chain has optimized both the configuration time and area.
Transporting particulate material
Aldred, Derek Leslie [North Hollywood, CA; Rader, Jeffrey A [North Hollywood, CA; Saunders, Timothy W [North Hollywood, CA
2011-08-30
A material transporting system comprises a material transporting apparatus (100) including a material transporting apparatus hopper structure (200, 202), which comprises at least one rotary transporting apparatus; a stationary hub structure (900) constraining and assisting the at least one rotary transporting apparatus; an outlet duct configuration (700) configured to permit material to exit therefrom and comprising at least one diverging portion (702, 702'); an outlet abutment configuration (800) configured to direct material to the outlet duct configuration; an outlet valve assembly from the material transporting system venting the material transporting system; and a moving wall configuration in the material transporting apparatus capable of assisting the material transporting apparatus in transporting material in the material transporting system. Material can be moved from the material transporting apparatus hopper structure to the outlet duct configuration through the at least one rotary transporting apparatus, the outlet abutment configuration, and the outlet valve assembly.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Montoya, L. C.
1981-01-01
Three KC-135 winglet configurations were flight tested for cant/incidence angles of 15 deg/-4 deg, 15 deg/-2 deg, and 0 deg/-4 deg, as well as the basic wing. The flight results for the 15 deg/-4 deg and basic wing configurations confirm the wind tunnel predicted 7% incremental decrease in total drag at cruise conditions. The 15 deg/-4 configuration flight measured wing and winglet pressure distributions, loads, stability and control, flutter, and buffet also correlate well with predicted values. The only unexpected flight results as compared with analytical predictions is a flutter speed decrease for the 0 deg/-4 deg configuration. The 15 deg/-2 deg configuration results show essentially the same incremental drag reduction as the 15 deg/-4 deg configuration; however, the flight loads are approximately 30% higher for the 15 deg/-2 deg configuration. The drag data for the 0 deg/-4 deg configuration show only a flight drag reduction.
FLITECAM: delivery and performance on SOFIA
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Logsdon, Sarah E.; McLean, Ian S.; Becklin, E. E.; Hamilton, Ryan T.; Vacca, William D.; Waddell, Patrick
2016-08-01
We present a performance report for FLITECAM, a 1-5 μm imager and spectrograph, upon its acceptance and delivery to SOFIA (Stratospheric Observatory for Infrared Astronomy). FLITECAM has two observing configurations: solo configuration and "FLIPO" configuration, which is the co-mounting of FLITECAM with the optical instrument HIPO (PI E. Dunham, Lowell Observatory). FLITECAM was commissioned in the FLIPO configuration in 2014 and flew in the solo configuration for the first time in Fall 2015, shortly after its official delivery to SOFIA. Here we quantify FLITECAM's imaging and spectral performance in both configurations and discuss the science capabilities of each configuration, with examples from in-flight commissioning and early science data. The solo configuration (which comprises fewer warm optics) has better sensitivity at longer wavelengths. We also discuss the causes of excess background detected in the in-flight FLITECAM images at low elevations and describe the current plan to mitigate the largest contributor to this excess background.
Tran, Huan; Lee, Adrian; Hanany, Shaul; Milligan, Michael; Renbarger, Tom
2008-01-10
We compare the geometric and physical-optics performance of two configurations of offset dual-reflector antennas that obey the Mizuguchi-Dragone condition. The traditional Gregorian configuration is compared with the larger crossed configuration. These configurations are candidates for experiments that measure the polarization of the cosmic microwave background. Particular attention is given to wide-field performance and polarization fidelity. Both a ray tracer and a physical optics simulation package are used to conclude that the crossed configuration has a larger diffraction-limited field of view, but within this limit both configurations have roughly the same instrumental polarization and both show excellent cross-polarization levels, with the crossed configuration showing approximately 10 dB better performance.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Tran, Huan; Lee, Adrian; Hanany, Shaul; Milligan, Michael; Renbarger, Tom
2008-01-01
We compare the geometric and physical-optics performance of two configurations of offset dual-reflector antennas that obey the Mizuguchi-Dragone condition. The traditional Gregorian configuration is compared with the larger crossed configuration. These configurations are candidates for experiments that measure the polarization of the cosmic microwave background. Particular attention is given to wide-field performance and polarization fidelity. Both a ray tracer and a physical optics simulation package are used to conclude that the crossed configuration has a larger diffraction-limited field of view, but within this limit both configurations have roughly the same instrumental polarization and both show excellent cross-polarization levels, with the crossed configuration showing ~10 dB better performance.
Tank waste remediation system configuration management implementation plan
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Vann, J.M.
1998-03-31
The Tank Waste Remediation System (TWRS) Configuration Management Implementation Plan describes the actions that will be taken by Project Hanford Management Contract Team to implement the TWRS Configuration Management program defined in HNF 1900, TWRS Configuration Management Plan. Over the next 25 years, the TWRS Project will transition from a safe storage mission to an aggressive retrieval, storage, and disposal mission in which substantial Engineering, Construction, and Operations activities must be performed. This mission, as defined, will require a consolidated configuration management approach to engineering, design, construction, as-building, and operating in accordance with the technical baselines that emerge from themore » life cycles. This Configuration Management Implementation Plan addresses the actions that will be taken to strengthen the TWRS Configuration Management program.« less
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Ainsworth, R. W.; Johnson, J. C.; Watts, L. L.
1972-01-01
An investigation was made of the fin configuration and booster body configuration effects on a composite booster/040A orbiter launch configuration. Aerodynamic performance and stability characteristics in pitch and yaw were obtained. Configurations tested included two stepped cylindrical bodies of different lengths with a conical nose, four fin shapes of various sizes and aspect ratios mounted in different positions around the base of the bodies, two base flare angles and three 040A orbiter configurations. The orbiter variations included a tailless configuration and two tail sizes. A tailless booster launch configuration with deflected petals (expanded flare sectors) was also tested. The model scale was 0.003366. Data were converted to coefficient form in near real time, punched on cards, and tabulated. The cards used in conjunction with a Benson-Lehner plotter were used to provide plotted data. At the end of the test, tabulated input forms were completed for the SADSAC computer program to aid in publishing the final test data report.
Space shuttle phase B wind tunnel model and test information. Volume 3: Launch configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Glynn, J. L.; Poucher, D. E.
1988-01-01
Archived wind tunnel test data are available for flyback booster or other alternate recoverable configuration as well as reusable orbiters studied during initial development (Phase B) of the Space Shuttle, including contractor data for an extensive variety of configurations with an array of wing and body planforms. The test data have been compiled into a database and are available for application to current winged flyback or recoverable booster aerodynamic studies. The Space Shuttle Phase B Wind Tunnel Database is structured by vehicle component and configuration. Basic components include booster, orbiter, and launch vehicle. Booster configuration types include straight and delta wings, canard, cylindrical, retroglide and twin body. Orbiter configurations include straight and delta wings, lifting body, drop tanks and double delta wings. Launch configurations include booster and orbiter components in various stacked and tandem combinations. The digital database consists of 220 files containing basic tunnel data. Database structure is documented in a series of reports which include configuration sketches for the various planforms tested. This is Volume 3 -- launch configurations.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Alperovich, Z.; Buchinsky, O.; Greenstein, S.; Ishaaya, A. A.
2017-08-01
We investigate the misalignment sensitivity in a crossed-Porro resonator configuration when coherently combining two pulsed multimode Nd:YAG laser channels. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first reported study of this configuration. The configuration is based on a passive intra-cavity interferometric combiner that promotes self-phase locking and coherent combining. Detailed misalignment sensitivity measurements are presented, examining both translation and angular deviations of the end prisms and combiner, and are compared to the results for standard flat end-mirror configurations. The results show that the most sensitive parameter in the crossed-Porro resonator configuration is the angular tuning of the intra-cavity interferometric combiner, which is ~±54 µrad. In comparison, with the flat end mirror configuration, the most sensitive parameter in the resonator is the angular tuning of the output coupler, which is ~±11 µrad. Thus, with the crossed-Porro configuration, we obtain significantly reduced sensitivity. This ability to reduce the misalignment sensitivity in coherently combined solid-state configurations may be beneficial in paving their way into practical use in a variety of demanding applications.
Configural face processing impacts race disparities in humanization and trust
Cassidy, Brittany S.; Krendl, Anne C.; Stanko, Kathleen A.; Rydell, Robert J.; Young, Steven G.; Hugenberg, Kurt
2018-01-01
The dehumanization of Black Americans is an ongoing societal problem. Reducing configural face processing, a well-studied aspect of typical face encoding, decreases the activation of human-related concepts to White faces, suggesting that the extent that faces are configurally processed contributes to dehumanization. Because Black individuals are more dehumanized relative to White individuals, the current work examined how configural processing might contribute to their greater dehumanization. Study 1 showed that inverting faces (which reduces configural processing) reduced the activation of human-related concepts toward Black more than White faces. Studies 2a and 2b showed that reducing configural processing affects dehumanization by decreasing trust and increasing homogeneity among Black versus White faces. Studies 3a–d showed that configural processing effects emerge in racial outgroups for whom untrustworthiness may be a more salient group stereotype (i.e., Black, but not Asian, faces). Study 4 provided evidence that these effects are specific to reduced configural processing versus more general perceptual disfluency. Reduced configural processing may thus contribute to the greater dehumanization of Black relative to White individuals. PMID:29910510
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Polhamus, E. C.; Gloss, B. B.
1981-01-01
Static aerodynamic research related to aircraft configurations in their cruise or combat modes is discussed. Subsonic transport aircraft, transonic tactical aircraft, and slender wing aircraft are considered. The status and plans of Langley's NTF configuration research program are reviewed. Recommendations for near term configuration research are made.
CD-ROM Hardware Configurations: Selection and Design.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Jaffe, Lee David; Watkins, Steven G.
1992-01-01
Presents selection and design considerations to help libraries make informed decisions about hardware configurations of CD-ROM systems. Highlights include CD-ROM configurations, including single drive workstations, daisychains, and jukeboxes; network configurations, including remote access; microcomputer features; CD-ROM drive selection; and…
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yu, Yuting; Cheng, Ming
2018-05-01
Aiming at various configuration scheme and inertial measurement units of Strapdown Inertial Navigation System, selected tetrahedron skew configuration and coaxial orthogonal configuration by nine low cost IMU to build system. Calculation and simulation the performance index, reliability and fault diagnosis ability of the navigation system. Analysis shows that the reliability and reconfiguration scheme of skew configuration is superior to the orthogonal configuration scheme, while the performance index and fault diagnosis ability of the system are similar. The work in this paper provides a strong reference for the selection of engineering applications.
Airborne wireless communication systems, airborne communication methods, and communication methods
Deaton, Juan D [Menan, ID; Schmitt, Michael J [Idaho Falls, ID; Jones, Warren F [Idaho Falls, ID
2011-12-13
An airborne wireless communication system includes circuitry configured to access information describing a configuration of a terrestrial wireless communication base station that has become disabled. The terrestrial base station is configured to implement wireless communication between wireless devices located within a geographical area and a network when the terrestrial base station is not disabled. The circuitry is further configured, based on the information, to configure the airborne station to have the configuration of the terrestrial base station. An airborne communication method includes answering a 911 call from a terrestrial cellular wireless phone using an airborne wireless communication system.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kim, Holak; Choe, Wonho; Lim, Youbong; Lee, Seunghun; Park, Sanghoo
2017-03-01
Magnetic field configuration is critical in Hall thrusters for achieving high performance, particularly in thrust, specific impulse, efficiency, etc. Ion beam features are also significantly influenced by magnetic field configurations. In two typical magnetic field configurations (i.e., co-current and counter-current configurations) of a cylindrical Hall thruster, ion beam characteristics are compared in relation to multiply charged ions. Our study shows that the co-current configuration brings about high ion current (or low electron current), high ionization rate, and small plume angle that lead to high thruster performance.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Binion, T. W., Jr.
1975-01-01
Experiments were conducted in the low speed wind tunnel using two V/STOL models, a jet-flap and a jet-in-fuselage configuration, to search for a wind tunnel wall configuration to minimize wall interference on V/STOL models. Data were also obtained on the jet-flap model with a uniform slotted wall configuration to provide comparisons between theoretical and experimental wall interference. A test section configuration was found which provided some data in reasonable agreement with interference-free results over a wide range of momentum coefficients.
Introduction to the Special Issue on Visual Working Memory
Wolfe, Jeremy M
2014-01-01
Objects are not represented individually in visual working memory (VWM), but in relation to the contextual information provided by other memorized objects. We studied whether the contextual information provided by the spatial configuration of all memorized objects is viewpoint-dependent. We ran two experiments asking participants to detect changes in locations between memory and probe for one object highlighted in the probe image. We manipulated the changes in viewpoint between memory and probe (Exp. 1: 0°, 30°, 60°; Exp. 2: 0°, 60°), as well as the spatial configuration visible in the probe image (Exp. 1: full configuration, partial configuration; Exp. 2: full configuration, no configuration). Location change detection was higher with the full spatial configuration than with the partial configuration or with no spatial configuration at viewpoint changes of 0°, thus replicating previous findings on the nonindependent representations of individual objects in VWM. Most importantly, the effect of spatial configurations decreased with increasing viewpoint changes, suggesting a viewpoint-dependent representation of contextual information in VWM. We discuss these findings within the context of this special issue, in particular whether research performed within the slots-versus-resources debate and research on the effects of contextual information might focus on two different storage systems within VWM. PMID:25341647
A Comparison of Three Second-generation Swirl-Venturi Lean Direct Injection Combustor Concepts
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Tacina, Kathleen M.; Podboy, Derek P.; He, Zhuohui Joe; Lee, Phil; Dam, Bidhan; Mongia, Hukam
2016-01-01
Three variations of a low emissions aircraft gas turbine engine combustion concept were developed and tested. The concept is a second generation swirl-venturi lean direct injection (SV-LDI) concept. LDI is a lean-burn combustion concept in which the fuel is injected directly into the flame zone. All three variations were based on the baseline 9- point SV-LDI configuration reported previously. The three second generation SV-LDI variations are called the 5-recess configuration, the flat dome configuration, and the 9- recess configuration. These three configurations were tested in a NASA Glenn Research Center medium pressure flametube. All three second generation variations had better low power operability than the baseline 9-point configuration. All three configurations had low NO(sub x) emissions, with the 5-recess configuration generally having slightly lower NO(x) than the flat dome or 9-recess configurations. Due to the limitations of the flametube that prevented testing at pressures above 20 atm, correlation equations were developed for the at dome and 9-recess configurations so that the landing-takeoff NO(sub x) emissions could be estimated. The flat dome and 9-recess landing-takeoff NO(x) emissions are estimated to be 81-88% below the CAEP/6 standards, exceeding the project goal of 75% reduction.
Bootstrap Percolation on Homogeneous Trees Has 2 Phase Transitions
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Fontes, L. R. G.; Schonmann, R. H.
2008-09-01
We study the threshold θ bootstrap percolation model on the homogeneous tree with degree b+1, 2≤ θ≤ b, and initial density p. It is known that there exists a nontrivial critical value for p, which we call p f , such that a) for p> p f , the final bootstrapped configuration is fully occupied for almost every initial configuration, and b) if p< p f , then for almost every initial configuration, the final bootstrapped configuration has density of occupied vertices less than 1. In this paper, we establish the existence of a distinct critical value for p, p c , such that 0< p c < p f , with the following properties: 1) if p≤ p c , then for almost every initial configuration there is no infinite cluster of occupied vertices in the final bootstrapped configuration; 2) if p> p c , then for almost every initial configuration there are infinite clusters of occupied vertices in the final bootstrapped configuration. Moreover, we show that 3) for p< p c , the distribution of the occupied cluster size in the final bootstrapped configuration has an exponential tail; 4) at p= p c , the expected occupied cluster size in the final bootstrapped configuration is infinite; 5) the probability of percolation of occupied vertices in the final bootstrapped configuration is continuous on [0, p f ] and analytic on ( p c , p f ), admitting an analytic continuation from the right at p c and, only in the case θ= b, also from the left at p f .
48 CFR 3452.239-73 - Federal desktop core configuration (FDCC) compatibility.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... Configuration (FDCC) Compatibility (MAR 2011) (a) (1) The provider of information technology shall certify... alter the configuration settings from the approved FDCC configuration. The information technology should... DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACQUISITION REGULATION CLAUSES AND FORMS SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES...
48 CFR 3452.239-73 - Federal desktop core configuration (FDCC) compatibility.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... Configuration (FDCC) Compatibility (MAR 2011) (a) (1) The provider of information technology shall certify... alter the configuration settings from the approved FDCC configuration. The information technology should... DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACQUISITION REGULATION CLAUSES AND FORMS SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES...
48 CFR 3452.239-73 - Federal desktop core configuration (FDCC) compatibility.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... Configuration (FDCC) Compatibility (MAR 2011) (a) (1) The provider of information technology shall certify... alter the configuration settings from the approved FDCC configuration. The information technology should... DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACQUISITION REGULATION CLAUSES AND FORMS SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES...
48 CFR 3452.239-73 - Federal desktop core configuration (FDCC) compatibility.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... Configuration (FDCC) Compatibility (MAR 2011) (a) (1) The provider of information technology shall certify... alter the configuration settings from the approved FDCC configuration. The information technology should... DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACQUISITION REGULATION CLAUSES AND FORMS SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES...
Effect of canard position and wing leading-edge flap deflection on wing buffet at transonic speeds
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Gloss, B. B.; Henderson, W. P.; Huffman, J. K.
1974-01-01
A generalized wind-tunnel model, with canard and wing planform typical of highly maneuverable aircraft, was tested. The addition of a canard above the wing chord plane, for the configuration with leading-edge flaps undeflected, produced substantially higher total configuration lift coefficients before buffet onset than the configuration with the canard off and leading-edge flaps undeflected. The wing buffet intensity was substantially lower for the canard-wing configuration than the wing-alone configuration. The low-canard configuration generally displayed the poorest buffet characteristics. Deflecting the wing leading-edge flaps substantially improved the wing buffet characteristics for canard-off configurations. The addition of the high canard did not appear to substantially improve the wing buffet characteristics of the wing with leading-edge flaps deflected.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Kling, Daniel (Inventor)
2014-01-01
An end-configuration of components to be moved or positioned is first obtained. This end-configuration determines the relative positioning and orientation of the components with respect to each other when in a final, desired configuration. A folding pattern is then obtained that is formed by interior vertices defining corresponding tessellation facets. The folding pattern can be induced to transition from a first folded configuration to a second folded configuration. When in the second folded configuration mounting facets, which are a subset of the tessellation facets, are arranged by the geometry of the folding pattern into positions and orientations with respect to each other that correspond to the end-configuration of the components. A foldable structure is then obtained that folds in accordance with the folding pattern, and the components are affixed to their respective mounting facets.
Miura, Yohei; Ichikawa, Katsuhiro; Fujimura, Ichiro; Hara, Takanori; Hoshino, Takashi; Niwa, Shinji; Funahashi, Masao
2018-03-01
The 320-detector row computed tomography (CT) system, i.e., the area detector CT (ADCT), can perform helical scanning with detector configurations of 4-, 16-, 32-, 64-, 80-, 100-, and 160-detector rows for routine CT examinations. This phantom study aimed to compare the quality of images obtained using helical scan mode with different detector configurations. The image quality was measured using modulation transfer function (MTF) and noise power spectrum (NPS). The system performance function (SP), based on the pre-whitening theorem, was calculated as MTF 2 /NPS, and compared between configurations. Five detector configurations, i.e., 0.5 × 16 mm (16 row), 0.5 × 64 mm (64 row), 0.5 × 80 mm (80 row), 0.5 × 100 mm (100 row), and 0.5 × 160 mm (160 row), were compared using a constant volume CT dose index (CTDI vol ) of 25 mGy, simulating the scan of an adult abdomen, and with a constant effective mAs value. The MTF was measured using the wire method, and the NPS was measured from images of a 20-cm diameter phantom with uniform content. The SP of 80-row configuration was the best, for the constant CTDI vol , followed by the 64-, 160-, 16-, and 100-row configurations. The decrease in the rate of the 100- and 160-row configurations from the 80-row configuration was approximately 30%. For the constant effective mAs, the SPs of the 100-row and 160-row configurations were significantly lower, compared with the other three detector configurations. The 80- and 64-row configurations were adequate in cases that required dose efficiency rather than scan speed.
Aeroelastic Sizing for High-Speed Research (HSR) Longitudinal Control Alternatives Project (LCAP)
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Walsh, Joanne L.; Dunn, H. J.; Stroud, W. Jefferson; Barthelemy, J.-F.; Weston, Robert P.; Martin, Carl J.; Bennett, Robert M.
2005-01-01
The Longitudinal Control Alternatives Project (LCAP) compared three high-speed civil transport configurations to determine potential advantages of the three associated longitudinal control concepts. The three aircraft configurations included a conventional configuration with a layout having a horizontal aft tail, a configuration with a forward canard in addition to a horizontal aft tail, and a configuration with only a forward canard. The three configurations were aeroelastically sized and were compared on the basis of operational empty weight (OEW) and longitudinal control characteristics. The sized structure consisted of composite honeycomb sandwich panels on both the wing and the fuselage. Design variables were the core depth of the sandwich and the thicknesses of the composite material which made up the face sheets of the sandwich. Each configuration was sized for minimum structural weight under linear and nonlinear aeroelastic loads subject to strain, buckling, ply-mixture, and subsonic and supersonic flutter constraints. This report describes the methods that were used and the results that were generated for the aeroelastic sizing of the three configurations.
The Role of Configural Processing in Face Classification by Race: An ERP Study
Lv, Jing; Yan, Tianyi; Tao, Luyang; Zhao, Lun
2015-01-01
The current study investigated the time course of the other-race classification advantage (ORCA) in the subordinate classification of normally configured faces and distorted faces by race. Slightly distorting the face configuration delayed the categorization of own-race faces and had no conspicuous effects on other-race faces. The N170 was sensitive neither to configural distortions nor to faces' races. The P3 was enhanced for other-race than own-race faces and reduced by configural manipulation only for own-race faces. We suggest that the source of ORCA is the configural analysis applied by default while processing own-race faces. PMID:26733850
Robust design of configurations and parameters of adaptable products
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhang, Jian; Chen, Yongliang; Xue, Deyi; Gu, Peihua
2014-03-01
An adaptable product can satisfy different customer requirements by changing its configuration and parameter values during the operation stage. Design of adaptable products aims at reducing the environment impact through replacement of multiple different products with single adaptable ones. Due to the complex architecture, multiple functional requirements, and changes of product configurations and parameter values in operation, impact of uncertainties to the functional performance measures needs to be considered in design of adaptable products. In this paper, a robust design approach is introduced to identify the optimal design configuration and parameters of an adaptable product whose functional performance measures are the least sensitive to uncertainties. An adaptable product in this paper is modeled by both configurations and parameters. At the configuration level, methods to model different product configuration candidates in design and different product configuration states in operation to satisfy design requirements are introduced. At the parameter level, four types of product/operating parameters and relations among these parameters are discussed. A two-level optimization approach is developed to identify the optimal design configuration and its parameter values of the adaptable product. A case study is implemented to illustrate the effectiveness of the newly developed robust adaptable design method.
Automatic blocking for complex three-dimensional configurations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Dannenhoffer, John F., III
1995-01-01
A new blocking technique for complex three-dimensional configurations is described. This new technique is based upon the concept of an abstraction, or squared-up representation, of the configuration and the associated grid. By allowing the user to describe blocking requirements in natural terms (such as 'wrap a grid around this leading edge' or 'make all grid lines emanating from this wall orthogonal to it'), users can quickly generate complex grids around complex configurations, while still maintaining a high level of control where desired. An added advantage of the abstraction concept is that once a blocking is defined for a class of configurations, it can be automatically applied to other configurations of the same class, making the new technique particularly well suited for the parametric variations which typically occur during design processes. Grids have been generated for a variety of real-world, two- and three-dimensional configurations. In all cases, the time required to generate the grid, given just an electronic form of the configuration, was at most a few days. Hence with this new technique, the generation of a block-structured grid is only slightly more expensive than the generation of an unstructured grid for the same configuration.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Cliff, Susan E.; Baker, Timothy J.; Hicks, Raymond M.; Reuther, James J.
1999-01-01
Two supersonic transport configurations designed by use of non-linear aerodynamic optimization methods are compared with a linearly designed baseline configuration. One optimized configuration, designated Ames 7-04, was designed at NASA Ames Research Center using an Euler flow solver, and the other, designated Boeing W27, was designed at Boeing using a full-potential method. The two optimized configurations and the baseline were tested in the NASA Langley Unitary Plan Supersonic Wind Tunnel to evaluate the non-linear design optimization methodologies. In addition, the experimental results are compared with computational predictions for each of the three configurations from the Enter flow solver, AIRPLANE. The computational and experimental results both indicate moderate to substantial performance gains for the optimized configurations over the baseline configuration. The computed performance changes with and without diverters and nacelles were in excellent agreement with experiment for all three models. Comparisons of the computational and experimental cruise drag increments for the optimized configurations relative to the baseline show excellent agreement for the model designed by the Euler method, but poorer comparisons were found for the configuration designed by the full-potential code.
Measurement Model and Precision Analysis of Accelerometers for Maglev Vibration Isolation Platforms.
Wu, Qianqian; Yue, Honghao; Liu, Rongqiang; Zhang, Xiaoyou; Ding, Liang; Liang, Tian; Deng, Zongquan
2015-08-14
High precision measurement of acceleration levels is required to allow active control for vibration isolation platforms. It is necessary to propose an accelerometer configuration measurement model that yields such a high measuring precision. In this paper, an accelerometer configuration to improve measurement accuracy is proposed. The corresponding calculation formulas of the angular acceleration were derived through theoretical analysis. A method is presented to minimize angular acceleration noise based on analysis of the root mean square noise of the angular acceleration. Moreover, the influence of installation position errors and accelerometer orientation errors on the calculation precision of the angular acceleration is studied. Comparisons of the output differences between the proposed configuration and the previous planar triangle configuration under the same installation errors are conducted by simulation. The simulation results show that installation errors have a relatively small impact on the calculation accuracy of the proposed configuration. To further verify the high calculation precision of the proposed configuration, experiments are carried out for both the proposed configuration and the planar triangle configuration. On the basis of the results of simulations and experiments, it can be concluded that the proposed configuration has higher angular acceleration calculation precision and can be applied to different platforms.
Measurement Model and Precision Analysis of Accelerometers for Maglev Vibration Isolation Platforms
Wu, Qianqian; Yue, Honghao; Liu, Rongqiang; Zhang, Xiaoyou; Ding, Liang; Liang, Tian; Deng, Zongquan
2015-01-01
High precision measurement of acceleration levels is required to allow active control for vibration isolation platforms. It is necessary to propose an accelerometer configuration measurement model that yields such a high measuring precision. In this paper, an accelerometer configuration to improve measurement accuracy is proposed. The corresponding calculation formulas of the angular acceleration were derived through theoretical analysis. A method is presented to minimize angular acceleration noise based on analysis of the root mean square noise of the angular acceleration. Moreover, the influence of installation position errors and accelerometer orientation errors on the calculation precision of the angular acceleration is studied. Comparisons of the output differences between the proposed configuration and the previous planar triangle configuration under the same installation errors are conducted by simulation. The simulation results show that installation errors have a relatively small impact on the calculation accuracy of the proposed configuration. To further verify the high calculation precision of the proposed configuration, experiments are carried out for both the proposed configuration and the planar triangle configuration. On the basis of the results of simulations and experiments, it can be concluded that the proposed configuration has higher angular acceleration calculation precision and can be applied to different platforms. PMID:26287203
Water landing characteristics of a model of a winged reentry vehicle
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Stubbs, S. M.
1972-01-01
Proposed manned space shuttle vehicles are expected to land on airport runways. In an emergency situation, however, the vehicle may be required to land on water. A 1/10-scale dynamic model of a winged reentry vehicle was investigated to determine the water landing characteristics. Two configurations of the proposed vehicle were studied. Configuration 1 had a 30 deg negative dihedral of the stabilizer-elevon surface whereas configuration 2 had a 30 deg positive dihedral. Results indicate that the maximum normal accelerations for configurations 1 and 2 when landing in calm water were approximately 8g and 6g, respectively, and the maximum longitudinal accelerations were approximately 5g and 3g, respectively. A small hydroflap was needed to obtain satisfactory calm-water landings with configuration 2, whereas configuration 1 gave good landings without a hydroflap. All landings made in rough water resulted in unsatisfactory motions. For landings made in three different wave sizes, both configurations dived. The maximum normal accelerations for configurations 1 and 2 when landing in waves were -10.1g and -18.7g, respectively, and the maximum longitudinal accelerations for both configurations were approximately 13g.
47 CFR 22.623 - System configuration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... 47 Telecommunication 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false System configuration. 22.623 Section 22.623... Paging and Radiotelephone Service Point-To-Multipoint Operation § 22.623 System configuration. This section requires a minimum configuration for point-to-multipoint systems using the channels listed in § 22...
47 CFR 22.623 - System configuration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... 47 Telecommunication 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false System configuration. 22.623 Section 22.623... Paging and Radiotelephone Service Point-To-Multipoint Operation § 22.623 System configuration. This section requires a minimum configuration for point-to-multipoint systems using the channels listed in § 22...
47 CFR 22.623 - System configuration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... 47 Telecommunication 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false System configuration. 22.623 Section 22.623... Paging and Radiotelephone Service Point-To-Multipoint Operation § 22.623 System configuration. This section requires a minimum configuration for point-to-multipoint systems using the channels listed in § 22...
47 CFR 22.623 - System configuration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... 47 Telecommunication 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false System configuration. 22.623 Section 22.623... Paging and Radiotelephone Service Point-To-Multipoint Operation § 22.623 System configuration. This section requires a minimum configuration for point-to-multipoint systems using the channels listed in § 22...
Spin configurations on a decorated square lattice
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Mert, Gülistan; Mert, H. Şevki
Spin configurations on a decorated square lattice are investigated using Bertaut’s microscopic method. We have obtained collinear and non-collinear (canted) modes for the given wave vectors in the ground state. We have found ferromagnetic and antiferromagnetic commensurate spin configurations. We have found canted incommensurate spin configurations.
Control of Dual-Opposed Stirling Convertors with Active Power Factor Correction Controllers
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Regan, Timothy F.; Lewandowski, Edward J.; Schreiber, Jeffrey G.
2007-01-01
When using recently-developed active power factor correction (APFC) controllers in power systems comprised of dual-opposed free-piston Stirling convertors, a variety of configurations of the convertors and controller(s) can be considered, with configuration ultimately selected based on benefits of efficiency, reliability, and robust operation. The configuration must not only achieve stable control of the two convertors, but also synchronize and regulate motion of the pistons to minimize net dynamic forces. The NASA Glenn Research Center (GRC) System Dynamic Model (SDM) was used to study ten configurations of dual-opposed convertor systems. These configurations considered one controller with the alternators connected in series or in parallel, and two controllers with the alternators not connected (isolated). For the configurations where the alternators were not connected, several different approaches were evaluated to synchronize the two convertors. In addition, two thermodynamic configurations were considered: two convertors with isolated working spaces and convertors with a shared expansion space. Of the ten configurations studied, stable operating modes were found for four. Three of those four had a common expansion space. One stable configuration was found for the dual-opposed convertors with separate working spaces. That configuration required isochronous control of both convertors, and two APFC controllers were used to accomplish this. A frequency/phase control loop was necessary to allow each APFC controller to synchronize its associated convertor with a common frequency.
Control of Dual-Opposed Stirling Convertors with Active Power Factor Correction Controllers
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Regan, Timothy F.; Lewandowski, Edward J.; Schreiber, Jeffrey G.
2006-01-01
When using recently-developed active power factor correction (APFC) controllers in power systems comprised of dual-opposed free-piston Stirling convertors, a variety of configurations of the convertors and controller(s) can be considered, with configuration ultimately selected based on benefits of efficiency, reliability, and robust operation. The configuration must not only achieve stable control of the two convertors, but also synchronize and regulate motion of the pistons to minimize net dynamic forces. The NASA Glenn Research Center (GRC) System Dynamic Model (SDM) was used to study ten configurations of dual-opposed convertor systems. These configurations considered one controller with the alternators connected in series or in parallel, and two controllers with the alternators not connected (isolated). For the configurations where the alternators were not connected, several different approaches were evaluated to synchronize the two convertors. In addition, two thermodynamic configurations were considered: two convertors with isolated working spaces and convertors with a shared expansion space. Of the ten configurations studied, stable operating modes were found for four. Three of those four had a common expansion space. One stable configuration was found for the dual-opposed convertors with separate working spaces. That configuration required isochronous control of both convertors, and two APFC controllers were used to accomplish this. A frequency/phase control loop was necessary to allow each APFC controller to synchronize its associated convertor with a common frequency.
MAP, MAC, and vortex-rings configurations in the Weinberg-Salam model
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Teh, Rosy; Ng, Ban-Loong; Wong, Khai-Ming
2015-11-01
We report on the presence of new axially symmetric monopoles, antimonopoles and vortex-rings solutions of the SU(2)×U(1) Weinberg-Salam model of electromagnetic and weak interactions. When the ϕ-winding number n = 1, and 2, the configurations are monopole-antimonopole pair (MAP) and monopole-antimonopole chain (MAC) with poles of alternating sign magnetic charge arranged along the z-axis. Vortex-rings start to appear from the MAP and MAC configurations when the winding number n = 3. The MAP configurations possess zero net magnetic charge whereas the MAC configurations possess net magnetic charge of 4 πn / e. In the MAP configurations, the monopole-antimonopole pair is bounded by the Z0 field flux string and there is an electromagnetic current loop encircling it. The monopole and antimonopole possess magnetic charges ± 4πn/e sin2θW respectively. In the MAC configurations there is no string connecting the monopole and the adjacent antimonopole and they possess magnetic charges ± 4 πn/e respectively. The MAC configurations possess infinite total energy and zero magnetic dipole moment whereas the MAP configurations which are actually sphalerons possess finite total energy and magnetic dipole moment. The configurations were investigated for varying values of Higgs self-coupling constant 0 ≤ λ ≤ 40 at Weinberg angle θW = π/4.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Tapia, Moiez A.
1993-01-01
The study of a comparative analysis of distinct multiplex and fault-tolerant configurations for a PLC-based safety system from a reliability point of view is presented. It considers simplex, duplex and fault-tolerant triple redundancy configurations. The standby unit in case of a duplex configuration has a failure rate which is k times the failure rate of the standby unit, the value of k varying from 0 to 1. For distinct values of MTTR and MTTF of the main unit, MTBF and availability for these configurations are calculated. The effect of duplexing only the PLC module or only the sensors and the actuators module, on the MTBF of the configuration, is also presented. The results are summarized and merits and demerits of various configurations under distinct environments are discussed.
Electrical system architecture having high voltage bus
Hoff, Brian Douglas [East Peoria, IL; Akasam, Sivaprasad [Peoria, IL
2011-03-22
An electrical system architecture is disclosed. The architecture has a power source configured to generate a first power, and a first bus configured to receive the first power from the power source. The architecture also has a converter configured to receive the first power from the first bus and convert the first power to a second power, wherein a voltage of the second power is greater than a voltage of the first power, and a second bus configured to receive the second power from the converter. The architecture further has a power storage device configured to receive the second power from the second bus and deliver the second power to the second bus, a propulsion motor configured to receive the second power from the second bus, and an accessory motor configured to receive the second power from the second bus.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Parrington, Josef R.
Disclosed is an impaction densitometer having a chamber configured to receive a particle; a beam generator configured to emit a beam; a detector configured to receive the beam and convert a change in intensity of the received beam into an electrical signal corresponding to a particle volume; an impact sensor positioned a known distance from the beam and configured to measure a particle momentum as a function of an impact energy transferred from the particle to the impact sensor; a velocity calculator configured to calculate a particle velocity based on a time it takes the particle to pass through themore » beam and strike the impact sensor; a mass calculator configured to calculate a particle mass as a function of the particle momentum and velocity; and a density calculator configured to calculate a particle density as a function of the particle mass and volume.« less
Fractional Factorial Experiment Designs to Minimize Configuration Changes in Wind Tunnel Testing
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
DeLoach, Richard; Cler, Daniel L.; Graham, Albert B.
2002-01-01
This paper serves as a tutorial to introduce the wind tunnel research community to configuration experiment designs that can satisfy resource constraints in a configuration study involving several variables, without arbitrarily eliminating any of them from the experiment initially. The special case of a configuration study featuring variables at two levels is examined in detail. This is the type of study in which each configuration variable has two natural states - 'on or off', 'deployed or not deployed', 'low or high', and so forth. The basic principles are illustrated by results obtained in configuration studies conducted in the Langley National Transonic Facility and in the ViGYAN Low Speed Tunnel in Hampton, Virginia. The crucial role of interactions among configuration variables is highlighted with an illustration of difficulties that can be encountered when they are not properly taken into account.
System and method for merging clusters of wireless nodes in a wireless network
Budampati, Ramakrishna S [Maple Grove, MN; Gonia, Patrick S [Maplewood, MN; Kolavennu, Soumitri N [Blaine, MN; Mahasenan, Arun V [Kerala, IN
2012-05-29
A system includes a first cluster having multiple first wireless nodes. One first node is configured to act as a first cluster master, and other first nodes are configured to receive time synchronization information provided by the first cluster master. The system also includes a second cluster having one or more second wireless nodes. One second node is configured to act as a second cluster master, and any other second nodes configured to receive time synchronization information provided by the second cluster master. The system further includes a manager configured to merge the clusters into a combined cluster. One of the nodes is configured to act as a single cluster master for the combined cluster, and the other nodes are configured to receive time synchronization information provided by the single cluster master.
Design of a holographic waveguide with L configuration
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Xiang, Guangxin-Xin; Li, Wen-Qiang
2016-10-01
In order to decrease the complexity to design and manufacture the turning grating of the configuration with one reflecting surface, an L-shape two-dimension extended configuration with single plate is given in the paper. This configuration consists of one specular reflecting surface and three holographic gratings two in which periods and the groove orientations are totally same, which makes gratings design and fabrication easier. According to the calculation and analysis to the optical path of configuration, the dimension of the turning grating is no larger than 40mm×30mm. The simulation result demonstrates the display configuration is reasonable and correct and can realize the display effect with 30°×30° field of view and Φ30mm large exit pupil. This configuration can be applied to an Augmented Reality Display (AR) or a Head-Mounted Display (HMD).
Sun, X; Li, Z; Yi, Y; Ding, W; Chen, J; Engelhardt, J F; Leno, G H
2009-04-01
In several mammalian species, the configuration of germinal vesicle (GV) chromatin correlates with the developmental competence of oocytes. Yet, no study has been published on the configuration of GV chromatin in ferret, nor is it known whether a specific configuration predicts meiotic competence in this species, in spite of the potential importance of ferret cloning to the study of human disease and to species conservation efforts. Here, we report on an analysis of the chromatin configuration in ferret GV oocytes and on how they correlate with meiotic development. Three distinct configurations were identified based on the degree of chromatin condensation: (1) fibrillar chromatin (FC), featuring strands of intertwined chromatin occupying most of the visible GV region; (2) intermediate condensed chromatin (ICC), characterized by dense, irregular chromatin masses throughout the GV; and (3) condensed chromatin (CC), which is highly compact and centered around the nucleolus. We also found that chromatin configuration was related to the extent of association with cumulus cells in cumulus-oocyte complexes; CC-configured oocytes were most often surrounded by a compact cumulus layer and also a compact corona but FC-configured oocytes were associated with neither. In addition, increasing chromatin condensation corresponded to an increase in oocyte diameter. Finally, following in vitro culture, significantly more CC-configured oocytes underwent maturation to meiotic metaphase II than did FC- or ICC-configured oocytes. We conclude that, in ferret, chromatin condensation is related to the sequential achievement of meiotic competencies during oocyte growth and differentiation, and thus can be used as a predictor of competence.
48 CFR 352.239-70 - Standard for security configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... configure its computers that contain HHS data with the applicable Federal Desktop Core Configuration (FDCC) (see http://nvd.nist.gov/fdcc/index.cfm) and ensure that its computers have and maintain the latest... technology (IT) that is used to process information on behalf of HHS. The following security configuration...
48 CFR 352.239-70 - Standard for security configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... configure its computers that contain HHS data with the applicable Federal Desktop Core Configuration (FDCC) (see http://nvd.nist.gov/fdcc/index.cfm) and ensure that its computers have and maintain the latest... technology (IT) that is used to process information on behalf of HHS. The following security configuration...
48 CFR 352.239-70 - Standard for security configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... configure its computers that contain HHS data with the applicable Federal Desktop Core Configuration (FDCC) (see http://nvd.nist.gov/fdcc/index.cfm) and ensure that its computers have and maintain the latest... technology (IT) that is used to process information on behalf of HHS. The following security configuration...
48 CFR 352.239-70 - Standard for security configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... configure its computers that contain HHS data with the applicable Federal Desktop Core Configuration (FDCC) (see http://nvd.nist.gov/fdcc/index.cfm) and ensure that its computers have and maintain the latest... technology (IT) that is used to process information on behalf of HHS. The following security configuration...
48 CFR 352.239-70 - Standard for security configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... configure its computers that contain HHS data with the applicable Federal Desktop Core Configuration (FDCC) (see http://nvd.nist.gov/fdcc/index.cfm) and ensure that its computers have and maintain the latest... technology (IT) that is used to process information on behalf of HHS. The following security configuration...
SEPAC software configuration control plan and procedures, revision 1
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1981-01-01
SEPAC Software Configuration Control Plan and Procedures are presented. The objective of the software configuration control is to establish the process for maintaining configuration control of the SEPAC software beginning with the baselining of SEPAC Flight Software Version 1 and encompass the integration and verification tests through Spacelab Level IV Integration. They are designed to provide a simplified but complete configuration control process. The intent is to require a minimum amount of paperwork but provide total traceability of SEPAC software.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Not Available
This standard presents program criteria and implementation guidance for an operational configuration management program for DOE nuclear and non-nuclear facilities in the operational phase. Portions of this standard are also useful for other DOE processes, activities, and programs. This Part 1 contains foreword, glossary, acronyms, bibliography, and Chapter 1 on operational configuration management program principles. Appendices are included on configuration management program interfaces, and background material and concepts for operational configuration management.
Frey, Gary A.; Twardochleb, Christopher Z.
1998-01-01
Past airfoil configurations have been used to improve aerodynamic performance and engine efficiencies. The present airfoil configuration further increases component life and reduces maintenance by reducing internal stress within the airfoil itself. The airfoil includes a chord and a span. Each of the chord and the span has a bow being summed to form a generally "C" configuration of the airfoil. The generally "C" configuration includes a compound bow in which internal stresses resulting from a thermal temperature gradient are reduced. The structural configuration reduces internal stresses resulting from thermal expansion.
Frey, G.A.; Twardochleb, C.Z.
1998-01-13
Past airfoil configurations have been used to improve aerodynamic performance and engine efficiencies. The present airfoil configuration further increases component life and reduces maintenance by reducing internal stress within the airfoil itself. The airfoil includes a chord and a span. Each of the chord and the span has a bow being summed to form a generally ``C`` configuration of the airfoil. The generally ``C`` configuration includes a compound bow in which internal stresses resulting from a thermal temperature gradient are reduced. The structural configuration reduces internal stresses resulting from thermal expansion. 6 figs.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1982-01-01
The Space Operations Center (SOC) orbital space station research missions integration, crew requirements, SOC operations, and configurations are analyzed. Potential research and applications missions and their requirements are described. The capabilities of SOC are compared with user requirements. The SOC/space shuttle and shuttle-derived vehicle flight support operations and SOC orbital operations are described. Module configurations and systems options, SOC/external tank configurations, and configurations for geostationary orbits are described. Crew and systems safety configurations are summarized.
Case studies in configuration control for redundant robots
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Seraji, H.; Lee, T.; Colbaugh, R.; Glass, K.
1989-01-01
A simple approach to configuration control of redundant robots is presented. The redundancy is utilized to control the robot configuration directly in task space, where the task will be performed. A number of task-related kinematic functions are defined and combined with the end-effector coordinates to form a set of configuration variables. An adaptive control scheme is then utilized to ensure that the configuration variables track the desired reference trajectories as closely as possible. Simulation results are presented to illustrate the control scheme. The scheme has also been implemented for direct online control of a PUMA industrial robot, and experimental results are presented. The simulation and experimental results validate the configuration control scheme for performing various realistic tasks.
Configuration Management Plan for K Basins
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Weir, W.R.; Laney, T.
This plan describes a configuration management program for K Basins that establishes the systems, processes, and responsibilities necessary for implementation. The K Basins configuration management plan provides the methodology to establish, upgrade, reconstitute, and maintain the technical consistency among the requirements, physical configuration, and documentation. The technical consistency afforded by this plan ensures accurate technical information necessary to achieve the mission objectives that provide for the safe, economic, and environmentally sound management of K Basins and the stored material. The configuration management program architecture presented in this plan is based on the functional model established in the DOE Standard, DOE-STD-1073-93,more » {open_quotes}Guide for Operational Configuration Management Program{close_quotes}.« less
Modular transportable superconducting magnetic energy systems
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lieurance, Dennis; Kimball, Foster; Rix, Craig
1995-01-01
Design and cost studies were performed for the magnet components of mid-size (1-5 MWh), cold supported SMES systems using alternative configurations. The configurations studied included solenoid magnets, which required onsite assembly of the magnet system, and toroid and racetrack configurations which consisted of factory assembled modules. For each configuration, design concepts and cost information were developed for the major features of the magnet system including the conductor, electrical insulation, and structure. These studies showed that for mid-size systems, the costs of solenoid and toroid magnet configurations are comparable and that the specific configuration to be used for a given application should be based upon customer requirements such as limiting stray fields or minimizing risks in development or construction.
Short-cut Methods versus Rigorous Methods for Performance-evaluation of Distillation Configurations
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Ramapriya, Gautham Madenoor; Selvarajah, Ajiththaa; Jimenez Cucaita, Luis Eduardo
Here, this study demonstrates the efficacy of a short-cut method such as the Global Minimization Algorithm (GMA), that uses assumptions of ideal mixtures, constant molar overflow (CMO) and pinched columns, in pruning the search-space of distillation column configurations for zeotropic multicomponent separation, to provide a small subset of attractive configurations with low minimum heat duties. The short-cut method, due to its simplifying assumptions, is computationally efficient, yet reliable in identifying the small subset of useful configurations for further detailed process evaluation. This two-tier approach allows expedient search of the configuration space containing hundreds to thousands of candidate configurations for amore » given application.« less
Short-cut Methods versus Rigorous Methods for Performance-evaluation of Distillation Configurations
Ramapriya, Gautham Madenoor; Selvarajah, Ajiththaa; Jimenez Cucaita, Luis Eduardo; ...
2018-05-17
Here, this study demonstrates the efficacy of a short-cut method such as the Global Minimization Algorithm (GMA), that uses assumptions of ideal mixtures, constant molar overflow (CMO) and pinched columns, in pruning the search-space of distillation column configurations for zeotropic multicomponent separation, to provide a small subset of attractive configurations with low minimum heat duties. The short-cut method, due to its simplifying assumptions, is computationally efficient, yet reliable in identifying the small subset of useful configurations for further detailed process evaluation. This two-tier approach allows expedient search of the configuration space containing hundreds to thousands of candidate configurations for amore » given application.« less
Modular transportable superconducting magnetic energy systems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lieurance, Dennis; Kimball, Foster; Rix, Craig
1995-04-01
Design and cost studies were performed for the magnet components of mid-size (1-5 MWh), cold supported SMES systems using alternative configurations. The configurations studied included solenoid magnets, which required onsite assembly of the magnet system, and toroid and racetrack configurations which consisted of factory assembled modules. For each configuration, design concepts and cost information were developed for the major features of the magnet system including the conductor, electrical insulation, and structure. These studies showed that for mid-size systems, the costs of solenoid and toroid magnet configurations are comparable and that the specific configuration to be used for a given application should be based upon customer requirements such as limiting stray fields or minimizing risks in development or construction.
Aerodynamic stability and control characteristics of TBC shuttle booster AR-11981-3
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Phelps, E. R.; Watts, L. L.; Ainsworth, R. W.
1972-01-01
A scale model of the Boeing Company space shuttle booster configuration 3 was tested in the MSFC 14-inch trisonic wind tunnel. This test was proposed to fill-in the original test run schedule as well as to investigate the aerodynamic stability and control characteristics of the booster with three wing configurations not previously tested. The configurations tested included: (1) a cylindrical booster body with an axisymmetric nose, (2) clipped delta canards that had variable incidence from 0 deg to -60 deg, (3) different aft body mounted wing configurations, (4) two vertical fin configurations, and (5) a Grumman G-3 orbiter configuration. Tests were conducted over a Mach range from 0.6 to 5.0.
Delloye, Justin; Peeters, Dominique; Thomas, Isabelle
2015-01-01
In this paper, we aim at exploring how individual location decisions affect the shape of a growing city and, more precisely, how they may add up to a configuration that diverges from equilibrium configurations formulated ex-ante. To do so, we provide a two-sector city model merging a static equilibrium analysis with agent-based simulations. Results show that under strong agglomeration effects, urban development is monotonic and ends up with circular, monocentric long-term configurations. For low agglomeration effects however, elongated and multicentric urban configurations may emerge. The occurrence and underlying dynamics of these configurations are also discussed regarding commuting costs and the distance-decay of agglomeration economies between firms. To sum up, our paper warns urban planning policy makers against the difference that may stand between appropriate long-term perspectives, represented here by analytic equilibrium configurations, and short-term urban configurations, simulated here by a multi-agent system.
Fast wavelength tuning techniques for external cavity lasers
Wysocki, Gerard [Princeton, NJ; Tittel, Frank K [Houston, TX
2011-01-11
An apparatus comprising a laser source configured to emit a light beam along a first path, an optical beam steering component configured to steer the light beam from the first path to a second path at an angle to the first path, and a diffraction grating configured to reflect back at least a portion of the light beam along the second path, wherein the angle determines an external cavity length. Included is an apparatus comprising a laser source configured to emit a light beam along a first path, a beam steering component configured to redirect the light beam to a second path at an angle to the first path, wherein the optical beam steering component is configured to change the angle at a rate of at least about one Kilohertz, and a diffraction grating configured to reflect back at least a portion of the light beam along the second path.
In-memory interconnect protocol configuration registers
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Cheng, Kevin Y.; Roberts, David A.
Systems, apparatuses, and methods for moving the interconnect protocol configuration registers into the main memory space of a node. The region of memory used for storing the interconnect protocol configuration registers may also be made cacheable to reduce the latency of accesses to the interconnect protocol configuration registers. Interconnect protocol configuration registers which are used during a startup routine may be prefetched into the host's cache to make the startup routine more efficient. The interconnect protocol configuration registers for various interconnect protocols may include one or more of device capability tables, memory-side statistics (e.g., to support two-level memory data mappingmore » decisions), advanced memory and interconnect features such as repair resources and routing tables, prefetching hints, error correcting code (ECC) bits, lists of device capabilities, set and store base address, capability, device ID, status, configuration, capabilities, and other settings.« less
Space Shuttle 2 advanced space transportation system, volume 2
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Adinaro, James N.; Benefield, Philip A.; Johnson, Shelby D.; Knight, Lisa K.
1989-01-01
To determine the best configuration from all candidate configurations, it was necessary first to calculate minimum system weights and performance. To optimize the design, it is necessary to vary configuration-specific variables such as total system weight, thrust-to-weight ratios, burn durations, total thrust available, and mass fraction for the system. Optimizing each of these variables at the same time is technically unfeasible and not necessarily mathematically possible. However, discrete sets of data can be generated which will eliminate many candidate configurations. From the most promising remaining designs, a final configuration can be selected. Included are the three most important designs considered: one which closely approximates the design criteria set forth in a Marshall Space Flight Center study of the Shuttle 2; the configuration used in the initial proposal; and the final configuration. A listing by cell of the formulas used to generate the aforementioned data is included for reference.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Pokora, Darlene C.; Springer, Anthony M.
1994-01-01
A shadowgraph study of the National Launch System's (NLS's) 1 1/2 stage and heavy lift launch vehicle (HLLV) configurations is presented. Shadowgraphs are shown for the range of Mach numbers from Mach 0.6 to 5.0 at various angles-of-attack and roll angles. Since the 1 1/2 stage configuration is generally symmetric, no shadowgraphs of any roll angle are shown for this configuration. The major flow field phenomena over the NLS 1 1/2 stage and HLLV configurations are shown in the shadowgraphs. These shadowgraphs are used in the aerothermodynamic analysis of the external flow conditions the launch vehicle would encounter during the ascent stage of flight. The shadowgraphs presented in this study were obtained from configurations tested in the Marshall Space Flight Center's 14-Inch Trisonic Wind Tunnel during 1992.
School Configurations in Indiana and Their Perceived Impact in Education
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Hauswald, Jeff
2012-01-01
Despite the research conducted on school configurations, little is known about the landscape of school configurations in Indiana and about the perspectives of school leaders on school configurations and their perceived impact in education. District leaders do not have the information to make informed decisions relative to the best configuration…
NASA HERMeS Hall Thruster Electrical Configuration Characterization
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Peterson, Peter; Kamhawi, Hani; Huang, Wensheng; Yim, John; Herman, Daniel; Williams, George; Gilland, James; Hofer, Richard
2016-01-01
NASAs Hall Effect Rocket with Magnetic Shielding (HERMeS) 12.5 kW Technology Demonstration Unit-1 (TDU-1) Hall thruster has been the subject of extensive technology maturation in preparation for development into a flight ready propulsion system. Part of the technology maturation was to test the TDU-1 thruster in several ground based electrical configurations to assess the thruster robustness and suitability to successful in-space operation. The ground based electrical configuration testing has recently been demonstrated as an important step in understanding and assessing how a Hall thruster may operate differently in space compared to ground based testing, and to determine the best configuration to conduct development and qualification testing. This presentation will cover the electrical configuration testing of the TDU-1 HERMeS Hall thruster in NASA Glenn Research Centers Vacuum Facility 5. The three electrical configurations examined are the thruster body tied to facility ground, thruster floating, and finally the thruster body electrically tied to cathode common. The TDU-1 HERMeS was configured with two different exit plane boundary conditions, dielectric and conducting, to examine the influence on the electrical configuration characterization.
NASA HERMeS Hall Thruster Electrical Configuration Characterization
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Peterson, Peter Y.; Kamhawi, Hani; Huang, Wensheng; Yim, John; Herman, Daniel; Williams, George; Gilland, James; Hofer, Richard
2015-01-01
The NASA Hall Effect Rocket with Magnetic Shielding (HERMeS) 12.5 kW Technology Demonstration Unit-1 (TDU-1) Hall thruster has been the subject of extensive technology maturation in preparation for development into a flight ready propulsion system. Part of the technology maturation was to test the TDU-1 thruster in several ground based electrical configurations to assess the thruster robustness and suitability to successful in-space operation. The ground based electrical configuration testing has recently been demonstrated as an important step in understanding and assessing how a Hall thruster may operate differently in-space compared to ground based testing, and to determine the best configuration to conduct development and qualification testing. This paper describes the electrical configuration testing of the HERMeS TDU-1 Hall thruster in NASA Glenn Research Center's Vacuum Facility 5. The three electrical configurations examined were 1) thruster body tied to facility ground, 2) thruster floating, and 3) thruster body electrically tied to cathode common. The HERMeS TDU-1 Hall thruster was also configured with two different exit plane boundary conditions, dielectric and conducting, to examine the influence on the electrical configuration characterization.
Space shuttle phase B wind tunnel model and test information. Volume 1: Booster configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Glynn, J. L.; Poucher, D. E.
1988-01-01
Archived wind tunnel test data are available for flyback booster or other alternative recoverable configurations as well as reusable orbiters studied during initial development (Phase B) of the Space Shuttle. Considerable wind tunnel data was acquired by the competing contractors and the NASA Centers for an extensive variety of configurations with an array of wing and body planforms. All contractor and NASA wind tunnel test data acquired in the Phase B development have been compiled into a database and are available for application to current winged flyback or recoverable booster aerodynamic studies. The Space Shuttle Phase B Wind Tunnel Database is structured by vehicle component and configuration type. Basic components include the booster, the orbiter, and the launch vehicle. Booster configuration types include straight and delta wings, canard, cylindrical, retroglide and twin body. Orbiter configuration types include straight and delta wings, lifting body, drop tanks and double delta wings. Launch configurations include booster and orbiter components in various stacked and tandem combinations. This is Volume 1 (Part 2) of the report -- Booster Configuration.
Space shuttle phase B wind tunnel model and test information. Volume 1: Booster configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Glynn, J. L.; Poucher, D. E.
1988-01-01
Archived wind tunnel test data are available for flyback booster or other alternative recoverable configurations as well as reusable orbiters studied during initial development (Phase B) of the Space Shuttle. Considerable wind tunnel data was acquired by the competing contractors and the NASA Centers for an extensive variety of configurations with an array of wing and body planforms. All contractor and NASA wind tunnel test data acquired in the Phase B development have been compiled into a database and are available for application to current winged flyback or recoverable booster aerodynamic studies. The Space Shuttle Phase B Wind Tunnel Database is structured by vehicle component and configuration type. Basic components include the booster, the orbiter and the launch vehicle. Booster configuration types include straight and delta wings, canard, cylindrical, retroglide and twin body. Orbiter configuration types include straight and delta wings, lifting body, drop tanks, and double delta wings. Launch configurations include booster and orbiter components in various stacked and tandem combinations. This is Volume 1 (Part 1) of the report -- Booster Configuration.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Arumnika, N.; Kuswanto, H.
2018-04-01
This study aimed to determine the effect of curvature configuration to sensitivities and linearities of Polymer Optical Fiber (POF) water level sensor. POF type SH-4001-1.3 has been used in this study. The jacket of POF of 20 cm was removed. Transparent piped inserted by alcohol gel has been used to replace the jacket. This is head of a sensor. The head of a sensor is curved with variations of the specified path length, peel length, the width of curvature, the height of curvature and waveform. Configuration A (20 cm, 34 cm, 6 cm, 2 cm, 1 wave), configuration B (20 cm, 34 cm, 8 cm, 2 cm, 1 wave), configuration C (20 cm, 34 cm, 9 cm, 2 cm, ½ wave), configuration D (20 cm, 34 cm, 10 cm, 2 cm, ½ wave). The head of a sensor inserted into the water tank. The light source inserted to one end POF is a He-Ne laser light with a power of 5 mW and a wavelength of 632.8 nm. Power output at the other end received by the Optical Power Meter (OPM). The curvature configuration the head sensor of POF affects the output. Configuration A has good sensitivity, however good linearity given by configuration.
An ontology-based semantic configuration approach to constructing Data as a Service for enterprises
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Cai, Hongming; Xie, Cheng; Jiang, Lihong; Fang, Lu; Huang, Chenxi
2016-03-01
To align business strategies with IT systems, enterprises should rapidly implement new applications based on existing information with complex associations to adapt to the continually changing external business environment. Thus, Data as a Service (DaaS) has become an enabling technology for enterprise through information integration and the configuration of existing distributed enterprise systems and heterogonous data sources. However, business modelling, system configuration and model alignment face challenges at the design and execution stages. To provide a comprehensive solution to facilitate data-centric application design in a highly complex and large-scale situation, a configurable ontology-based service integrated platform (COSIP) is proposed to support business modelling, system configuration and execution management. First, a meta-resource model is constructed and used to describe and encapsulate information resources by way of multi-view business modelling. Then, based on ontologies, three semantic configuration patterns, namely composite resource configuration, business scene configuration and runtime environment configuration, are designed to systematically connect business goals with executable applications. Finally, a software architecture based on model-view-controller (MVC) is provided and used to assemble components for software implementation. The result of the case study demonstrates that the proposed approach provides a flexible method of implementing data-centric applications.
Cooperative optimization of reconfigurable machine tool configurations and production process plan
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Xie, Nan; Li, Aiping; Xue, Wei
2012-09-01
The production process plan design and configurations of reconfigurable machine tool (RMT) interact with each other. Reasonable process plans with suitable configurations of RMT help to improve product quality and reduce production cost. Therefore, a cooperative strategy is needed to concurrently solve the above issue. In this paper, the cooperative optimization model for RMT configurations and production process plan is presented. Its objectives take into account both impacts of process and configuration. Moreover, a novel genetic algorithm is also developed to provide optimal or near-optimal solutions: firstly, its chromosome is redesigned which is composed of three parts, operations, process plan and configurations of RMTs, respectively; secondly, its new selection, crossover and mutation operators are also developed to deal with the process constraints from operation processes (OP) graph, otherwise these operators could generate illegal solutions violating the limits; eventually the optimal configurations for RMT under optimal process plan design can be obtained. At last, a manufacturing line case is applied which is composed of three RMTs. It is shown from the case that the optimal process plan and configurations of RMT are concurrently obtained, and the production cost decreases 6.28% and nonmonetary performance increases 22%. The proposed method can figure out both RMT configurations and production process, improve production capacity, functions and equipment utilization for RMT.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Tacina, Kathleen M.; Hicks, Yolanda R.
2017-01-01
The combustion dynamics of two 7-point lean direct injection (LDI) combustor configurations are compared. This 7-point LDI configuration has a circular cross section, with a center ("pilot") fuel-air mixer surrounded by six outer ("main") fuel-air mixers. Each fuel-air mixer consists of an axial air swirler followed by a converging-diverging venturi. A simplex fuel injector is inserted through the center of the air swirler, with the fuel injector tip located near the venturi throat. All 7 fuel-air mixers are identical except for the swirler blade angle. In the 'all-60' configuration, the swirler blade angle was 60 deg for all fuel-air mixers. In the '45-60' configuration, the swirler blade angle was 60 deg on the center and 45 deg on the outer fuel-air mixers. Testing was done in a 5-atm flame tube with inlet air temperatures from 630 to 830 F and equivalence ratios from 0.2 to 0.7. Combustion dynamics were measured using a cooled PCB pressure transducer flush-mounted in the wall of the combustor test section. Both configurations had large pressure fluctuations (greater than 2 psi peak-peak) near 730 Hz, the quarter-wave frequency. The all-60 configuration also had large pressure fluctuations near 1170 Hz; the 45-60 configuration did not. The 45-60 configuration had large pressure fluctuations near 480 Hz; the all-60 configuration did not.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Wang, Zhechao; Li, Wei; Bi, Liping; Qiao, Liping; Liu, Richeng; Liu, Jie
2018-05-01
A method to estimate the representative elementary volume (REV) size for the permeability and equivalent permeability coefficient of rock mass with a radial flow configuration was developed. The estimations of the REV size and equivalent permeability for the rock mass around an underground oil storage facility using a radial flow configuration were compared with those using a unidirectional flow configuration. The REV sizes estimated using the unidirectional flow configuration are much higher than those estimated using the radial flow configuration. The equivalent permeability coefficient estimated using the radial flow configuration is unique, while those estimated using the unidirectional flow configuration depend on the boundary conditions and flow directions. The influences of the fracture trace length, spacing and gap on the REV size and equivalent permeability coefficient were investigated. The REV size for the permeability of fractured rock mass increases with increasing the mean trace length and fracture spacing. The influence of the fracture gap length on the REV size is insignificant. The equivalent permeability coefficient decreases with the fracture spacing, while the influences of the fracture trace length and gap length are not determinate. The applicability of the proposed method to the prediction of groundwater inflow into rock caverns was verified using the measured groundwater inflow into the facility. The permeability coefficient estimated using the radial flow configuration is more similar to the representative equivalent permeability coefficient than those estimated with different boundary conditions using the unidirectional flow configuration.
The choice of product indicators in latent variable interaction models: post hoc analyses.
Foldnes, Njål; Hagtvet, Knut Arne
2014-09-01
The unconstrained product indicator (PI) approach is a simple and popular approach for modeling nonlinear effects among latent variables. This approach leaves the practitioner to choose the PIs to be included in the model, introducing arbitrariness into the modeling. In contrast to previous Monte Carlo studies, we evaluated the PI approach by 3 post hoc analyses applied to a real-world case adopted from a research effort in social psychology. The measurement design applied 3 and 4 indicators for the 2 latent 1st-order variables, leaving the researcher with a choice among more than 4,000 possible PI configurations. Sixty so-called matched-pair configurations that have been recommended in previous literature are of special interest. In the 1st post hoc analysis we estimated the interaction effect for all PI configurations, keeping the real-world sample fixed. The estimated interaction effect was substantially affected by the choice of PIs, also across matched-pair configurations. Subsequently, a post hoc Monte Carlo study was conducted, with varying sample sizes and data distributions. Convergence, bias, Type I error and power of the interaction test were investigated for each matched-pair configuration and the all-pairs configuration. Variation in estimates across matched-pair configurations for a typical sample was substantial. The choice of specific configuration significantly affected convergence and the interaction test's outcome. The all-pairs configuration performed overall better than the matched-pair configurations. A further advantage of the all-pairs over the matched-pairs approach is its unambiguity. The final study evaluates the all-pairs configuration for small sample sizes and compares it to the non-PI approach of latent moderated structural equations. PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved.
Fox, Olivia M.; Harel, Assaf; Bennett, Kevin B.
2017-01-01
The perception of a visual stimulus is dependent not only upon local features, but also on the arrangement of those features. When stimulus features are perceptually well organized (e.g., symmetric or parallel), a global configuration with a high degree of salience emerges from the interactions between these features, often referred to as emergent features. Emergent features can be demonstrated in the Configural Superiority Effect (CSE): presenting a stimulus within an organized context relative to its presentation in a disarranged one results in better performance. Prior neuroimaging work on the perception of emergent features regards the CSE as an “all or none” phenomenon, focusing on the contrast between configural and non-configural stimuli. However, it is still not clear how emergent features are processed between these two endpoints. The current study examined the extent to which behavioral and neuroimaging markers of emergent features are responsive to the degree of configurality in visual displays. Subjects were tasked with reporting the anomalous quadrant in a visual search task while being scanned. Degree of configurality was manipulated by incrementally varying the rotational angle of low-level features within the stimulus arrays. Behaviorally, we observed faster response times with increasing levels of configurality. These behavioral changes were accompanied by increases in response magnitude across multiple visual areas in occipito-temporal cortex, primarily early visual cortex and object-selective cortex. Our findings suggest that the neural correlates of emergent features can be observed even in response to stimuli that are not fully configural, and demonstrate that configural information is already present at early stages of the visual hierarchy. PMID:28167924
Elastic stability of DNA configurations. II. Supercoiled plasmids with self-contact
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Coleman, Bernard D.; Swigon, David; Tobias, Irwin
2000-01-01
Configurations of protein-free DNA miniplasmids are calculated with the effects of impenetrability and self-contact forces taken into account by using exact solutions of Kirchhoff's equations of equilibrium for elastic rods of circular cross section. Bifurcation diagrams are presented as graphs of excess link, ΔL, versus writhe, W, and the stability criteria derived in paper I of this series are employed in a search for regions of such diagrams that correspond to configurations that are stable, in the sense that they give local minima to elastic energy. Primary bifurcation branches that originate at circular configurations are composed of configurations with Dm symmetry (m=2,3,...). Among the results obtained are the following. (i) There are configurations with C2 symmetry forming secondary bifurcation branches which emerge from the primary branch with m=3, and bifurcation of such secondary branches gives rise to tertiary branches of configurations without symmetry. (ii) Whether or not self-contact occurs, a noncircular configuration in the primary branch with m=2, called branch α, is stable when for it the derivative dΔL/dW, computed along that branch, is strictly positive. (iii) For configurations not in α, the condition dΔL/dW>0 is not sufficient for stability; in fact, each nonplanar contact-free configuration that is in a branch other than α is unstable. A rule relating the number of points of self-contact and the occurrence of intervals of such contact to the magnitude of ΔL, which in paper I was found to hold for segments of DNA subject to strong anchoring end conditions, is here observed to hold for computed configurations of protein-free miniplasmids.
Vandergoot, Christopher S.; Kocovsky, Patrick M.; Brenden, Travis O.; Liu, Weihai
2011-01-01
We used length frequencies of captured walleyes Sander vitreus to indirectly estimate and compare selectivity between two experimental gill-net configurations used to sample fish in Lake Erie: (1) a multifilament configuration currently used by the Ohio Department of Natural Resources (ODNR) with stretched-measure mesh sizes ranging from 51 to 127 mm and a constant filament diameter (0.37 mm); and (2) a monofilament configuration with mesh sizes ranging from 38 to 178 mm and varying filament diameter (range = 0.20–0.33 mm). Paired sampling with the two configurations revealed that the catch of walleyes smaller than 250 mm and larger than 600 mm was greater in the monofilament configuration than in the multifilament configuration, but the catch of 250–600-mm fish was greater in the multifilament configuration. Binormal selectivity functions yielded the best fit to observed walleye catches for both gill-net configurations based on model deviances. Incorporation of deviation terms in the binormal selectivity functions (i.e., to relax the assumption of geometric similarity) further improved the fit to observed catches. The final fitted selectivity functions produced results similar to those from the length-based catch comparisons: the monofilament configuration had greater selectivity for small and large walleyes and the multifilament configuration had greater selectivity for mid-sized walleyes. Computer simulations that incorporated the fitted binormal selectivity functions indicated that both nets were likely to result in some bias in age composition estimates and that the degree of bias would ultimately be determined by the underlying condition, mortality rate, and growth rate of the Lake Erie walleye population. Before the ODNR switches its survey gear, additional comparisons of the different gill-net configurations, such as fishing the net pairs across a greater range of depths and at more locations in the lake, should be conducted to maintain congruence in the fishery-independent survey time series.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Teichert, Gregory H.; Rudraraju, Shiva; Garikipati, Krishna
2017-02-01
We present a unified variational treatment of evolving configurations in crystalline solids with microstructure. The crux of our treatment lies in the introduction of a vector configurational field. This field lies in the material, or configurational, manifold, in contrast with the traditional displacement field, which we regard as lying in the spatial manifold. We identify two distinct cases which describe (a) problems in which the configurational field's evolution is localized to a mathematically sharp interface, and (b) those in which the configurational field's evolution can extend throughout the volume. The first case is suitable for describing incoherent phase interfaces in polycrystalline solids, and the latter is useful for describing smooth changes in crystal structure and naturally incorporates coherent (diffuse) phase interfaces. These descriptions also lead to parameterizations of the free energies for the two cases, from which variational treatments can be developed and equilibrium conditions obtained. For sharp interfaces that are out-of-equilibrium, the second law of thermodynamics furnishes restrictions on the kinetic law for the interface velocity. The class of problems in which the material undergoes configurational changes between distinct, stable crystal structures are characterized by free energy density functions that are non-convex with respect to configurational strain. For physically meaningful solutions and mathematical well-posedness, it becomes necessary to incorporate interfacial energy. This we have done by introducing a configurational strain gradient dependence in the free energy density function following ideas laid out by Toupin (1962, Elastic materials with couple-stresses. Arch. Ration. Mech. Anal., 11, 385-414). The variational treatment leads to a system of partial differential equations governing the configuration that is coupled with the traditional equations of nonlinear elasticity. The coupled system of equations governs the configurational change in crystal structure, and elastic deformation driven by elastic, Eshelbian, and configurational stresses. Numerical examples are presented to demonstrate interface motion as well as evolving microstructures of crystal structures.
Teichert, Gregory H.; Rudraraju, Shiva; Garikipati, Krishna
2016-11-20
We present a unified variational treatment of evolving configurations in crystalline solids with microstructure. The crux of our treatment lies in the introduction of a vector configurational field. This field lies in the material, or configurational, manifold, in contrast with the traditional displacement field, which we regard as lying in the spatial manifold. We identify two distinct cases which describe (a) problems in which the configurational field's evolution is localized to a mathematically sharp interface, and (b) those in which the configurational field's evolution can extend throughout the volume. The first case is suitable for describing incoherent phase interfaces inmore » polycrystalline solids, and the latter is useful for describing smooth changes in crystal structure and naturally incorporates coherent (diffuse) phase interfaces. These descriptions also lead to parameterizations of the free energies for the two cases, from which variational treatments can be developed and equilibrium conditions obtained. For sharp interfaces that are out-of-equilibrium, the second law of thermodynamics furnishes restrictions on the kinetic law for the interface velocity. The class of problems in which the material undergoes configurational changes between distinct, stable crystal structures are characterized by free energy density functions that are non-convex with respect to configurational strain. For physically meaningful solutions and mathematical well-posedness, it becomes necessary to incorporate interfacial energy. This we have done by introducing a configurational strain gradient dependence in the free energy density function following ideas laid out by Toupin (Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal., 11, 1962, 385-414). The variational treatment leads to a system of partial differential equations governing the configuration that is coupled with the traditional equations of nonlinear elasticity. The coupled system of equations governs the configurational change in crystal structure, and elastic deformation driven by elastic, Eshelbian, and configurational stresses. As a result, numerical examples are presented to demonstrate interface motion as well as evolving microstructures of crystal structures.« less
Configuration Management Policy
This Policy establishes an Agency-wide Configuration Management Program and to provide responsibilities, compliance requirements, and overall principles for Configuration and Change Management processes to support information technology management.
TWRS Configuration management program plan
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Vann, J.M.
The TWRS Configuration Management Program Plan (CMPP) integrates technical and administrative controls to establish and maintain consistency among requirements, product configuration, and product information for TWRS products during all life cycle phases. This CMPP will be used by TWRS management and configuration management personnel to establish and manage the technical and integrated baselines and controls and status changes to those baselines.
autokonf - A Configuration Script Generator Implemented in Perl
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Reus, J F
This paper discusses configuration scripts in general and the scripting language issues involved. A brief description of GNU autoconf is provided along with a contrasting overview of autokonf, a configuration script generator implemented in Perl, whose macros are implemented in Perl, generating a configuration script in Perl. It is very portable, easily extensible, and readily mastered.
Investigation of the burning configuration of a coaxial injector in a combustion chamber
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Ohara, J.
1978-01-01
An analytical investigation was made into the stability of the burning configuration of a single coaxial injector surrounded by similar injectors. The stability criteria was based on an average pressure difference along the boundaries of the adjacent stream tubes as calculated using Spaulding's numerical method. The results indicate qualitatively that there is a tendency for the injectors to have different burning configurations. It is believed that the configuration achieved is random, however once the burning configuration is established, it is believed to persist.
Development of fire resistant electronic configurations for use in oxygen enriched environments
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Smith, F. J.
1975-01-01
Design concepts for electronic black boxes and modules were tested in oxygen enriched atmospheres, and it was found that various types of sealed configurations would generally eliminate any flammability hazard. The type of configuration and its construction was found to be of more importance in the elimination of flammability hazards in electronic configurations than the types of materials utilized in them. The design concepts developed for fire hazard free electronic configurations for use in manned space programs are applicable for the design of electronic hardware for any use or environment.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Burrus, D.; Sabla, P. E.; Bahr, D. W.
1980-01-01
The feasibility of meeting or closely approaching the emissions goals established for the Energy Efficient Engine (E3) Project with an advanced design, single annular combustor was determined. A total of nine sector combustor configurations and one full-annular-combustor configuration were evaluated. Acceptable levels of carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon emissions were obtained with several of the sector combustor configurations tested, and several of the configurations tested demonstrated reduced levels of nitrogen oxides compared to conventional, single annular designs. None of the configurations tested demonstrated nitrogen oxide emission levels that meet the goal of the E3 Project.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Henderson, W. P.
1978-01-01
An investigation was conducted to determine the effects of wing leading-edge flap deflections on the subsonic longitudinal aerodynamic characteristics of a wing-fuselage configuration with a 44 deg swept wing. The tests were conducted at Mach numbers from 0.40 to 0.85, corresponding to Reynolds numbers (based on wing mean geometric chord) of 2.37 x 1,000,000 to 4.59 x 1,000,000 and at angles of attack from -3 deg to 22 deg. The configurations under study included a wing-fuselage configuration and a wing-fuselage-strake configuration. Each configuration had multisegmented, constant-chord leading-edge flaps which could be deflected independently or in various combinations.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bair, E. K.
1986-01-01
The System Trades Study and Design Methodology Plan is used to conduct trade studies to define the combination of Space Shuttle Main Engine features that will optimize candidate engine configurations. This is accomplished by using vehicle sensitivities and engine parametric data to establish engine chamber pressure and area ratio design points for candidate engine configurations. Engineering analyses are to be conducted to refine and optimize the candidate configurations at their design points. The optimized engine data and characteristics are then evaluated and compared against other candidates being considered. The Evaluation Criteria Plan is then used to compare and rank the optimized engine configurations on the basis of cost.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Badrianto, Muldani Dwi; Riupassa, Robi D.; Basar, Khairul
2015-09-01
Nuclear batteries have strategic applications and very high economic potential. One Important problem in application of nuclear betavoltaic battery is its low efficiency. Current efficiency of betavoltaic nuclear battery reaches only arround 2%. One aspect that can influence the efficiency of betavoltaic nuclear battery is the geometrical configuration of radioactive source. In this study we discuss the effect of geometrical configuration of radioactive source material to the radiation intensity in betavoltaic nuclear battery system. received by the detector. By obtaining the optimum configurations, the optimum usage of radioactive materials can be determined. Various geometrical configurations of radioactive source material are simulated. It is obtained that usage of radioactive source will be optimum for circular configuration.
Development of global sea ice 6.0 CICE configuration for the Met Office global coupled model
Rae, J. . G. L; Hewitt, H. T.; Keen, A. B.; ...
2015-03-05
The new sea ice configuration GSI6.0, used in the Met Office global coupled configuration GC2.0, is described and the sea ice extent, thickness and volume are compared with the previous configuration and with observationally-based datasets. In the Arctic, the sea ice is thicker in all seasons than in the previous configuration, and there is now better agreement of the modelled concentration and extent with the HadISST dataset. In the Antarctic, a warm bias in the ocean model has been exacerbated at the higher resolution of GC2.0, leading to a large reduction in ice extent and volume; further work is requiredmore » to rectify this in future configurations.« less
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Kim, Holak; Lim, Youbong; Choe, Wonho, E-mail: wchoe@kaist.ac.kr
2015-04-13
Multiply charged ions and plume characteristics in Hall thruster plasmas are investigated with regard to magnetic field configuration. Differences in the plume shape and the fraction of ions with different charge states are demonstrated by the counter-current and co-current magnetic field configurations, respectively. The significantly larger number of multiply charged and higher charge state ions including Xe{sup 4+} are observed in the co-current configuration than in the counter-current configuration. The large fraction of multiply charged ions and high ion currents in this experiment may be related to the strong electron confinement, which is due to the strong magnetic mirror effectmore » in the co-current magnetic field configuration.« less
Modular transportable superconducting magnetic Energy Systems
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Lieurance, D.; Kimball, F.; Rix, C.
1994-12-31
Design and cost studies were performed for the magnet components of mid-size (1-5 MWh), cold supported SMES systems using alternative configurations. The configurations studied included solenoid magnets, which required onsite assembly of the magnet system, and toroid and racetrack configurations which consisted of factory assembled modules. For each configuration, design concepts and cost information were developed for the major features of the magnet system including the conductor, electrical insulation, and structure. These studies showed that for mid-size systems, the costs of solenoid and toroid magnet configurations are comparable and that the specific configuration to be used for a given applicationmore » should be based upon customer requirements such as limiting stray fields or minimizing risks in development or construction.« less
Distance between configurations in Markov chain Monte Carlo simulations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Fukuma, Masafumi; Matsumoto, Nobuyuki; Umeda, Naoya
2017-12-01
For a given Markov chain Monte Carlo algorithm we introduce a distance between two configurations that quantifies the difficulty of transition from one configuration to the other configuration. We argue that the distance takes a universal form for the class of algorithms which generate local moves in the configuration space. We explicitly calculate the distance for the Langevin algorithm, and show that it certainly has desired and expected properties as distance. We further show that the distance for a multimodal distribution gets dramatically reduced from a large value by the introduction of a tempering method. We also argue that, when the original distribution is highly multimodal with large number of degenerate vacua, an anti-de Sitter-like geometry naturally emerges in the extended configuration space.
Lift Optimization Study of a Multi-Element Three-Segment Variable Camber Airfoil
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Kaul, Upender K.; Nguyen, Nhan T.
2016-01-01
This paper reports a detailed computational high-lift study of the Variable Camber Continuous Trailing Edge Flap (VCCTEF) system carried out to explore the best VCCTEF designs, in conjunction with a leading edge flap called the Variable Camber Krueger (VCK), for take-off and landing. For this purpose, a three-segment variable camber airfoil employed as a performance adaptive aeroelastic wing shaping control effector for a NASA Generic Transport Model (GTM) in landing and take-off configurations is considered. The objective of the study is to define optimal high-lift VCCTEF settings and VCK settings/configurations. A total of 224 combinations of VCK settings/configurations and VCCTEF settings are considered for the inboard GTM wing, where the VCCTEFs are configured as a Fowler flap that forms a slot between the VCCTEF and the main wing. For the VCK settings of deflection angles of 55deg, 60deg and 65deg, 18, 19 and 19 vck configurations, respectively, were considered for each of the 4 different VCCTEF deflection settings. Different vck configurations were defined by varying the horizontal and vertical distance of the vck from the main wing. A computational investigation using a Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) solver was carried out to complement a wind-tunnel experimental study covering three of these configurations with the goal of identifying the most optimal high-lift configurations. Four most optimal high-lift configurations, corresponding to each of the VCK deflection settings, have been identified out of all the different configurations considered in this study yielding the highest lift performance.
A Performance Assessment of Eight Low-Boom High-Speed Civil Transport Concepts
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Baize, Daniel G.; McElroy, Marcus O.; Fenbert, James A.; Coen, Peter G.; Ozoroski, Lori P.; Domack, Chris S.; Needleman, Kathy E.; Geiselhart, Karl A.
1999-01-01
A performance assessment of eight low-boom high speed civil transport (HSCT) configurations and a reference HSCT configuration has been performed. Although each of the configurations was designed with different engine concepts, for consistency, a year 2005 technology, 0.4 bypass ratio mixed-flow turbofan (MFTF) engine was used for all of the performance assessments. Therefore, all original configuration nacelles were replaced by a year 2005 MFRF nacelle design which corresponds to the engine deck utilized. The engine thrust level was optimized to minimize vehicle takeoff gross weight. To preserve the configuration's sonic-boom shaping, wing area was not optimized or altered from its original design value. Performance sizings were completed when possible for takeoff balanced field lengths of 11,000 ft and 12,000 ft, not considering FAR Part 36 Stage III noise compliance. Additionally, an arbitrary sizing with thrust-to-weight ratio equal to 0.25 was performed, enabling performance levels to be compared independent of takeoff characteristics. The low-boom configurations analyzed included designs from the Boeing Commercial Airplane Group, Douglas Aircraft Company, Ames Research Center, and Langley Research Center. This paper discusses the technology level assumptions, mission profile, analysis methodologies, and the results of the assessment. The results include maximum lift-to-drag ratios, total fuel consumption, number of passengers, optimum engine sizing plots, takeoff performance, mission block time, and takeoff gross weight for all configurations. Results from the low-boom configurations are also compared with a non-low-boom reference configuration. Configuration dependent advantages or deficiencies are discussed as warranted.
Navigation assistance: a trade-off between wayfinding support and configural learning support.
Münzer, Stefan; Zimmer, Hubert D; Baus, Jörg
2012-03-01
Current GPS-based mobile navigation assistance systems support wayfinding, but they do not support learning about the spatial configuration of an environment. The present study examined effects of visual presentation modes for navigation assistance on wayfinding accuracy, route learning, and configural learning. Participants (high-school students) visited a university campus for the first time and took a predefined assisted tour. In Experiment 1 (n = 84, 42 females), a presentation mode showing wayfinding information from eye-level was contrasted with presentation modes showing wayfinding information included in views that provided comprehensive configural information. In Experiment 2 (n = 48, 24 females), wayfinding information was included in map fragments. A presentation mode which always showed north on top of the device was compared with a mode which rotated according to the orientation of the user. Wayfinding accuracy (deviations from the route), route learning, and configural learning (direction estimates, sketch maps) were assessed. Results indicated a trade-off between wayfinding and configural learning: Presentation modes providing comprehensive configural information supported the acquisition of configural knowledge at the cost of accurate wayfinding. The route presentation mode supported wayfinding at the cost of configural knowledge acquisition. Both presentation modes based on map fragments supported wayfinding. Individual differences in visual-spatial working memory capacity explained a considerable portion of the variance in wayfinding accuracy, route learning, and configural learning. It is concluded that learning about an unknown environment during assisted navigation is based on the integration of spatial information from multiple sources and can be supported by appropriate visualization. PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved.
Jachero, Lourdes; Ahumada, Inés; Richter, Pablo
2014-05-01
The extraction device used in rotating-disk sorptive extraction consists of a Teflon disk in which a sorptive phase is fixed on one of its surfaces. Depending on the configuration, the rotation axis of the disk device can be either perpendicular or parallel to its radius, giving rise to two different mass transfer patterns when rotating-disk sorptive extraction is applied in liquid samples. In the perpendicular case (configuration 1), which is the typical configuration, the disk contains an embedded miniature stir bar that allows the disk rotation to be driven using a common laboratory magnetic stirrer. In the parallel case (configuration 2), the disk is driven by a rotary rod connected to an electric stirrer. In this study, triclosan and its degradation product methyl triclosan were used as analyte models to demonstrate the significant effect of the rotation configuration of the disk on the efficiency of analyte mass transfer from water to a sorptive phase of polydimethylsiloxane. Under the same experimental conditions and at a rotation velocity of 1,250 rpm, extraction equilibrium was reached at 80 min when the disk was rotated in configuration 1 and at 30 min when the disk was rotated in configuration 2. The extraction equilibration time decreased to 14 min when the rotation velocity was increased to 2,000 rpm in configuration 2. Because the rotation pattern affects the mass transfer efficiency, each rotation configuration was characterized through the Reynolds number; Re values of 6,875 and 16,361 were achieved with configurations 1 and 2, respectively, at 1,250 rpm.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Gayle, E. Rose; Jeracki, Robert J.
1989-01-01
Performance data of 0.17-scale model counterrotation pusher propeller configurations were taken in the NASA Lewis 8- by 6-Foot Supersonic Wind Tunnel at Mach numbers of 0.66, 0.71, 0.75, and 0.79. These tests investigated the aerodynamic performance of the unducted fan (UDF) demonstrator propeller engine developed in a joint program by General Electric and NASA. Data were recorded to show the effect on counterrotation propeller cruise efficiency of two takeoff noise-reduction concepts. These two concepts are reduced aft blade diameter and increased forward blade number. The four configurations tested were a baseline (F1/A1 8/8) configuration, a reduced aft diameter (F1/A3 8/8) configuration, an increase forward blade number (F1/A1 9/8) configuration, and a combination of the latter two (F1/A3 9/8) configurations. Data were collected with a complex counterrotation propeller test rig via rotating thrust and torque balances and pressure instrumentation. Data comparisons documented the power differences between the baseline and the reduced aft diameter concepts. Performance comparisons to the baseline configuration showed that reducing the aft blade diameter reduced the net efficiency, and adding a blade to the front rotor increased the net efficiency. The combination of the two concepts showed only slightly lower net efficiency than the baseline configuration. It was also found that the counterrotation demonstrator propeller model (F7/A7 8/8) configuration outperformed the baseline (F1/A1 8/8) configuration.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Rose, Gayle E.; Jeracki, Robert J.
1989-01-01
Performance data of 0.17-scale model counterrotation pusher propeller configurations were taken in the NASA Lewis 8- by 6-Foot Supersonic Wind Tunnel at Mach numbers of 0.66, 0.71, 0.75, and 0.79. These tests investigated the aerodynamic performance of the unducted fan (UDF) demonstrator propeller engine developed in a joint program by General Electric and NASA. Data were recorded to show the effect on counterrotation propeller cruise efficiency of two takeoff noise-reduction concepts. These two concepts are reduced aft blade diameter and increased forward blade number. The four configurations tested were a baseline (F1/A1 8/8) configuration, a reduced aft diameter (F1/A3 8/8) configuration, an increase forward blade number (F1/A1 9/8) configuration, and a combination of the latter two (F1/A3 9/8) configurations. Data were collected with a complex counterrotation propeller test rig via rotating thrust and torque balances and pressure instrumentation. Data comparisons documented the power differences between the baseline and the reduced aft diameter concepts. Performance comparisons to the baseline configuration showed that reducing the aft blade diameter reduced the net efficiency, and adding a blade to the front rotor increased the net efficiency. The combination of the two concepts showed only slightly lower net efficiency than the baseline configuration. It was also found that the counterrotation demonstrator propeller model (F7/A7 8/8) configuration outperformed the baseline (F1/A1 8/8) configuration.
Intelligent Network-Centric Sensors Development Program
2012-07-31
Image sensor Configuration: ; Cone 360 degree LWIR PFx Sensor: •■. Image sensor . Configuration: Image MWIR Configuration; Cone 360 degree... LWIR PFx Sensor: Video Configuration: Cone 360 degree SW1R, 2. Reasoning Process to Match Sensor Systems to Algorithms The ontological...effects of coherent imaging because of aberrations. Another reason is the specular nature of active imaging. Both contribute to the nonuniformity
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Laney, T.
The configuration management architecture presented in this Configuration Management Plan is based on the functional model established by DOE-STD-1073-93, ``Guide for Operational Configuration Management Program.`` The DOE Standard defines the configuration management program by the five basic program elements of ``program management,`` ``design requirements,`` ``document control,`` ``change control,`` and ``assessments,`` and the two adjunct recovery programs of ``design reconstitution,`` and ``material condition and aging management.`` The CM model of five elements and two adjunct programs strengthen the necessary technical and administrative control to establish and maintain a consistent technical relationship among the requirements, physical configuration, and documentation. Although the DOEmore » Standard was originally developed for the operational phase of nuclear facilities, this plan has the flexibility to be adapted and applied to all life-cycle phases of both nuclear and non-nuclear facilities. The configuration management criteria presented in this plan endorses the DOE Standard and has been tailored specifically to address the technical relationship of requirements, physical configuration, and documentation during the full life cycle of the Waste Tank Farms and 242-A Evaporator of Tank Waste Remediation System.« less
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Hanan, N. A.; Matos, J. E.
At The request of the Czech Technical University in Prague, ANL has performed independent verification calculations using the MCNP Monte Carlo code for three core configurations of the VR-1 reactor: a current core configuration B1 with HEU (36%) IRT-3M fuel assemblies and planned core configurations C1 and C2 with LEU (19.7%) IRT-4M fuel assemblies. Details of these configurations were provided to ANL by CTU. For core configuration B1, criticality calculations were performed for two sets of control rod positions provided to ANL by CTU. For core configurations C1 and C2, criticality calculations were done for cases with all control rodsmore » at the top positions, all control rods at the bottom positions, and two critical states of the reactor for different control rod positions. In addition, sensitivity studies for variation of the {sup 235}U mass in each fuel assembly and variation of the fuel meat and cladding thicknesses in each of the fuel tubes were done for the C1 core configuration. Finally the reactivity worth of the individual control rods was calculated for the B1, C1, and C2 core configurations.« less
HL-20 structural design comparison - Conformal shell versus cylindrical crew compartment
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bush, Lance B.; Wahls, Deborah M.; Robinson, James C.
1993-01-01
Extensive studies have been performed at NASA Langley Research Center (LaRC) on personnel launch systems (PLS) concepts. The primary mission of a PLS is the transport of Space Station crew members from Earth to the Space Station and return. The NASA LaRC PLS studies have led to the design of a lifting body configuration named the HL-20. In this study, two different HL-20 structural configurations are evaluated. The two configurations are deemed the conformal shell and the cylindrical crew compartment. The configurations are based on two different concerns for maintenance and operations. One configuration allows for access to subsystems while on-orbit from the interior, while the other allows for easy access to the subsystems during ground maintenance and operations. For each concept, the total structural weight required to sustain the applied loads is quantified through a structural evaluation. Structural weight for both configurations is compared along with the particular attributes of each. Analyses of both configurations indicate no appreciable weight or load relief advantage of one concept over the other. Maintainability and operability, therefore become the primary discriminator, leading to a choice of a crew compartment configuration.
Upper Atmosphere Research Satellite (UARS) trade analysis
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Fox, M. M.; Nebb, J.
1983-01-01
The Upper Atmosphere Research Satellite (UARS) which will collect data pertinent to the Earth's upper atmosphere is described. The collected data will be sent to the central data handling facility (CDHF) via the UARS ground system and the data will be processed and distributed to the remote analysis computer systems (RACS). An overview of the UARS ground system is presented. Three configurations were developed for the CDHF-RACS system. The CDHF configurations are discussed. The IBM CDHF configuration, the UNIVAC CDHF configuration and the vax cluster CDHF configuration are presented. The RACS configurations, the IBM RACS configurations, UNIVAC RACS and VAX RACS are detailed. Due to the large on-line data estimate to approximately 100 GB, a mass storage system is considered essential to the UARS CDHF. Mass storage systems were analyzed and the Braegan ATL, the RCA optical disk, the IBM 3850 and the MASSTOR M860 are discussed. It is determined that the type of mass storage system most suitable to UARS is the automated tape/cartridge device. Two devices of this type, the IBM 3850 and the MASSTOR MSS are analyzed and the applicable tape/cartridge device is incorporated into the three CDHF-RACS configurations.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Volkov, V. F.; Mazhul', I. I.
2018-01-01
Results of calculations of the sonic boom produced by a supersonic passenger aircraft in a cruising regime of flight at the Mach number M = 2.03 are presented. Consideration is given to the influence of the lateral dihedral of the wings and the angle of their setting, and also of different locations of the aircraft engine nacelles on the wing. An analysis of parametric calculations has shown that the intensities of sonic boom generated by a configuration with a dihedral rear wing and by a configuration with set wings remain constant, in practice, and correspond to the intensity level created by the optimum configuration. Comparative assessments of sonic boom for tandem configurations with different locations of the engine nacelles on the wing surface have shown that the intensity of sonic boom generated by the configuration with an engine nacelle on the windward side can be reduced by 14% compared to the configuration without engine nacelles. In the case of the configuration with engine nacelles on the leeward size of the wing, the profile of the sonic-boom wave degenerates into an N-wave, in which the intensity of the bow shock is significantly reduced.
Wind-tunnel development of an SR-71 aerospike rocket flight test configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Smith, Stephen C.; Shirakata, Norm; Moes, Timothy R.; Cobleigh, Brent R.; Conners, Timothy H.
1996-01-01
A flight experiment has been proposed to investigate the performance of an aerospike rocket motor installed in a lifting body configuration. An SR-71 airplane would be used to carry the aerospike configuration to the desired flight test conditions. Wind-tunnel tests were completed on a 4-percent scale SR-71 airplane with the aerospike pod mounted in various locations on the upper fuselage. Testing was accomplished using sting and blade mounts from Mach 0.6 to Mach 3.2. Initial test objectives included assessing transonic drag and supersonic lateral-directional stability and control. During these tests, flight simulations were run with wind-tunnel data to assess the acceptability of the configurations. Early testing demonstrated that the initial configuration with the aerospike pod near the SR-71 center of gravity was unsuitable because of large nosedown pitching moments at transonic speeds. The excessive trim drag resulting from accommodating this pitching moment far exceeded the excess thrust capability of the airplane. Wind-tunnel testing continued in an attempt to find a configuration suitable for flight test. Multiple configurations were tested. Results indicate that an aft-mounted model configuration possessed acceptable performance, stability, and control characteristics.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1982-01-01
The Final ACT Configuration Evaluation Task of the Integrated Application of Active Controls (IAAC) technology project within the energy efficient transport program is summarized. The Final ACT Configuration, through application of Active Controls Technology (ACT) in combination with increased wing span, exhibits significant performance improvements over the conventional baseline configuration. At the design range for these configurations, 3590 km, the block fuel used is 10% less for the Final ACT Configuration, with significant reductions in fuel usage at all operational ranges. Results of this improved fuel usage and additional system and airframe costs and the complexity required to achieve it were analyzed to determine its economic effects. For a 926 km mission, the incremental return on investment is nearly 25% at 1980 fuel prices. For longer range missions or increased fuel prices, the return is greater. The technical risks encountered in the Final ACT Configuration design and the research and development effort required to reduce these risks to levels acceptable for commercial airplane design are identified.
Ground Collision Avoidance System (Igcas)
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Prosser, Kevin (Inventor); Hook, Loyd (Inventor); Skoog, Mark A (Inventor)
2017-01-01
The present invention is a system and method for aircraft ground collision avoidance (iGCAS) comprising a modular array of software, including a sense own state module configured to gather data to compute trajectory, a sense terrain module including a digital terrain map (DTM) and map manger routine to store and retrieve terrain elevations, a predict collision threat module configured to generate an elevation profile corresponding to the terrain under the trajectory computed by said sense own state module, a predict avoidance trajectory module configured to simulate avoidance maneuvers ahead of the aircraft, a determine need to avoid module configured to determine which avoidance maneuver should be used, when it should be initiated, and when it should be terminated, a notify Module configured to display each maneuver's viability to the pilot by a colored GUI, a pilot controls module configured to turn the system on and off, and an avoid module configured to define how an aircraft will perform avoidance maneuvers through 3-dimensional space.
Kiesel, Andrea; Kunde, Wilfried; Pohl, Carsten; Berner, Michael P; Hoffmann, Joachim
2009-01-01
Expertise in a certain stimulus domain enhances perceptual capabilities. In the present article, the authors investigate whether expertise improves perceptual processing to an extent that allows complex visual stimuli to bias behavior unconsciously. Expert chess players judged whether a target chess configuration entailed a checking configuration. These displays were preceded by masked prime configurations that either represented a checking or a nonchecking configuration. Chess experts, but not novice chess players, revealed a subliminal response priming effect, that is, faster responding when prime and target displays were congruent (both checking or both nonchecking) rather than incongruent. Priming generalized to displays that were not used as targets, ruling out simple repetition priming effects. Thus, chess experts were able to judge unconsciously presented chess configurations as checking or nonchecking. A 2nd experiment demonstrated that experts' priming does not occur for simpler but uncommon chess configurations. The authors conclude that long-term practice prompts the acquisition of visual memories of chess configurations with integrated form-location conjunctions. These perceptual chunks enable complex visual processing outside of conscious awareness.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Volkov, V. F.
2017-03-01
The author gives results of parametric calculations of shock-boom levels in the case of flow with a free-stream Mach number of 2.03 past configurations of a supersonic aircraft. The calculations are aimed at investigating the influence of the relative position of basic elements and their geometric shape on the aerodynamic quality of the configuration and on the parameters of shock boom at great distances from the perturbation source. The geometric models of the configurations were formed by combining and joining component elements: the body, the front wing, and the rear tapered wing with root dogtooth extension. From an analysis of all the considered models of tandem configurations with account of the resolvability of shock waves in a perturbed profile compared to the monoplane configuration, the optimum configuration has been singled out that ensures a reduction of 24% in the intensity level of shock boom with an increase of 0.24% in its aerodynamic quality.
Hahn, Henning; Hartmann, Kilian; Bühle, Lutz; Wachendorf, Michael
2015-03-01
The environmental performance of biogas plant configurations for a demand - oriented biogas supply for flexible power generation is comparatively assessed in this study. Those configurations indicate an increased energy demand to operate the operational enhancements compared to conventional biogas plants supplying biogas for baseload power generation. However, findings show that in contrast to an alternative supply of power generators with natural gas, biogas supplied on demand by adapted biogas plant configurations saves greenhouse gas emissions by 54-65 g CO(2-eq) MJ(-1) and primary energy by about 1.17 MJ MJ(-1). In this regard, configurations with flexible biogas production profit from reduced biogas storage requirements and achieve higher savings compared to configurations with continuous biogas production. Using thicker biogas storage sheeting material reduces the methane permeability of up to 6m(3) d(-1) which equals a reduction of 8% of the configuration's total methane emissions. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Space shuttle phase B wind tunnel model and test information. Volume 2: Orbiter configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Glynn, J. L.; Poucher, D. E.
1988-01-01
Archived wind tunnel test data are available for flyback booster or other alternative recoverable configurations as well as reusable orbiters studied during initial development (Phase B) of the Space Shuttle. Considerable wind tunnel data was acquired by the competing contractors and the NASA centers for an extensive variety of configurations with an array of wing and body planforms. All contractor and NASA wind tunnel test data acquired in the Phase B development have been compiled into a data base and are available for applying to current winged flyback or recoverable booster aerodynamic studies. The Space Shuttle Phase B Wind Tunnel Data Base is structured by vehicle component and configuration type. Basic components include the booster, the orbiter, and the launch vehicle. Booster configuration types include straight and delta wings, canard, cylindrical, retro-glide and twin body. Orbiter configuration types include straight and delta wings, lifting body, drop tanks, and double delta wings. Launch configuration types include booster and orbiter components in various stacked and tandem combinations.
Jennings, Robert C; Zucchelli, Giuseppe
2014-01-01
We examine ergodicity and configurational entropy for a dilute pigment solution and for a suspension of plant photosystem particles in which both ground and excited state pigments are present. It is concluded that the pigment solution, due to the extreme brevity of the excited state lifetime, is non-ergodic and the configurational entropy approaches zero. Conversely, due to the rapid energy transfer among pigments, each photosystem is ergodic and the configurational entropy is positive. This decreases the free energy of the single photosystem pigment array by a small amount. On the other hand, the suspension of photosystems is non-ergodic and the configurational entropy approaches zero. The overall configurational entropy which, in principle, includes contributions from both the single excited photosystems and the suspension which contains excited photosystems, also approaches zero. Thus the configurational entropy upon photon absorption by either a pigment solution or a suspension of photosystem particles is approximately zero. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Borgen, Richard L.
2013-01-01
The configuration of ION (Inter - planetary Overlay Network) network nodes is a manual task that is complex, time-consuming, and error-prone. This program seeks to accelerate this job and produce reliable configurations. The ION Configuration Editor is a model-based smart editor based on Eclipse Modeling Framework technology. An ION network designer uses this Eclipse-based GUI to construct a data model of the complete target network and then generate configurations. The data model is captured in an XML file. Intrinsic editor features aid in achieving model correctness, such as field fill-in, type-checking, lists of valid values, and suitable default values. Additionally, an explicit "validation" feature executes custom rules to catch more subtle model errors. A "survey" feature provides a set of reports providing an overview of the entire network, enabling a quick assessment of the model s completeness and correctness. The "configuration" feature produces the main final result, a complete set of ION configuration files (eight distinct file types) for each ION node in the network.
CONFU: Configuration Fuzzing Testing Framework for Software Vulnerability Detection
Dai, Huning; Murphy, Christian; Kaiser, Gail
2010-01-01
Many software security vulnerabilities only reveal themselves under certain conditions, i.e., particular configurations and inputs together with a certain runtime environment. One approach to detecting these vulnerabilities is fuzz testing. However, typical fuzz testing makes no guarantees regarding the syntactic and semantic validity of the input, or of how much of the input space will be explored. To address these problems, we present a new testing methodology called Configuration Fuzzing. Configuration Fuzzing is a technique whereby the configuration of the running application is mutated at certain execution points, in order to check for vulnerabilities that only arise in certain conditions. As the application runs in the deployment environment, this testing technique continuously fuzzes the configuration and checks “security invariants” that, if violated, indicate a vulnerability. We discuss the approach and introduce a prototype framework called ConFu (CONfiguration FUzzing testing framework) for implementation. We also present the results of case studies that demonstrate the approach’s feasibility and evaluate its performance. PMID:21037923
Portable, space-saving medical patient support system
Bzorgi,; Fariborz, [Knoxville, TN
2011-02-01
A support platform having a stowed configuration and a deployed configuration on a floor. The support platform is related to stretcher devices that are used for transporting, confining, or conducting medical procedures on medical patients in medical emergencies. The support platform typically includes a work surface that has a geometric extent. A base that typically includes a plurality of frame members is provided, and the frame members are disposed across the geometric extent of, and proximal to, the work surface in the stowed configuration. The frame members are typically disposed on the floor in the deployed configuration. There is a foldable bracing system engaged with the work surface and engaged with the base. At least a portion of the foldable bracing system is disposed substantially inside at least a portion of the plurality of frame members in the stowed configuration. Further, the foldable bracing system is configured for translocation of the work surface distal from the base in the deployed configuration.
High angle-of-attack aerodynamics of a strake-canard-wing V/STOL fighter configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Durston, D. A.; Schreiner, J. A.
1983-01-01
High angle-of-attack aerodynamic data are analyzed for a strake-canard-wing V/STOL fighter configuration. The configuration represents a twin-engine supersonic V/STOL fighter aircraft which uses four longitudinal thrust-augmenting ejectors to provide vertical lift. The data were obtained in tests of a 9.39 percent scale model of the configuration in the NASA Ames 12-Foot Pressure Wind Tunnel, at a Mach number of 0.2. Trimmed aerodynamic characteristics, longitudinal control power, longitudinal and lateral/directional stability, and effects of alternate strake and canard configurations are analyzed. The configuration could not be trimmed (power-off) above 12 deg angle of attack because of the limited pitch control power and the high degree of longitudinal instability (28 percent) at this Mach number. Aerodynamic center location was found to be controllable by varying strake size and canard location without significantly affecting lift and drag. These configuration variations had relatively little effect on the lateral/directional stability up to 10 deg angle of attack.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Menicucci, D. F.
The performance of a photovoltaic (PV) system is affected by the particular mounting configuration selected. But the optimal configuration for various potential designs is unknown because too few PV systems have been fielded. Sandia National Laboratories (SNLA) is currently conducting a controlled field experiment in which four of the most commonly used module mounting configurations are being compared. The data from the experiment are used to verify the accuracy of PVFORM, a new PV performance model. The model is then used to simulate the performance of PV modules mounted in different configurations in eight sites throughtout the U.S. The module mounting configurations, the experimental methods used, the specialized statistical techniques used in the analysis and the final results of the effort are described. The module mounting configurations are rank ordered at each site according to their energy production performane and each is briefly discussed in terms of its advantages or disadvantages in various applications.
Space shuttle phase B wind tunnel model and test information. Volume 3: Launch configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Glynn, J. L.; Poucher, D. E.
1988-01-01
Archived wind tunnel data are available for flyback booster or other alternative recoverable configurations as well as reusable orbiters studied during initial development (Phase B) of the Space Shuttle. Considerable wind tunnel data was acquired by the competing contractors and the NASA Centers for an extensive variety of configurations with an array of wing and body planforms. All contractor and NASA wind tunnel data acquired in the Phase B development have been compiled into a data base and are available for application to current winged flyback or recoverable booster aerodynamic studies. The Space Shuttle Phase B Wind Tunnel Database is structured by vehicle component and configuration type. Basic components include booster, orbiter and launch vehicle. Booster configuration types include straight and delta wings, canard, cylindrical, retroglide and twin body. Orbital configuration types include straight and delta wings, lifting body, drop tanks and double delta wings. This is Volume 3 (Part 2) of the report -- Launch Configuration -- which includes booster and orbiter components in various stacked and tandem combinations.
Delloye, Justin; Peeters, Dominique; Thomas, Isabelle
2015-01-01
In this paper, we aim at exploring how individual location decisions affect the shape of a growing city and, more precisely, how they may add up to a configuration that diverges from equilibrium configurations formulated ex-ante. To do so, we provide a two-sector city model merging a static equilibrium analysis with agent-based simulations. Results show that under strong agglomeration effects, urban development is monotonic and ends up with circular, monocentric long-term configurations. For low agglomeration effects however, elongated and multicentric urban configurations may emerge. The occurrence and underlying dynamics of these configurations are also discussed regarding commuting costs and the distance-decay of agglomeration economies between firms. To sum up, our paper warns urban planning policy makers against the difference that may stand between appropriate long-term perspectives, represented here by analytic equilibrium configurations, and short-term urban configurations, simulated here by a multi-agent system. PMID:26308858
Parametric analysis of ATT configurations.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lange, R. H.
1972-01-01
This paper describes the results of a Lockheed parametric analysis of the performance, environmental factors, and economics of an advanced commercial transport envisioned for operation in the post-1985 time period. The design parameters investigated include cruise speeds from Mach 0.85 to Mach 1.0, passenger capacities from 200 to 500, ranges of 2800 to 5500 nautical miles, and noise level criteria. NASA high performance configurations and alternate configurations are operated over domestic and international route structures. Indirect and direct costs and return on investment are determined for approximately 40 candidate aircraft configurations. The candidate configurations are input to an aircraft sizing and performance program which includes a subroutine for noise criteria. Comparisons are made between preferred configurations on the basis of maximum return on investment as a function of payload, range, and design cruise speed.
Development of the global sea ice 6.0 CICE configuration for the Met Office global coupled model
Rae, J. G. L.; Hewitt, H. T.; Keen, A. B.; ...
2015-07-24
The new sea ice configuration GSI6.0, used in the Met Office global coupled configuration GC2.0, is described and the sea ice extent, thickness and volume are compared with the previous configuration and with observationally based data sets. In the Arctic, the sea ice is thicker in all seasons than in the previous configuration, and there is now better agreement of the modelled concentration and extent with the HadISST data set. As a result, in the Antarctic, a warm bias in the ocean model has been exacerbated at the higher resolution of GC2.0, leading to a large reduction in ice extentmore » and volume; further work is required to rectify this in future configurations.« less
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Badrianto, Muldani Dwi; Riupassa, Robi D.; Basar, Khairul, E-mail: khbasar@fi.itb.ac.id
2015-09-30
Nuclear batteries have strategic applications and very high economic potential. One Important problem in application of nuclear betavoltaic battery is its low efficiency. Current efficiency of betavoltaic nuclear battery reaches only arround 2%. One aspect that can influence the efficiency of betavoltaic nuclear battery is the geometrical configuration of radioactive source. In this study we discuss the effect of geometrical configuration of radioactive source material to the radiation intensity in betavoltaic nuclear battery system. received by the detector. By obtaining the optimum configurations, the optimum usage of radioactive materials can be determined. Various geometrical configurations of radioactive source material aremore » simulated. It is obtained that usage of radioactive source will be optimum for circular configuration.« less
Development of the global sea ice 6.0 CICE configuration for the Met Office global coupled model
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Rae, J. G. L.; Hewitt, H. T.; Keen, A. B.
The new sea ice configuration GSI6.0, used in the Met Office global coupled configuration GC2.0, is described and the sea ice extent, thickness and volume are compared with the previous configuration and with observationally based data sets. In the Arctic, the sea ice is thicker in all seasons than in the previous configuration, and there is now better agreement of the modelled concentration and extent with the HadISST data set. As a result, in the Antarctic, a warm bias in the ocean model has been exacerbated at the higher resolution of GC2.0, leading to a large reduction in ice extentmore » and volume; further work is required to rectify this in future configurations.« less
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lorenzini, E.
1986-01-01
The studies that have been carried out on Tethered Constellations are briefly addressed. A definition of a tethered constellation is any number of masses/platforms greater that two connected by tethers in a stable configuration. Configurations and stability constraints are reviewed. Conclusions reached are: (1) The 1-D, horizontal, passively stabilized constellations have been ruled out; (2) Fishbone constellations have been also ruled out; (3) Alternative stable 2-D configurations have been devised such as the quadrangular configuration stabilized by electrodynamic forces (ESC), the quadrangular configuration stabilized by differential air drag (DSC), and the pseudo elliptical configuration stabilized by electrodynamic forces (PEC). Typical dimensions for these constellations are 10 km (horizontal) by 20 km (vertical) with balloon diameters around 100 m in the case of a DSC and a power consumption around 7 KW for an ESC or PEC.
Methodology and method and apparatus for signaling with capacity optimized constellations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Barsoum, Maged F. (Inventor); Jones, Christopher R. (Inventor)
2011-01-01
Communication systems having transmitter, includes a coder configured to receive user bits and output encoded bits at an expanded output encoded bit rate, a mapper configured to map encoded bits to symbols in a symbol constellation, a modulator configured to generate a signal for transmission via the communication channel using symbols generated by the mapper. In addition, the receiver includes a demodulator configured to demodulate the received signal via the communication channel, a demapper configured to estimate likelihoods from the demodulated signal, a decoder that is configured to estimate decoded bits from the likelihoods generated by the demapper. Furthermore, the symbol constellation is a capacity optimized geometrically spaced symbol constellation that provides a given capacity at a reduced signal-to-noise ratio compared to a signal constellation that maximizes d.sub.min.
Configural learning in contextual cuing of visual search.
Beesley, Tom; Vadillo, Miguel A; Pearson, Daniel; Shanks, David R
2016-08-01
Two experiments were conducted to explore the role of configural representations in contextual cuing of visual search. Repeating patterns of distractors (contexts) were trained incidentally as predictive of the target location. Training participants with repeating contexts of consistent configurations led to stronger contextual cuing than when participants were trained with contexts of inconsistent configurations. Computational simulations with an elemental associative learning model of contextual cuing demonstrated that purely elemental representations could not account for the results. However, a configural model of associative learning was able to simulate the ordinal pattern of data. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved).
Pseudorapidity configurations in collisions between gold nuclei and track-emulsion nuclei
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Gulamov, K. G.; Zhokhova, S. I.; Lugovoi, V. V., E-mail: lugovoi@uzsci.net
2010-07-15
A method of parametrically invariant quantities is developed for studying pseudorapidity configurations in nucleus-nucleus collisions involving a large number of secondary particles. In simple models where the spectrum of pseudorapidities depends on three parameters, the shape of the spectrum may differ strongly from the shape of pseudorapidity configurations in individual events. Pseudorapidity configurations in collisions between gold nuclei of energy 10.6 GeV per nucleon and track-emulsion nuclei are contrasted against those in random stars calculated theoretically. An investigation of pseudorapidity configurations in individual events is an efficient method for verifying theoretical models.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Kasemir, Kay; Hartman, Steven M
2009-01-01
A new alarm system toolkit has been implemented at SNS. The toolkit handles the Central Control Room (CCR) 'annunciator', or audio alarms. For the new alarm system to be effective, the alarms must be meaningful and properly configured. Along with the implementation of the new alarm toolkit, a thorough documentation and rationalization of the alarm configuration is taking place. Requirements and maintenance of a robust alarm configuration have been gathered from system and operations experts. In this paper we present our practical experience with the vacuum system alarm handling configuration of the alarm toolkit.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1973-01-01
Configuration data and design information for a Delta 2914 launched configuration with greatly enhanced telecommunication service over the Part I Delta 2914 configuration is contained. The overall system definition, operations and control, and telecommunication service system, including link budgets are discussed. A brief description of the user transceiver and ground station is presented. A final section includes a summary description of the TDR spacecraft and all the subsystems. The data presented are largely in tabular form.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Korkan, Kenneth D.; Eagleson, Lisa A.; Griffiths, Robert C.
1991-01-01
Current research in the area of advanced propeller configurations for performance and acoustics are briefly reviewed. Particular attention is given to the techniques of Lock and Theodorsen modified for use in the design of counterrotating propeller configurations; a numerical method known as SSTAGE, which is a Euler solver for the unducted fan concept; the NASPROP-E numerical analysis also based on a Euler solver and used to study the near acoustic fields for the SR series propfan configurations; and a counterrotating propeller test rig designed to obtain an experimental performance/acoustic data base for various propeller configurations.
International Space Station Configuration Analysis and Integration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Anchondo, Rebekah
2016-01-01
Ambitious engineering projects, such as NASA's International Space Station (ISS), require dependable modeling, analysis, visualization, and robotics to ensure that complex mission strategies are carried out cost effectively, sustainably, and safely. Learn how Booz Allen Hamilton's Modeling, Analysis, Visualization, and Robotics Integration Center (MAVRIC) team performs engineering analysis of the ISS Configuration based primarily on the use of 3D CAD models. To support mission planning and execution, the team tracks the configuration of ISS and maintains configuration requirements to ensure operational goals are met. The MAVRIC team performs multi-disciplinary integration and trade studies to ensure future configurations meet stakeholder needs.
Analysis of dual coupler nested coupled cavities.
Adib, George A; Sabry, Yasser M; Khalil, Diaa
2017-12-01
Coupled ring resonators are now forming the basic building blocks in several optical systems serving different applications. In many of these applications, a small full width at half maximum is required, along with a large free spectral range. In this work, a configuration of passive coupled cavities constituting dual coupler nested cavities is proposed. A theoretical study of the configuration is presented allowing us to obtain analytical expressions of its different spectral characteristics. The transfer function of the configuration is also used to generate design curves while comparing these results with analytical expressions. Finally, the configuration is compared with other coupled cavity configurations.
Process assessment of small scale low temperature methanol synthesis
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Hendriyana, Susanto, Herri; Subagjo
2015-12-01
Biomass is a renewable energy resource and has the potential to make a significant impact on domestic fuel supplies. Biomass can be converted to fuel like methanol via several step process. The process can be split into following main steps: biomass preparation, gasification, gas cooling and cleaning, gas shift and methanol synthesis. Untill now these configuration still has a problem like high production cost, catalyst deactivation, economy of scale and a huge energy requirements. These problems become the leading inhibition for biomass conversion to methanol, which should be resolved to move towards the economical. To address these issues, we developed various process and new configurations for methanol synthesis via methyl formate. This configuration combining two reactors: the one reactor for the carbonylation of methanol and CO to form methyl formate, and the second for the hydrogenolysis of methyl formate and H2 to form two molecule of methanol. Four plant process configurations were compared with the biomass basis is 300 ton/day. The first configuration (A) is equipped with a steam reforming process for converting methane to CO and H2 for increasing H2/CO ratio. CO2 removal is necessary to avoid poisoning the catalyst. COSORB process used for the purpose of increasing the partial pressure of CO in the feed gas. The steam reforming process in B configuration is not used with the aim of reducing the number of process equipment, so expect lower investment costs. For C configuration, the steam reforming process and COSORB are not used with the aim of reducing the number of process equipment, so expect lower investment costs. D configuration is almost similar to the configuration A. This configuration difference is in the synthesis of methanol which was held in a single reactor. Carbonylation and hydrogenolysis reactions carried out in the same reactor one. These processes were analyzed in term of technical process, material and energy balance and economic analysis. The presented study is an attempt to compile most of these efforts in order to guide future work to get cheaper low cost investment. From our study the interesting configuration to the next development is D configuration with methanol yield 112 ton/day and capital cost with 526.4 106 IDR. The configuration of D with non-discounted and discounted rate had the break-even point approximately six and eight years.
GI-conf: A configuration tool for the GI-cat distributed catalog
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Papeschi, F.; Boldrini, E.; Bigagli, L.; Mazzetti, P.
2009-04-01
In this work we present a configuration tool for the GI-cat. In an Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) framework, GI-cat implements a distributed catalog service providing advanced capabilities, such as: caching, brokering and mediation functionalities. GI-cat applies a distributed approach, being able to distribute queries to the remote service providers of interest in an asynchronous style, and notifies the status of the queries to the caller implementing an incremental feedback mechanism. Today, GI-cat functionalities are made available through two standard catalog interfaces: the OGC CSW ISO and CSW Core Application Profiles. However, two other interfaces are under testing: the CIM and the EO Extension Packages of the CSW ebRIM Application Profile. GI-cat is able to interface a multiplicity of discovery and access services serving heterogeneous Earth and Space Sciences resources. They include international standards like the OGC Web Services -i.e. OGC CSW, WCS, WFS and WMS, as well as interoperability arrangements (i.e. community standards) such as: UNIDATA THREDDS/OPeNDAP, SeaDataNet CDI (Common Data Index), GBIF (Global Biodiversity Information Facility) services, and SibESS-C infrastructure services. GI-conf implements user-friendly configuration tool for GI-cat. This is a GUI application that employs a visual and very simple approach to configure both the GI-cat publishing and distribution capabilities, in a dynamic way. The tool allows to set one or more GI-cat configurations. Each configuration consists of: a) the catalog standards interfaces published by GI-cat; b) the resources (i.e. services/servers) to be accessed and mediated -i.e. federated. Simple icons are used for interfaces and resources, implementing a user-friendly visual approach. The main GI-conf functionalities are: • Interfaces and federated resources management: user can set which interfaces must be published; besides, she/he can add a new resource, update or remove an already federated resource. • Multiple configuration management: multiple GI-cat configurations can be defined; every configuration identifies a set of published interfaces and a set of federated resources. Configurations can be edited, added, removed, exported, and even imported. • HTML report creation: an HTML report can be created, showing the current active GI-cat configuration, including the resources that are being federated and the published interface endpoints. The configuration tool is shipped with GI-cat and can be used to configure the service after its installation is completed.
Motion Planning with Six Degrees of Freedom.
1984-05-01
collision-free path taking "P" from some initial configuration to a desired goal configuration. _-- This thesis describes the first known implementation...configuration to a desired goal configuration. This thesis describes the first known implementation of a complete algorithm (at a given resolution) for...insight and clarity this thesis manifests. I am deeply indebted to my supervisor, Tomis Lozano-P~rez, for his guidance, support, and encouragement
A study of concept options for the evolution of Space Station Freedom
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Kowitz, Herbert R.; Brender, Karen D.; Cirillo, William M.; Collier, Lisa; Ganoe, George G.; Gould, Marston J.; Kaszubowski, Martin; Lawrence, George F.; Llewellyn, Charles P.; Reaux, Ray
1990-01-01
Two conceptual evolution configurations for Space Station Freedom, a research and development configuration, and a transportation node configuration are described and analyzed. Results of pertinent analyses of mass properties, attitude control, microgravity, orbit lifetime, and reboost requirements are provided along with a description of these analyses. Also provided are brief descriptions of the elements and systems that comprise these conceptual configurations.
Clinical study using a new phacoemulsification system with surgical intraocular pressure control.
Solomon, Kerry D; Lorente, Ramón; Fanney, Doug; Cionni, Robert J
2016-04-01
To compare cumulative dissipated energy (CDE), aspiration fluid used, and aspiration time during phacoemulsification cataract extraction using 2 surgical configurations. Two clinical sites in the United States and 1 in Spain. Prospective randomized clinical case series. For each patient, the first eye having surgery was randomized to the active-fluidics configuration (Centurion Vision System with Active Fluidics, 0.9 mm 45-degree Intrepid Balanced tip, and 0.9 mm Intrepid Ultra infusion sleeve) or the gravity-fluidics configuration (Infiniti Vision System with gravity fluidics, 0.9 mm 45-degree Mini-Flared Kelman tip, and 0.9 mm Ultra infusion sleeve). Second-eye surgery was completed within 14 days after first-eye surgery using the alternate configuration. The CDE, aspiration fluid used, and aspiration time were compared between configurations, and adverse events were summarized. Patient demographics and cataract characteristics were similar between configurations (100 per group). The CDE was significantly lower with the active-fluidics configuration than with the gravity-fluidics configuration (mean ± standard error, 4.32 ± 0.28 percent-seconds) (P < .001). The active-fluidics configuration used significantly less aspiration fluid than the gravity-fluidics configuration (mean 46.56 ± 1.39 mL versus 52.68 ± 1.40 mL) (P < .001) and required significantly shorter aspiration time (mean 151.9 ± 4.1 seconds versus 167.6 ± 4.1 seconds) (P < .001). No serious ocular adverse events related to the study devices or device deficiencies were observed. Significantly less CDE, aspiration fluid used, and aspiration time were observed with the active-fluidics configuration than with the gravity-fluidics configuration, showing improved surgical efficiency. Drs. Solomon and Cionni are consultants to Alcon Research, Ltd., and received compensation for conduct of the study. Dr. Lorente received compensation for clinical work in the study. Mr. Fanney is an employee of Alcon Research, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 ASCRS and ESCRS. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Siauw, Timmy; Cunha, Adam; Berenson, Dmitry
Purpose: In this study, the authors introduce skew line needle configurations for high dose rate (HDR) brachytherapy and needle planning by integer program (NPIP), a computational method for generating these configurations. NPIP generates needle configurations that are specific to the anatomy of the patient, avoid critical structures near the penile bulb and other healthy structures, and avoid needle collisions inside the body. Methods: NPIP consisted of three major components: a method for generating a set of candidate needles, a needle selection component that chose a candidate needle subset to be inserted, and a dose planner for verifying that the finalmore » needle configuration could meet dose objectives. NPIP was used to compute needle configurations for prostate cancer data sets from patients previously treated at our clinic. NPIP took two user-parameters: a number of candidate needles, and needle coverage radius, {delta}. The candidate needle set consisted of 5000 needles, and a range of {delta} values was used to compute different needle configurations for each patient. Dose plans were computed for each needle configuration. The number of needles generated and dosimetry were analyzed and compared to the physician implant. Results: NPIP computed at least one needle configuration for every patient that met dose objectives, avoided healthy structures and needle collisions, and used as many or fewer needles than standard practice. These needle configurations corresponded to a narrow range of {delta} values, which could be used as default values if this system is used in practice. The average end-to-end runtime for this implementation of NPIP was 286 s, but there was a wide variation from case to case. Conclusions: The authors have shown that NPIP can automatically generate skew line needle configurations with the aforementioned properties, and that given the correct input parameters, NPIP can generate needle configurations which meet dose objectives and use as many or fewer needles than the current HDR brachytherapy workflow. Combined with robot assisted brachytherapy, this system has the potential to reduce side effects associated with treatment. A physical trial should be done to test the implant feasibility of NPIP needle configurations.« less
Hamlet, Sean M; Haggerty, Christopher M; Suever, Jonathan D; Wehner, Gregory J; Andres, Kristin N; Powell, David K; Zhong, Xiaodong; Fornwalt, Brandon K
2017-03-01
To determine the optimal respiratory navigator gating configuration for the quantification of left ventricular strain using spiral cine displacement encoding with stimulated echoes (DENSE) MRI. Two-dimensional spiral cine DENSE was performed on a 3 Tesla MRI using two single-navigator configurations (retrospective, prospective) and a combined "dual-navigator" configuration in 10 healthy adults and 20 healthy children. The adults also underwent breathhold DENSE as a reference standard for comparisons. Peak left ventricular strains, signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), and navigator efficiency were compared. Subjects also underwent dual-navigator gating with and without visual feedback to determine the effect on navigator efficiency. There were no differences in circumferential, radial, and longitudinal strains between navigator-gated and breathhold DENSE (P = 0.09-0.95) (as confidence intervals, retrospective: [-1.0%-1.1%], [-7.4%-2.0%], [-1.0%-1.2%]; prospective: [-0.6%-2.7%], [-2.8%-8.3%], [-0.3%-2.9%]; dual: [-1.6%-0.5%], [-8.3%-3.2%], [-0.8%-1.9%], respectively). The dual configuration maintained SNR compared with breathhold acquisitions (16 versus 18, P = 0.06). SNR for the prospective configuration was lower than for the dual navigator in adults (P = 0.004) and children (P < 0.001). Navigator efficiency was higher (P < 0.001) for both retrospective (54%) and prospective (56%) configurations compared with the dual configuration (35%). Visual feedback improved the dual configuration navigator efficiency to 55% (P < 0.001). When quantifying left ventricular strains using spiral cine DENSE MRI, a dual navigator configuration results in the highest SNR in adults and children. In adults, a retrospective configuration has good navigator efficiency without a substantial drop in SNR. Prospective gating should be avoided because it has the lowest SNR. Visual feedback represents an effective option to maintain navigator efficiency while using a dual navigator configuration. 2 J. Magn. Reson. Imaging 2017;45:786-794. © 2016 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine.
Hamlet, Sean M.; Haggerty, Christopher M.; Suever, Jonathan D.; Wehner, Gregory J.; Andres, Kristin N.; Powell, David K.; Fornwalt, Brandon K.
2016-01-01
Purpose To determine the optimal respiratory navigator gating configuration for the quantification of left ventricular strain using spiral cine displacement encoding with stimulated echoes (DENSE) MRI. Materials and Methods 2D spiral cine DENSE was performed on a 3T MRI using two single-navigator configurations (retrospective, prospective), and a combined “dual-navigator” configuration in 10 healthy adults and 20 healthy children. The adults also underwent breath-hold DENSE as a reference standard for comparisons. Peak left ventricular strains, signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and navigator efficiency were compared. Subjects also underwent dual-navigator gating with and without visual feedback to determine the effect on navigator efficiency. Results There were no differences in circumferential, radial and longitudinal strains between navigator-gated and breath-hold DENSE (p=0.09–0.95) (as confidence intervals, retrospective: [−1.0%,1.1%],[−7.4%,2.0%],[−1.0%,1.2%]; prospective: [−0.6%,2.7%],[−2.8%,8.3%],[−0.3%,2.9%]; dual: [−1.6%,0.5%],[−8.3%,3.2%],[−0.8%,1.9%], respectively). The dual configuration maintained SNR compared to breath-hold acquisitions (16 vs. 18, p=0.06). SNR for the prospective configuration was lower than for the dual navigator in adults (p=0.004) and children (p<0.001). Navigator efficiency was higher (p<0.001) for both retrospective (54%) and prospective (56%) configurations compared to the dual configuration (35%). Visual feedback improved the dual configuration navigator efficiency to 55% (p<0.001). Conclusion When quantifying left ventricular strains using spiral cine DENSE MRI, a dual navigator configuration results in the highest SNR in adults and children. In adults, a retrospective configuration has good navigator efficiency without a substantial drop in SNR. Prospective gating should be avoided since it has the lowest SNR. Visual feedback represents an effective option to maintain navigator efficiency while using a dual navigator configuration. PMID:27458823
Kim, Jeong Chul; Cruz, Dinna; Garzotto, Francesco; Kaushik, Manish; Teixeria, Catarina; Baldwin, Marie; Baldwin, Ian; Nalesso, Federico; Kim, Ji Hyun; Kang, Eungtaek; Kim, Hee Chan; Ronco, Claudio
2013-01-01
Continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) is commonly used for critically ill patients with acute kidney injury. During treatment, a slow dialysate flow rate can be applied to enhance diffusive solute removal. However, due to the lack of the rationale of the dialysate flow configuration (countercurrent or concurrent to blood flow), in clinical practice, the connection settings of a hemodiafilter are done depending on nurse preference or at random. In this study, we investigated the effects of flow configurations in a hemodiafilter during continuous venovenous hemodialysis on solute removal and fluid transport using computational fluid dynamic modeling. We solved the momentum equation coupling solute transport to predict quantitative diffusion and convection phenomena in a simplified hemodiafilter model. Computational modeling results showed superior solute removal (clearance of urea: 67.8 vs. 45.1 ml/min) and convection (filtration volume: 29.0 vs. 25.7 ml/min) performances for the countercurrent flow configuration. Countercurrent flow configuration enhances convection and diffusion compared to concurrent flow configuration by increasing filtration volume and equilibrium concentration in the proximal part of a hemodiafilter and backfiltration of pure dialysate in the distal part. In clinical practice, the countercurrent dialysate flow configuration of a hemodiafilter could increase solute removal in CRRT. Nevertheless, while this configuration may become mandatory for high-efficiency treatments, the impact of differences in solute removal observed in slow continuous therapies may be less important. Under these circumstances, if continuous therapies are prescribed, some of the advantages of the concurrent configuration in terms of simpler circuit layout and simpler machine design may overcome the advantages in terms of solute clearance. Different dialysate flow configurations influence solute clearance and change major solute removal mechanisms in the proximal and distal parts of a hemodiafilter. Advantages of each configuration should be balanced against the overall performance of the treatment and its simplicity in terms of treatment delivery and circuit handling procedures. Copyright © 2013 S. Karger AG, Basel.
Response of Seismometer with Symmetric Triaxial Sensor Configuration to Complex Ground Motion
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Graizer, V.
2007-12-01
Most instruments used in seismological practice to record ground motion in all directions use three sensors oriented toward North, East and upward. In this standard configuration horizontal and vertical sensors differ in their construction because of gravity acceleration always applied to a vertical sensor. An alternative way of symmetric sensor configuration was first introduced by Galperin (1955) for petroleum exploration. In this arrangement three identical sensors are also positioned orthogonally to each other but are tilted at the same angle of 54.7 degrees to the vertical axis (triaxial system of coordinate balanced on its corner). Records obtained using symmetric configuration must be rotated into an earth referenced X, Y, Z coordinate system. A number of recent seismological instruments (e.g., broadband seismometers Streckeisen STS-2, Trillium of Nanometrics and Cronos of Kinemetrics) are using symmetric sensor configuration. In most of seismological studies it is assumed that rotational (rocking and torsion) components of earthquake ground motion are small enough to be neglected. However, recently examples were shown when rotational components are significant relative to translational components of motions. Response of pendulums installed in standard configuration (vertical and two horizontals) to complex input motion that includes rotations has been studied in a number of publications. We consider the response of pendulums in a symmetric sensor configuration to complex input motions including rotations, and the resultant triaxial system response. Possible implications of using symmetric sensor configuration in strong motion studies are discussed. Considering benefits of equal design of all three sensors in symmetric configuration, and as a result potentially lower cost of the three-component accelerograph, it may be useful for strong motion measurements not requiring high resolution post signal processing. The disadvantage of this configuration is that if one of the sensors is not working properly or there is a misalignment of sensors, it results in degradation of all three components. Symmetric sensor configuration requires identical processing of each channel putting a number of limitations on further processing of strong motion records.
Park, Seong-Beom; Lee, Inah
2016-08-01
Place cells in the hippocampus fire at specific positions in space, and distal cues in the environment play critical roles in determining the spatial firing patterns of place cells. Many studies have shown that place fields are influenced by distal cues in foraging animals. However, it is largely unknown whether distal-cue-dependent changes in place fields appear in different ways in a memory task if distal cues bear direct significance to achieving goals. We investigated this possibility in this study. Rats were trained to choose different spatial positions in a radial arm in association with distal cue configurations formed by visual cue sets attached to movable curtains around the apparatus. The animals were initially trained to associate readily discernible distal cue configurations (0° vs. 80° angular separation between distal cue sets) with different food-well positions and then later experienced ambiguous cue configurations (14° and 66°) intermixed with the original cue configurations. Rats showed no difficulty in transferring the associated memory formed for the original cue configurations when similar cue configurations were presented. Place field positions remained at the same locations across different cue configurations, whereas stability and coherence of spatial firing patterns were significantly disrupted when ambiguous cue configurations were introduced. Furthermore, the spatial representation was extended backward and skewed more negatively at the population level when processing ambiguous cue configurations, compared with when processing the original cue configurations only. This effect was more salient for large cue-separation conditions than for small cue-separation conditions. No significant rate remapping was observed across distal cue configurations. These findings suggest that place cells in the hippocampus dynamically change their detailed firing characteristics in response to a modified cue environment and that some of the firing properties previously reported in a foraging task might carry more functional weight than others when tested in a distal-cue-dependent memory task. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Overeem, Simon P; Donselaar, Esmé J; Boersen, Jorrit T; Groot Jebbink, Erik; Slump, Cornelis H; de Vries, Jean-Paul P M; Reijnen, Michel M P J
2018-03-01
To assess the dynamic behavior of chimney grafts during the cardiac cycle. Three chimney endovascular aneurysm repair (EVAR) stent-graft configurations (Endurant and Advanta V12, Endurant and Viabahn, and Endurant and BeGraft) were placed in silicone aneurysm models and subjected to physiologic flow. Electrocardiography (ECG)-gated contrast-enhanced computed tomography was used to visualize geometric changes during the cardiac cycle. Endograft and chimney graft surface, gutter volume, chimney graft angulation over the center lumen line, and the D-ratio (the ratio between the lengths of the major and minor axes) were independently assessed by 2 observers at 10 time points in the cardiac cycle. Both gutter volumes and chimney graft geometry changed significantly during the cardiac cycle in all 3 configurations (p<0.001). Gutters and endoleaks were observed in all configurations. The largest gutter volume (232.8 mm 3 ) and change in volume (20.7 mm 3 ) between systole and diastole were observed in the Endurant-Advanta configuration. These values were 2.7- and 3.0-fold higher, respectively, compared to the Endurant-Viabahn configuration and 1.7- and 1.6-fold higher as observed in the Endurant-BeGraft configuration. The Endurant-Viabahn configuration had the highest D-ratio (right, 1.26-1.35; left, 1.33-1.48), while the Endurant-BeGraft configuration had the lowest (right, 1.11-1.17; left, 1.08-1.15). Assessment of the interobserver variability showed a high correlation (intraclass correlation >0.935) between measurements. Gutter volumes and stent compression are dynamic phenomena that reshape during the cardiac cycle. Compelling differences were observed during the cardiac cycle in all configurations, with the self-expanding (Endurant-Viabahn) chimney EVAR configurations having smaller gutters and less variation in gutter volume during the cardiac cycle yet more stent compression without affecting the chimney graft surface.
Shek, Tina L T; Tse, Leonard W; Nabovati, Aydin; Amon, Cristina H
2012-12-01
The technique of crossing the limbs of bifurcated modular stent grafts for endovascular aneurysm repair (EVAR) is often employed in the face of splayed aortic bifurcations to facilitate cannulation and prevent device kinking. However, little has been reported about the implications of cross-limb EVAR, especially in comparison to conventional EVAR. Previous computational fluid dynamics studies of conventional EVAR grafts have mostly utilized simplified planar stent graft geometries. We herein examined the differences between conventional and cross-limb EVAR by comparing their hemodynamic flow fields (i.e., in the "direct" and "cross" configurations, respectively). We also added a "planar" configuration, which is commonly found in the literature, to identify how well this configuration compares to out-of-plane stent graft configurations from a hemodynamic perspective. A representative patient's cross-limb stent graft geometry was segmented using computed tomography imaging in Mimics software. The cross-limb graft geometry was used to build its direct and planar counterparts in SolidWorks. Physiologic velocity and mass flow boundary conditions and blood properties were implemented for steady-state and pulsatile transient simulations in ANSYS CFX. Displacement forces, wall shear stress (WSS), and oscillatory shear index (OSI) were all comparable between the direct and cross configurations, whereas the planar geometry yielded very different predictions of hemodynamics compared to the out-of-plane stent graft configurations, particularly for displacement forces. This single-patient study suggests that the short-term hemodynamics involved in crossing the limbs is as safe as conventional EVAR. Higher helicity and improved WSS distribution of the cross-limb configuration suggest improved flow-related thrombosis resistance in the short term. However, there may be long-term fatigue implications to stent graft use in the cross configuration when compared to the direct configuration.
Observation-Driven Configuration of Complex Software Systems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sage, Aled
2010-06-01
The ever-increasing complexity of software systems makes them hard to comprehend, predict and tune due to emergent properties and non-deterministic behaviour. Complexity arises from the size of software systems and the wide variety of possible operating environments: the increasing choice of platforms and communication policies leads to ever more complex performance characteristics. In addition, software systems exhibit different behaviour under different workloads. Many software systems are designed to be configurable so that policies can be chosen to meet the needs of various stakeholders. For complex software systems it can be difficult to accurately predict the effects of a change and to know which configuration is most appropriate. This thesis demonstrates that it is useful to run automated experiments that measure a selection of system configurations. Experiments can find configurations that meet the stakeholders' needs, find interesting behavioural characteristics, and help produce predictive models of the system's behaviour. The design and use of ACT (Automated Configuration Tool) for running such experiments is described, in combination a number of search strategies for deciding on the configurations to measure. Design Of Experiments (DOE) is discussed, with emphasis on Taguchi Methods. These statistical methods have been used extensively in manufacturing, but have not previously been used for configuring software systems. The novel contribution here is an industrial case study, applying the combination of ACT and Taguchi Methods to DC-Directory, a product from Data Connection Ltd (DCL). The case study investigated the applicability of Taguchi Methods for configuring complex software systems. Taguchi Methods were found to be useful for modelling and configuring DC- Directory, making them a valuable addition to the techniques available to system administrators and developers.
A radioluminescent nuclear battery using volumetric configuration: 63Ni solution/ZnS:Cu,Al/InGaP.
Russo, Johnny; Litz, Marc; Ray, William; Smith, Brenda; Moyers, Richard
2017-12-01
Energy dense power sources are critical to the development of compact, remote sensors for terrestrial and space applications. Nuclear batteries using β - -emitting radioisotopes possess energy densities 1000 times greater than chemical batteries. Their power generation is a function of β - flux saturation point relative to the planar (2D) configuration, β - range, and semiconductor converter. An approach to increase power density in a beta-photovoltaic (β-PV) nuclear battery is described. By using volumetric (3D) configuration, the radioisotope, nickel-63 ( 63 Ni) in a chloride solution was integrated in a phosphor film (ZnS:Cu,Al) where the β - energy is converted into optical energy. The optical energy was converted to electrical energy via an indium gallium phosphate (InGaP) photovoltaic (PV) cell, which was optimized for low light illumination and closely matched to radioluminescence (RL) spectrum. With 15mCi of 63 Ni activity, the 3D configuration energy values surpassed 2D configuration results. The highest total power conversion efficiency (η t ) of 3D configuration was 0.289% at 200µm compared 0.0638% for 2D configuration at 50µm. The highest electrical power and η t for the 3D configuration were 3.35 nW e /cm 2 at an activity of 30mCi and 0.289% at an activity of 15mCi, respectively. By using 3D configuration, the interaction space between the radioisotope source and scintillation material increased, allowing for significant electrical energy output, relative to the 2D configuration. These initial results represent a first step to increase nuclear battery power density from microwatts to milliwatts per 1000cm 3 with the implementation of higher energy β - sources. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
Railroad retarder noise reduction : study of acoustical barrier configurations
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
1979-05-01
Field measurements of noise were made near a railroad retarder system without barriers and with acoustical barriers of various configurations. The configurations tested included acoustically reflective and acoustically absorptive barriers with height...
Automatization of hardware configuration for plasma diagnostic system
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Wojenski, A.; Pozniak, K. T.; Kasprowicz, G.; Kolasinski, P.; Krawczyk, R. D.; Zabolotny, W.; Linczuk, P.; Chernyshova, M.; Czarski, T.; Malinowski, K.
2016-09-01
Soft X-ray plasma measurement systems are mostly multi-channel, high performance systems. In case of the modular construction it is necessary to perform sophisticated system discovery in parallel with automatic system configuration. In the paper the structure of the modular system designed for tokamak plasma soft X-ray measurements is described. The concept of the system discovery and further automatic configuration is also presented. FCS application (FMC/ FPGA Configuration Software) is used for running sophisticated system setup with automatic verification of proper configuration. In order to provide flexibility of further system configurations (e.g. user setup), common communication interface is also described. The approach presented here is related to the automatic system firmware building presented in previous papers. Modular construction and multichannel measurements are key requirement in term of SXR diagnostics with use of GEM detectors.
Inviscid Flow Computations of Several Aeroshell Configurations for a '07 Mars Lander
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Prabhu, Ramadas K.
2001-01-01
This report documents the results of an inviscid computational study conducted on several candidate aeroshell configurations for a proposed '07 Mars lander. Eleven different configurations were considered, and the aerodynamic characteristics of each of these were computed for a Mach number of 23.7 at 10, 15, and 20 degree angles of attack. The unstructured grid software FELISA with the equilibrium Mars gas option was used for these computations. The pitching moment characteristics and the lift-to-drag ratios at trim angle of attack of each of these configurations were examined to make a selection. The criterion for selection was that the configuration should be longitudinally stable, and should trim at an angle of attack where the L/D is -0.25. Based on the present study, two configurations were selected for further study
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1980-01-01
The performance and economic benefits of a constrained application of Active Controls Technology (ACT) are identified, and the approach to airplane design is established for subsequent steps leading to the development of a less constrained final ACT configuration. The active controls configurations are measured against a conventional baseline configuration, a state-of-the-art transport, to determine whether the performance and economic changes resulting from ACT merit proceeding with the project. The technology established by the conventional baseline configuration was held constant except for the addition of ACT. The wing, with the same planform, was moved forward on the initial ACT configuration to move the loading range aft relative to the wing mean aerodynamic chord. Wing trailing-edge surfaces and surface controls also were reconfigured for load alleviation and structural stabilization.
CMS Configuration Editor: GUI based application for user analysis job
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
de Cosa, A.
2011-12-01
We present the user interface and the software architecture of the Configuration Editor for the CMS experiment. The analysis workflow is organized in a modular way integrated within the CMS framework that organizes in a flexible way user analysis code. The Python scripting language is adopted to define the job configuration that drives the analysis workflow. It could be a challenging task for users, especially for newcomers, to develop analysis jobs managing the configuration of many required modules. For this reason a graphical tool has been conceived in order to edit and inspect configuration files. A set of common analysis tools defined in the CMS Physics Analysis Toolkit (PAT) can be steered and configured using the Config Editor. A user-defined analysis workflow can be produced starting from a standard configuration file, applying and configuring PAT tools according to the specific user requirements. CMS users can adopt this tool, the Config Editor, to create their analysis visualizing in real time which are the effects of their actions. They can visualize the structure of their configuration, look at the modules included in the workflow, inspect the dependences existing among the modules and check the data flow. They can visualize at which values parameters are set and change them according to what is required by their analysis task. The integration of common tools in the GUI needed to adopt an object-oriented structure in the Python definition of the PAT tools and the definition of a layer of abstraction from which all PAT tools inherit.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Paulson, J. W., Jr.; Thomas, J. L.
1978-01-01
A series of wind-tunnel tests were conducted in a V/STOL tunnel to determine the low-speed longitudinal aerodynamic characteristics of a powered close-coupled wing/canard fighter configuration. The data was obtained for a high angle-of-attack maneuvering configuration and a takeoff and landing configuration. The data presented in tabulated form are intended for reference purposes.
Feng, Wei; Xu, Jinxia; Jiang, Linhua; Song, Yingbin; Cao, Yalong; Tan, Qiping
2018-01-01
To improve the repair effect of electrochemical chloride extraction, a modified electrode configuration is applied in this investigation. In this configuration, two auxiliary electrodes placed in the anodic and cathodic electrolytes were used as the anode and cathode, respectively. Besides this, the steel in the mortar was grounded to protect it from corrosion. By a comparative experiment, the potential evolution, various ions concentrations (Cl−, OH−, Na+, and K+) in different mortar depths, the corrosion potential, and the current density of the steel were measured. The results indicate that compared to electrochemical chloride extraction with the traditional electrode configuration, this electrochemical chloride extraction method with a modified electrode configuration has a similar chloride removal ratio. Besides this, potential of steel is just about 800 mV for a saturated calomel electrode (SCE) during the treatment, which did not reach the hydrogen evolution potential. The phenomenon of the accumulation of OH−, Na+, and K+ did not occur when the modified electrode configuration is applied. Additionally, higher corrosion potentials and lower corrosion current rates were measured after performing electrochemical chloride extraction with the modified electrode configuration. Additionally, it is a short period of time for the steel to go from activation to passivation. On this basis, the modified electrode configuration may overcome the drawbacks of electrochemical chloride extraction. PMID:29389855
de Vargas-Sansalvador, I M Pérez; Fay, C; Phelan, T; Fernández-Ramos, M D; Capitán-Vallvey, L F; Diamond, D; Benito-Lopez, F
2011-08-12
A new system for CO(2) measurement (0-100%) based on a paired emitter-detector diode arrangement as a colorimetric detection system is described. Two different configurations were tested: configuration 1 (an opposite side configuration) where a secondary inner-filter effect accounts for CO(2) sensitivity. This configuration involves the absorption of the phosphorescence emitted from a CO(2)-insensitive luminophore by an acid-base indicator and configuration 2 wherein the membrane containing the luminophore is removed, simplifying the sensing membrane that now only contains the acid-base indicator. In addition, two different instrumental configurations have been studied, using a paired emitter-detector diode system, consisting of two LEDs wherein one is used as the light source (emitter) and the other is used in reverse bias mode as the light detector. The first configuration uses a green LED as emitter and a red LED as detector, whereas in the second case two identical red LEDs are used as emitter and detector. The system was characterised in terms of sensitivity, dynamic response, reproducibility, stability and temperature influence. We found that configuration 2 presented a better CO(2) response in terms of sensitivity. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Cryogenic system configuration for the International Linear Collider (ILC) at mountainous site
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Nakai, H.; Okamura, T.; Delikaris, D.; Peterson, T.; Yamamoto, A.
2017-02-01
The International Linear Collider (ILC) plans to make use of ten cryoplants for its main linacs, each providing 19 kW at 4.5 K equivalent and among of it 3.6 kW at 2 K. Each cryoplant will consist of various cryogenic components such as a 4.5 K refrigerator cold box, a 2 K refrigerator cold box, and helium compressors and so on. In the technical design report (TDR) of the ILC, due to the mountainous topology, almost all cryogenic components would be installed in underground cryogenic caverns next to the main linac tunnels and only cooling towers on surface area. However, we would like to find a more effective and sophisticated configuration of the cryoplant components (cryogenic configuration). Under several constraints of technical, geographical, and environmental points of view, the cryogenic configuration should be considered carefully to satisfy such various conditions. After discussions on this topic conducted at various workshops and conferences, an updated cryogenic configuration is suggested. The proposed updated configuration may affect the total construction cost of the ILC and the entire structure of the ILC conventional facilities. The updated cryogenic configuration is presented and the on-going discussions with the conventional facilities and siting (CFS) colleagues for further improvement of the cryogenic configuration is introduced.
Design and implementation of a programming circuit in radiation-hardened FPGA
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lihua, Wu; Xiaowei, Han; Yan, Zhao; Zhongli, Liu; Fang, Yu; Chen, Stanley L.
2011-08-01
We present a novel programming circuit used in our radiation-hardened field programmable gate array (FPGA) chip. This circuit provides the ability to write user-defined configuration data into an FPGA and then read it back. The proposed circuit adopts the direct-access programming point scheme instead of the typical long token shift register chain. It not only saves area but also provides more flexible configuration operations. By configuring the proposed partial configuration control register, our smallest configuration section can be conveniently configured as a single data and a flexible partial configuration can be easily implemented. The hierarchical simulation scheme, optimization of the critical path and the elaborate layout plan make this circuit work well. Also, the radiation hardened by design programming point is introduced. This circuit has been implemented in a static random access memory (SRAM)-based FPGA fabricated by a 0.5 μm partial-depletion silicon-on-insulator CMOS process. The function test results of the fabricated chip indicate that this programming circuit successfully realizes the desired functions in the configuration and read-back. Moreover, the radiation test results indicate that the programming circuit has total dose tolerance of 1 × 105 rad(Si), dose rate survivability of 1.5 × 1011 rad(Si)/s and neutron fluence immunity of 1 × 1014 n/cm2.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Hannan, N. A.; Matos, J. E.; Stillman, J. A.
At the request of the Czech Technical University (CTU) in Prague, ANL has performed independent verification calculations using the MCNP Monte Carlo code for three core configurations of the VR-1 reactor: a current core configuration B1 with HEU (36%) IRT-3M fuel assemblies and planned core configurations C1 and C2 with LEU (19.7%) IRT-4M fuel assemblies. Details of these configurations were provided to ANL by CTU. For core configuration B1, criticality calculations were performed for two sets of control rod positions provided to ANL by CTU. Fore core configurations C1 and C2, criticality calculations were done for cases with all controlmore » rods at the top positions, all control rods at the bottom positions, and two critical states of the reactor for different control rod positions. In addition, sensitivity studies for variation of the {sup 235}U mass in each fuel assembly and variation of the fuel meat and cladding thicknesses in each of the fuel tubes were doe for the C1 core configuration. The reactivity worth of the individual control rods was calculated for the B1, C1, and C2 core configurations. Finally, the reactivity feedback coefficients, the prompt neutron lifetime, and the total effective delay neutron fraction were calculated for each of the three cores.« less
Viscous Design of TCA Configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Krist, Steven E.; Bauer, Steven X. S.; Campbell, Richard L.
1999-01-01
The goal in this effort is to redesign the baseline TCA configuration for improved performance at both supersonic and transonic cruise. Viscous analyses are conducted with OVERFLOW, a Navier-Stokes code for overset grids, using PEGSUS to compute the interpolations between overset grids. Viscous designs are conducted with OVERDISC, a script which couples OVERFLOW with the Constrained Direct Iterative Surface Curvature (CDISC) inverse design method. The successful execution of any computational fluid dynamics (CFD) based aerodynamic design method for complex configurations requires an efficient method for regenerating the computational grids to account for modifications to the configuration shape. The first section of this presentation deals with the automated regridding procedure used to generate overset grids for the fuselage/wing/diverter/nacelle configurations analysed in this effort. The second section outlines the procedures utilized to conduct OVERDISC inverse designs. The third section briefly covers the work conducted by Dick Campbell, in which a dual-point design at Mach 2.4 and 0.9 was attempted using OVERDISC; the initial configuration from which this design effort was started is an early version of the optimized shape for the TCA configuration developed by the Boeing Commercial Airplane Group (BCAG), which eventually evolved into the NCV design. The final section presents results from application of the Natural Flow Wing design philosophy to the TCA configuration.
Advisory Algorithm for Scheduling Open Sectors, Operating Positions, and Workstations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bloem, Michael; Drew, Michael; Lai, Chok Fung; Bilimoria, Karl D.
2012-01-01
Air traffic controller supervisors configure available sector, operating position, and work-station resources to safely and efficiently control air traffic in a region of airspace. In this paper, an algorithm for assisting supervisors with this task is described and demonstrated on two sample problem instances. The algorithm produces configuration schedule advisories that minimize a cost. The cost is a weighted sum of two competing costs: one penalizing mismatches between configurations and predicted air traffic demand and another penalizing the effort associated with changing configurations. The problem considered by the algorithm is a shortest path problem that is solved with a dynamic programming value iteration algorithm. The cost function contains numerous parameters. Default values for most of these are suggested based on descriptions of air traffic control procedures and subject-matter expert feedback. The parameter determining the relative importance of the two competing costs is tuned by comparing historical configurations with corresponding algorithm advisories. Two sample problem instances for which appropriate configuration advisories are obvious were designed to illustrate characteristics of the algorithm. Results demonstrate how the algorithm suggests advisories that appropriately utilize changes in airspace configurations and changes in the number of operating positions allocated to each open sector. The results also demonstrate how the advisories suggest appropriate times for configuration changes.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Feldman, U.; Seely, J. F.; Bhatia, A. K.
1989-01-01
Results are presented on calculations of the 72 levels belonging to the 2s(2)2p(3), 2s2p(4), 2p(5), 2s(2)2p(2)3s, 2s(2)2p(2)3p, and 2s(2)2p(2)3d configurations of the N I isoelectronic sequence for the ions Ar XII, Ti XVI, Fe XX, Zn XXIV, and Kr XXX, for electron densities up to 10 to the 24th/cu cm. It was found that large population inversions and gain occur between levels in the 2s(2)2p(2)3p configuration and levels in the 2s(2)2p(2)3d configuration that cannot decay to the ground configuration by an electric dipole transition. For increasing electron densities, the intensities of the X-ray transitions from the 2s(2)2p(2)3p configuration to the ground configuration decrease relative to the transitions from the 2s(2)2p(2)3s and 2s(2)2p(2)3d configurations to the ground configuration. The density dependence of these X-ray line ratios is presented.
Buckling Analysis of a Honeycomb-Core Composite Cylinder with Initial Geometric Imperfections
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Cha, Gene; Schultz, Marc R.
2013-01-01
Thin-walled cylindrical shell structures often have buckling as the critical failure mode, and the buckling of such structures can be very sensitive to small geometric imperfections. The buckling analyses of an 8-ft-diameter, 10-ft-long honeycomb-core composite cylinder loaded in pure axial compression is discussed in this document. Two loading configurations are considered configuration 1 uses simple end conditions, and configuration 2 includes additional structure that may more closely approximate experimental loading conditions. Linear eigenvalue buckling analyses and nonlinear analyses with and without initial geometric imperfections were performed on both configurations. The initial imperfections were introduced in the shell by applying a radial load at the midlength of the cylinder to form a single inward dimple. The critical bifurcation buckling loads are predicted to be 924,190 lb and 924,020 lb for configurations 1 and 2, respectively. Nonlinear critical buckling loads of 918,750 lb and 954,900 lb were predicted for geometrically perfect configurations 1 and 2, respectively. Lower-bound critical buckling loads for configurations 1 and 2 with radial perturbations were found to be 33% and 36% lower, respectively, than the unperturbed critical loads. The inclusion of the load introduction cylinders in configuration 2 increased the maximum bending-boundary-layer rotation up to 11%.
Zachariou, Valentinos; Nikas, Christine V; Safiullah, Zaid N; Gotts, Stephen J; Ungerleider, Leslie G
2017-08-01
Human face recognition is often attributed to configural processing; namely, processing the spatial relationships among the features of a face. If configural processing depends on fine-grained spatial information, do visuospatial mechanisms within the dorsal visual pathway contribute to this process? We explored this question in human adults using functional magnetic resonance imaging and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) in a same-different face detection task. Within localized, spatial-processing regions of the posterior parietal cortex, configural face differences led to significantly stronger activation compared to featural face differences, and the magnitude of this activation correlated with behavioral performance. In addition, detection of configural relative to featural face differences led to significantly stronger functional connectivity between the right FFA and the spatial processing regions of the dorsal stream, whereas detection of featural relative to configural face differences led to stronger functional connectivity between the right FFA and left FFA. Critically, TMS centered on these parietal regions impaired performance on configural but not featural face difference detections. We conclude that spatial mechanisms within the dorsal visual pathway contribute to the configural processing of facial features and, more broadly, that the dorsal stream may contribute to the veridical perception of faces. Published by Oxford University Press 2016.
On the Number of Non-equivalent Ancestral Configurations for Matching Gene Trees and Species Trees.
Disanto, Filippo; Rosenberg, Noah A
2017-09-14
An ancestral configuration is one of the combinatorially distinct sets of gene lineages that, for a given gene tree, can reach a given node of a specified species tree. Ancestral configurations have appeared in recursive algebraic computations of the conditional probability that a gene tree topology is produced under the multispecies coalescent model for a given species tree. For matching gene trees and species trees, we study the number of ancestral configurations, considered up to an equivalence relation introduced by Wu (Evolution 66:763-775, 2012) to reduce the complexity of the recursive probability computation. We examine the largest number of non-equivalent ancestral configurations possible for a given tree size n. Whereas the smallest number of non-equivalent ancestral configurations increases polynomially with n, we show that the largest number increases with [Formula: see text], where k is a constant that satisfies [Formula: see text]. Under a uniform distribution on the set of binary labeled trees with a given size n, the mean number of non-equivalent ancestral configurations grows exponentially with n. The results refine an earlier analysis of the number of ancestral configurations considered without applying the equivalence relation, showing that use of the equivalence relation does not alter the exponential nature of the increase with tree size.
Oweis, Salah; D'Ussel, Louis; Chagnon, Guy; Zuhowski, Michael; Sack, Tim; Laucournet, Gaullume; Jackson, Edward J.
2002-06-04
A stand alone battery module including: (a) a mechanical configuration; (b) a thermal management configuration; (c) an electrical connection configuration; and (d) an electronics configuration. Such a module is fully interchangeable in a battery pack assembly, mechanically, from the thermal management point of view, and electrically. With the same hardware, the module can accommodate different cell sizes and, therefore, can easily have different capacities. The module structure is designed to accommodate the electronics monitoring, protection, and printed wiring assembly boards (PWAs), as well as to allow airflow through the module. A plurality of modules may easily be connected together to form a battery pack. The parts of the module are designed to facilitate their manufacture and assembly.
Acoustical properties of materials and muffler configurations for the 80 by 120 foot wind tunnel
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Scharton, T. D.; Sneddon, M. D.
1977-01-01
Techniques for measuring the impedance of the muffler configurations and of porous plates with grazing flow were investigated and changes in the configuration parameters to enhance acoustic performance are explored. The feasibility of a pulse reflection technique for measuring the impedance of built-up structures in situ was demonstrated. A second technique involving the use of an open-end impedance tube with grazing flow was used to obtain detailed design data for the perforated plate configuration. Acoustic benefits associated with configuration changes such as curving the baffles, spacing and staggering baffle partitions, and techniques for alleviating baffle self-generated noise are described.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Jarrett, T. W.
1972-01-01
Various space shuttle ascent configurations were tested in a trisonic wind tunnel to determine the aerodynamic characteristics. The ascent configuration consisted of a NASA/MSC 040 orbiter in combination with various HO centerline tank and booster geometries. The aerodynamic interference between components of the space shuttle and the effect on the orbiter aerodynamics was determined. The various aerodynamic configurations tested were: (1) centerline HO tanks T1 and T2, (2) centerline HO tank T3, and (3) centerline HO tank H4.
Status of an inlet configuration trade study for the Douglas HSCT
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Jones, Jay R.; Welge, H. Robert
1992-01-01
An inlet concept integration trade study for an HSCT is being conducted under contract to NASA LeRC. The HSCT mission has a supersonic cruise Mach number of 2.4 and a subsonic cruise Mach number of 0.95. The engine selected for this study is the GE VCE (variable cycle engine) with FLADE (fan on blade). Six inlet configurations will be defined. Inlet configurations will be axisymmetric and rectangular mixed-compression inlets in single-engine nacelles. Airplane performance for each inlet configuration will be estimated and then compared. The most appropriate inlet configuration for this airplane/engine combination will be determined by Sep. 1991.
Wireless device monitoring methods, wireless device monitoring systems, and articles of manufacture
McCown, Steven H [Rigby, ID; Derr, Kurt W [Idaho Falls, ID; Rohde, Kenneth W [Idaho Falls, ID
2012-05-08
Wireless device monitoring methods, wireless device monitoring systems, and articles of manufacture are described. According to one embodiment, a wireless device monitoring method includes accessing device configuration information of a wireless device present at a secure area, wherein the device configuration information comprises information regarding a configuration of the wireless device, accessing stored information corresponding to the wireless device, wherein the stored information comprises information regarding the configuration of the wireless device, comparing the device configuration information with the stored information, and indicating the wireless device as one of authorized and unauthorized for presence at the secure area using the comparing.
Launch Architecture Impact on Ascent Abort and Crew Survival
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Mathias, Donovan L.; Lawrence, Scott L.
2006-01-01
A study was performed to assess the effect of booster configuration on the ascent abort process. A generic abort event sequence was created and booster related risk drivers were identified. Three model boosters were considered in light of the risk drivers: a solid rocket motor configuration, a side mount combination solid and liquid configuration, and a stacked liquid configuration. The primary risk drivers included explosive fireball, overpressure, and fragment effects and booster-crew module re-contact. Risk drivers that were not specifically booster dependent were not addressed. The solid rocket configuration had the most benign influence on an abort while the side mount architecture provided the most challenging abort environment.
Electrode design for electrohydrodynamic conduction pumping
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Yagoobi, Jamal Seyed (Inventor)
2007-01-01
An electrohydrodynamic conduction liquid pumping system includes a vessel configured to contain a liquid or a liquid/vapor therein. This vessel can be of a elongate conduit configuration, an elongate channel configuration or a liquid enclosure configuration. At least a single pair of electrodes are disposed in a spaced apart relation to each other on the vessel and configured to be oriented in the liquid. A power supply is coupled to the electrodes and operable to generate electric fields in between the pair of electrodes, the electric forces inducing a net liquid movement relative to the vessel. Various electrode designs are embraced within the concept of this invention.
Configurational entropy as a lifetime predictor and pattern discriminator for oscillons
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Gleiser, Marcelo; Stephens, Michelle; Sowinski, Damian
2018-05-01
Oscillons are long-lived, spherically symmetric, attractor scalar field configurations that emerge as certain field configurations evolve in time. It has been known for many years that there is a direct correlation between the initial configuration's shape and the resulting oscillon lifetime: a shape memory. In this paper, we use an information-entropic measure of spatial complexity known as differential configurational entropy (DCE) to obtain estimates of oscillon lifetimes in scalar field theories with symmetric and asymmetric double-well potentials. The time-dependent DCE is built from the Fourier transform of the two-point correlation function of the energy density of the scalar field configuration. We obtain a scaling law correlating oscillon lifetimes and measures obtained from its evolving DCE. For the symmetric double well, for example, we show that we can apply DCE to predict an oscillon's lifetime with an average accuracy of 6% or better. We also show that the DCE acts as a pattern discriminator, able to distinguish initial configurations that evolve into long-lived oscillons from other nonperturbative short-lived fluctuations.
Reynolds Number Effects on the Stability and Control Characteristics of a Supersonic Transport
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Owens, L. R.; Wahls, R. A.; Elzey, M. B.; Hamner, M. P.
2002-01-01
A High Speed Civil Transport (HSCT) configuration was tested in the National Transonic Facility at the NASA Langley Research Center as part of NASA's High Speed Research Program. A series of tests included longitudinal and lateral/directional studies at transonic and low speed, high-lift conditions across a range of Reynolds numbers from that available in conventional wind tunnels to near flight conditions. Results presented focus on Reynolds number sensitivities of the stability and control characteristics at Mach 0.30 and 0.95 for a complete HSCT aircraft configuration including empennage. The angle of attack where the pitching-moment departure occurred increased with higher Reynolds numbers for both the landing and transonic configurations. The stabilizer effectiveness increased with Reynolds number for both configurations. The directional stability also increased with Reynolds number for both configurations. The landing configuration without forebody chines exhibited a large yawing-moment departure at high angles of attack and zero sideslip that varied with increasing Reynolds numbers. This departure characteristic nearly disappeared when forebody chines were added. The landing configuration's rudder effectiveness also exhibited sensitivities to changes in Reynolds number.
Potì, Patrizia; Kanngiesser, Patricia; Saporiti, Martina; Amiconi, Alessandra; Bläsing, Bettina; Call, Josep
2010-01-01
In this study we show that bonobos and capuchin monkeys can learn to search in the middle of a landmark configuration in a small-scale space. Five bonobos (Pan paniscus) and 2 capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) were tested in a series of experiments with the expansion test paradigm. The primates were trained to search in the middle of a 4- or 2-landmark configuration, and were then tested with the same configuration expanded. Neither species searched in the middle of the expanded 4-landmark configuration. When presented with a 2-landmark configuration and a constant or variable inter-landmark training distance, the subjects sometimes searched preferentially in the middle of the expanded configuration. We discuss 2 alternative explanations of the results: extracting a middle rule or averaging between different goal-landmark vectors. In any case, compared to adult humans, primates appear highly constrained in their abilities to search in the middle of a configuration of detached landmarks. We discuss some of the factors that may influence the primates' behavior in this task.
Golarai, Golijeh; Ghahremani, Dara G.; Eberhardt, Jennifer L.; Gabrieli, John D. E.
2015-01-01
Several regions of the human brain respond more strongly to faces than to other visual stimuli, such as regions in the amygdala (AMG), superior temporal sulcus (STS), and the fusiform face area (FFA). It is unclear if these brain regions are similar in representing the configuration or natural appearance of face parts. We used functional magnetic resonance imaging of healthy adults who viewed natural or schematic faces with internal parts that were either normally configured or randomly rearranged. Response amplitudes were reduced in the AMG and STS when subjects viewed stimuli whose configuration of parts were digitally rearranged, suggesting that these regions represent the 1st order configuration of face parts. In contrast, response amplitudes in the FFA showed little modulation whether face parts were rearranged or if the natural face parts were replaced with lines. Instead, FFA responses were reduced only when both configural and part information were reduced, revealing an interaction between these factors, suggesting distinct representation of 1st order face configuration and parts in the AMG and STS vs. the FFA. PMID:26594191
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hall, R. A.; Dowdy, M. W.; Price, T. W.
1978-01-01
A fuel vapor injector/igniter system was evaluated for its effect on automobile engine performance, fuel economy, and exhaust emissions. Improved fuel economy and emissions, found during the single cylinder tests were not realized with a multicylinder engine. Multicylinder engine tests were conducted to compare the system with both a stock and modified stock configuration. A comparison of cylinder-to-cylinder equivalence ratio distribution was also obtained from the multicylinder engine tests. The multicylinder engine was installed in a vehicle was tested on a chassis dynamometer to compare the system with stock and modified stock configurations. The fuel vapor injector/igniter system (FIDC) configuration demonstrated approximately five percent improved fuel economy over the stock configuration, but the modified stock configuration demonstrated approximately twelve percent improved fuel economy. The hydrocarbon emissions were approximately two-hundred-thirty percent higher with the FIDC system than with the stock configuration. Both the FIDC system and the modified stock configuration adversely affected driveability. The FIDC system demonstrated a modest fuel savings, but with the penalty of increased emissions, and loss of driveability.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Mcardle, J. G.; Homyak, L.; Moore, A. S.
1979-01-01
The performance of a YF-102 turbofan engine was measured in an outdoor test stand with a bellmouth inlet and seven exhaust-system configurations. The configurations consisted of three separate-flow systems of various fan and core nozzle sizes and four confluent-flow systems of various nozzle sizes and shapes. A computer program provided good estimates of the engine performance and of thrust at maximum rating for each exhaust configuration. The internal performance of two different-shaped core nozzles for confluent-flow configurations was determined to be satisfactory. Pressure and temperature surveys were made with a traversing probe in the exhaust-nozzle flow for some confluent-flow configurations. The survey data at the mixing plane, plus the measured flow rates, were used to calculate the static-pressure variation along the exhaust nozzle length. The computed pressures compared well with experimental wall static-pressure data. External-flow surveys were made, for some confluent-flow configurations, with a large fixed rake at various locations in the exhaust plume.
Arguments Against a Configural Processing Account of Familiar Face Recognition.
Burton, A Mike; Schweinberger, Stefan R; Jenkins, Rob; Kaufmann, Jürgen M
2015-07-01
Face recognition is a remarkable human ability, which underlies a great deal of people's social behavior. Individuals can recognize family members, friends, and acquaintances over a very large range of conditions, and yet the processes by which they do this remain poorly understood, despite decades of research. Although a detailed understanding remains elusive, face recognition is widely thought to rely on configural processing, specifically an analysis of spatial relations between facial features (so-called second-order configurations). In this article, we challenge this traditional view, raising four problems: (1) configural theories are underspecified; (2) large configural changes leave recognition unharmed; (3) recognition is harmed by nonconfigural changes; and (4) in separate analyses of face shape and face texture, identification tends to be dominated by texture. We review evidence from a variety of sources and suggest that failure to acknowledge the impact of familiarity on facial representations may have led to an overgeneralization of the configural account. We argue instead that second-order configural information is remarkably unimportant for familiar face recognition. © The Author(s) 2015.
Parametric study of a canard-configured transport using conceptual design optimization
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Arbuckle, P. D.; Sliwa, S. M.
1985-01-01
Constrained-parameter optimization is used to perform optimal conceptual design of both canard and conventional configurations of a medium-range transport. A number of design constants and design constraints are systematically varied to compare the sensitivities of canard and conventional configurations to a variety of technology assumptions. Main-landing-gear location and canard surface high-lift performance are identified as critical design parameters for a statically stable, subsonic, canard-configured transport.
Optical fiber configurations for transmission of laser energy over great distances
Rinzler, Charles C; Zediker, Mark S
2013-10-29
There are provided optical fiber configurations that provide for the delivery of laser energy, and in particular, the transmission and delivery of high power laser energy over great distances. These configurations further are hardened to protect the optical fibers from the stresses and conditions of an intended application. The configurations provide means for determining the additional fiber length (AFL) need to obtain the benefits of such additional fiber, while avoiding bending losses.
New central configurations of the (n + 1) -body problem
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Fernandes, Antonio Carlos; Garcia, Braulio Augusto; Llibre, Jaume; Mello, Luis Fernando
2018-01-01
In this article we study central configurations of the (n + 1) -body problem. For the planar (n + 1) -body problem we study central configurations performed by n ≥ 2 bodies with equal masses at the vertices of a regular n-gon and one body with null mass. We also study spatial central configurations considering n bodies with equal masses at the vertices of a regular polyhedron and one body with null mass.
2011-07-01
Branching Configuration 33 6.6 CONTRACTION COEFFICIENT 35 7.0 SUPERCAVITATION 36 7.1 FLOW REATTACHMENT 36 7.1.1 In-Line... SUPERCAVITATION 37 7.2.1 In-Line Configuration Critical Cavitation 37 7.2.2 Dead Head Configuration Critical Cavitation 38 7.2.3 Approach...regimes are: (1) Non-Cavitation, (2) Inception of Cavitation, (3) Full Cavitation, (4) Supercavitation , and (5) Hydraulic Flip. The flow
Configuration development study of the X-24C hypersonic research airplane, phase 1
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Combs, H. G.
1976-01-01
Four hypersonic research airplane configurations found to be the most cost effective were selected for further refinement. The selection was based on a systematic analysis and evaluation of realistic designs, involving nine different configurations, evolving from three different structural/thermal concepts, coupled with existing rocket and sustainer engines. All configurations were constrained by the mission profiles, research requirements, aerodynamic envelope and maximum launch weight established by NASA.
Optical fiber configurations for transmission of laser energy over great distances
Rinzler, Charles C; Zediker, Mark S
2014-11-04
There are provided optical fiber configurations that provide for the delivery of laser energy, and in particular, the transmission and delivery of high power laser energy over great distances. These configurations further are hardened to protect the optical fibers from the stresses and conditions of an intended application. The configurations provide means for determining the additional fiber length (AFL) need to obtain the benefits of such additional fiber, while avoiding bending losses.
Harris, Scott H.; Johnson, Joel A.; Neiswanger, Jeffery R.; Twitchell, Kevin E.
2004-03-09
The present invention includes systems configured to distribute a telephone call, communication systems, communication methods and methods of routing a telephone call to a customer service representative. In one embodiment of the invention, a system configured to distribute a telephone call within a network includes a distributor adapted to connect with a telephone system, the distributor being configured to connect a telephone call using the telephone system and output the telephone call and associated data of the telephone call; and a plurality of customer service representative terminals connected with the distributor and a selected customer service representative terminal being configured to receive the telephone call and the associated data, the distributor and the selected customer service representative terminal being configured to synchronize, application of the telephone call and associated data from the distributor to the selected customer service representative terminal.
A Newtonian interpretation of configurational forces on dislocations and cracks
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ballarini, Roberto; Royer-Carfagni, Gianni
2016-10-01
Configurational forces are fundamental concepts in the description of the motion of dislocations, cracks and other defects that introduce singularities within the solid state. They are defined by considering variations in energies associated with the movement of such defects, and are therefore different from the classical forces that enter the balance laws of classical Newtonian mechanics. Here, it is demonstrated how a configurational force can be viewed as the resultant of the (Newtonian) contact forces acting on the perturbed shape of an object of substance equivalent to the defect, and evaluated in the limit of the shape being restored to the primitive configuration. The expressions for the configurational forces on the paradigmatic examples of cracks and dislocations are in agreement with those determined using classical variational arguments. This finding opens a new prospective in the use of configurational forces by permitting their physical and intuitive visualization.
Room-temperature quantum noise limited spectrometry and methods of the same
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Stevens, Charles G.; Tringe, Joseph W.; Cunningham, Christopher T.
According to one embodiment, a heterodyne detection system for detecting light, includes: a first input aperture configured to receive first light from a scene input; a second input aperture configured to receive second light from a local oscillator input; a broadband local oscillator configured to provide the second light to the second input aperture; a dispersive element configured to disperse the first light and the second light; and a final condensing lens coupled to a detector. The final condensing lens is configured to concentrate incident light from a primary condensing lens onto the detector. The detector is configured to sensemore » a frequency difference between the first light and the second light; and the final condensing lens comprises a plasmonic condensing lens. Methods for forming a plasmonic condensing lens to enable room temperature quantum noise limited spectrometry are also disclosed.« less
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Gatlin, Gregory M.; Vicroy, Dan D.; Carter, Melissa B.
2012-01-01
A low-speed experimental investigation has been conducted on a 5.8-percent scale Hybrid Wing Body configuration in the NASA Langley 14- by 22-Foot Subsonic Tunnel. This Hybrid Wing Body (HWB) configuration was designed with specific intention to support the NASA Environmentally Responsible Aviation (ERA) Project goals of reduced noise, emissions, and fuel burn. This HWB configuration incorporates twin, podded nacelles mounted on the vehicle upper surface between twin vertical tails. Low-speed aerodynamic characteristics were assessed through the acquisition of force and moment, surface pressure, and flow visualization data. Longitudinal and lateral-directional characteristics were investigated on this multi-component model. The effects of a drooped leading edge, longitudinal flow-through nacelle location, vertical tail shape and position, elevon deflection, and rudder deflection have been studied. The basic configuration aerodynamics, as well as the effects of these configuration variations, are presented in this paper.
Aspects of manual wheelchair configuration affecting mobility: a review.
Medola, Fausto Orsi; Elui, Valeria Meirelles Carril; Santana, Carla da Silva; Fortulan, Carlos Alberto
2014-02-01
Many aspects relating to equipment configuration affect users' actions in a manual wheelchair, determining the overall mobility performance. Since the equipment components and configuration determine both stability and mobility efficiency, configuring the wheelchair with the most appropriate set-up for individual users' needs is a difficult task. Several studies have shown the importance of seat/backrest assembly and the relative position of the rear wheels to the user in terms of the kinetics and kinematics of manual propulsion. More recently, new studies have brought to light evidence on the inertial properties of different wheelchair configurations. Further new studies have highlighted the handrim as a key component of wheelchair assembly, since it is the interface through which the user drives the chair. In light of the new evidence on wheelchair mechanics and propulsion kinetics and kinematics, this article presents a review of the most important aspects of wheelchair configuration that affect the users' actions and mobility.
Collective Flows of 16O+16O Collisions with α-Clustering Configurations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Guo, Chen-Chen; He, Wan-Bing; Ma, Yu-Gang
2017-08-01
The main purpose of the present paper is to discuss whether or not the collective flows in heavy-ion collision at Fermi energy can be taken as a tool to investigate the cluster configuration in light nuclei. In practice, within an Extended Quantum Molecular Dynamics model, four $\\alpha$-clustering (linear chain, kite, square, and tetrahedron) configurations of $^{16}$O are employed in the initialization, $^{16}$O+$^{16}$O around Fermi energy (40 - 60 MeV$/$nucleon) with impact parameter 1 - 3 fm are simulated, the directed and elliptic flows are analyzed. It is found that collective flows are influenced by the different $\\alpha$-clustering configurations, and the directed flow of free protons is more sensitive to the initial cluster configuration than the elliptic flow. Nuclear reaction at Fermi energy can be taken a useful way to study cluster configuration in light nuclei.
Hydrogen purification systems for PEM fuel cells
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Varma, Arvind; Hwang, Hyun Tae; Al-Kukhun, Ahmad
A system for generating and purifying hydrogen. To generate hydrogen, the system includes inlets configured to receive a hydrogen carrier and an inert insulator, a mixing chamber configured to combine the hydrogen carrier and the inert insulator, a heat exchanger configured to apply heat to the mixture of hydrogen carrier and the inert insulator, wherein the applied heat results in the generation of hydrogen from the hydrogen carrier, and an outlet configured to release the generated hydrogen. To purify hydrogen, the system includes a primary inlet to receive a starting material and an ammonia filtration subassembly, which may include anmore » absorption column configured to absorb the ammonia into water for providing purified hydrogen at a first purity level. The ammonia filtration subassembly may also include an adsorbent member configured to adsorb ammonia from the starting material into an adsorbent for providing purified hydrogen at a second purity level.« less
Configural and component processing in simultaneous and sequential lineup procedures.
Flowe, Heather D; Smith, Harriet M J; Karoğlu, Nilda; Onwuegbusi, Tochukwu O; Rai, Lovedeep
2016-01-01
Configural processing supports accurate face recognition, yet it has never been examined within the context of criminal identification lineups. We tested, using the inversion paradigm, the role of configural processing in lineups. Recent research has found that face discrimination accuracy in lineups is better in a simultaneous compared to a sequential lineup procedure. Therefore, we compared configural processing in simultaneous and sequential lineups to examine whether there are differences. We had participants view a crime video, and then they attempted to identify the perpetrator from a simultaneous or sequential lineup. The test faces were presented either upright or inverted, as previous research has shown that inverting test faces disrupts configural processing. The size of the inversion effect for faces was the same across lineup procedures, indicating that configural processing underlies face recognition in both procedures. Discrimination accuracy was comparable across lineup procedures in both the upright and inversion condition. Theoretical implications of the results are discussed.
Fuel control for gas turbine engines
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Stearns, C.F.; Tutherly, H.W.
1983-12-27
The basic gas turbine engine hydromechanical fuel control is adaptable to different engine configurations such as turbofan, turboprop and turboshaft engines by incorporating in the main housing those elements having a commonality to all engine configurations and providing a removable block for each configuration having the necessary control elements and flow passages required for that particular configuration. That is to say, a block with the elements peculiar to a turbofan engine could be replaced by a mating block that includes those elements peculiar to a turboshaft engine in adapting the control for a turboshaft configuration. Similarly another block with thosemore » elements peculiar to a turboprop engine could replace any of the other blocks in adapting the control to a turboprop configuration. Obviously the basic control has the necessary flow passages terminating at the interface with the block and these flow passages mate with corresponding passages in the block.« less
Introduction of Service Systems Implementation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Demirkan, Haluk; Spohrer, James C.; Krishna, Vikas
Services systems can range from an individual to a firm to an entire nation. They can also be nested and composed of other service systems. They are configurations of people, information, technology and organizations to co-create value between a service customer and a provider (Maglio et al. 2006; Spohrer et al. 2007). While these configurations can take many, potentially infinite, forms, they can be optimized for the subject service to eliminate unnecessary costs in the forms of redundancies, over allocation, etc. So what is an ideal configuration that a provider and a customer might strive to achieve? As much as it would be nice to have a formula for such configurations, experiences that are result of engagement, are very different for each value co-creation configurations. The variances and dynamism of customer provider engagements result in potentially infinite types and numbers of configurations in today's global economy.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Huffman, J. K.
1975-01-01
The effects were studied of various vertical-tail configurations on the longitudinal and lateral directional-stability characteristics of a general research fighter model utilizing wing-body-canard. The study indicates that the addition of the high canard resulted in an increase in total lift at angles of attack above 4 deg with a maximum lift coefficient about twice as large as that for the wing-body configuration. For the wing-body (canard off) configuration, the center-line vertical tail indicates positive vertical-tail effectiveness throughout the test angle-of-attack range; however, for this configuration none of the wing-mounted vertical-tail locations tested resulted in a positive directional-stability increment at the higher angles of attack. For the wing-body-canard configuration several outboard locations of the wing-mounted vertical tails were found.
Chemical looping fluidized-bed concentrating solar power system and method
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Ma, Zhiwen
A concentrated solar power (CSP) plant comprises a receiver configured to contain a chemical substance for a chemical reaction and an array of heliostats. Each heliostat is configured to direct sunlight toward the receiver. The receiver is configured to transfer thermal energy from the sunlight to the chemical substance in a reduction reaction. The CSP plant further comprises a first storage container configured to store solid state particles produced by the reduction reaction and a heat exchanger configured to combine the solid state particles and gas through an oxidation reaction. The heat exchanger is configured to transfer heat produced inmore » the oxidation reaction to a working fluid to heat the working fluid. The CSP plant further comprises a power turbine coupled to the heat exchanger, such that the heated working fluid turns the power turbine, and a generator coupled to and driven by the power turbine to generate electricity.« less
Ab initio studies of hydrogen adatoms on bilayer graphene
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mapasha, R. E.; Ukpong, A. M.; Chetty, N.
2012-05-01
We present a comparative density functional study of the adsorption of hydrogen on bilayer graphene. Six different exchange-correlation functionals are employed to explore the possible configurations of hydrogen adsorption at 50% coverage. Using the four variants of the nonlocal van der Waals density functional, we identify three distinct competing configurations that retain the coupled bilayer structure at 0 K. One of the configurations undergoes a spontaneous transformation from hexagonal to tetrahedral structure, under hydrogenation, with heat of formation ranging between -0.03 eV (vdW-DF) and -0.37 eV (vdW-DFC09x). This configuration has a finite band gap of around 3 eV, whereas all other competing configurations are either semimetallic or metallic. We also find two unique low-energy competing configurations of decoupled bilayer graphene, and therefore suggest the possibility of graphene exfoliation by hydrogen intercalation.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Fedewa, Andrew
A system is disclosed comprising an engine having coolant passages defined therethrough, a first coolant pump, and a first radiator. The system additionally comprises a second coolant pump, a second radiator, and a liquid-to-air heat exchanger configured to condition the temperature of intake air to the engine. The system further includes a coolant valve means. For a first configuration of the coolant valve means the first coolant pump is configured to urge coolant through the coolant passages in the engine and through the first radiator, and the second coolant pump is configured to urge coolant through the liquid-to-air heat exchangermore » and through the second radiator. For a second configuration of the coolant valve means the second coolant pump is configured to urge coolant through the coolant passages in the engine and through the liquid-to-air heat exchanger. A method for controlling the system is also disclosed.« less
Vertical Take-Off and Landing Vehicle with Increased Cruise Efficiency
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Fredericks, William J. (Inventor); Moore, Mark D. (Inventor); Busan, Ronald C. (Inventor); Johns, Zachary R. (Inventor); Langford, William M. (Inventor); Rothhaar, Paul M. (Inventor); North, David D. (Inventor); Laws, Christopher T. (Inventor); Hodges, William T. (Inventor); Webb, Sandy R. (Inventor)
2016-01-01
Systems, methods, and devices are provided that combine an advance vehicle configuration, such as an advanced aircraft configuration, with the infusion of electric propulsion, thereby enabling a four times increase in range and endurance while maintaining a full vertical takeoff and landing ("VTOL") and hover capability for the vehicle. Embodiments may provide vehicles with both VTOL and cruise efficient capabilities without the use of ground infrastructure. An embodiment vehicle may comprise a wing configured to tilt through a range of motion, a first series of electric motors coupled to the wing and each configured to drive an associated wing propeller, a tail configured to tilt through the range of motion, a second series of electric motors coupled to the tail and each configured to drive an associated tail propeller, and an electric propulsion system connected to the first series of electric motors and the second series of electric motors.
Vertical Takeoff and Landing Vehicle with Increased Cruise Efficiency
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Langford, William M. (Inventor); Hodges, William T. (Inventor); Laws, Christopher T. (Inventor); Johns, Zachary R. (Inventor); Fredericks, William J. (Inventor); Moore, Mark D. (Inventor); Busan, Ronald C. (Inventor); Rothhaar, Paul M. (Inventor); North, David D. (Inventor); Webb, Sandy R. (Inventor)
2018-01-01
Systems, methods, and devices are provided that combine an advance vehicle configuration, such as an advanced aircraft configuration, with the infusion of electric propulsion, thereby enabling a four times increase in range and endurance while maintaining a full vertical takeoff and landing ("VTOL") and hover capability for the vehicle. Embodiments may provide vehicles with both VTOL and cruise efficient capabilities without the use of ground infrastructure. An embodiment vehicle may comprise a wing configured to tilt through a range of motion, a first series of electric motors coupled to the wing and each configured to drive an associated wing propeller, a tail configured to tilt through the range of motion, a second series of electric motors coupled to the tail and each configured to drive an associated tail propeller, and an electric propulsion system connected to the first series of electric motors and the second series of electric motors.
Aspects of Manual Wheelchair Configuration Affecting Mobility: A Review
Medola, Fausto Orsi; Elui, Valeria Meirelles Carril; Santana, Carla da Silva; Fortulan, Carlos Alberto
2014-01-01
Many aspects relating to equipment configuration affect users’ actions in a manual wheelchair, determining the overall mobility performance. Since the equipment components and configuration determine both stability and mobility efficiency, configuring the wheelchair with the most appropriate set-up for individual users’ needs is a difficult task. Several studies have shown the importance of seat/backrest assembly and the relative position of the rear wheels to the user in terms of the kinetics and kinematics of manual propulsion. More recently, new studies have brought to light evidence on the inertial properties of different wheelchair configurations. Further new studies have highlighted the handrim as a key component of wheelchair assembly, since it is the interface through which the user drives the chair. In light of the new evidence on wheelchair mechanics and propulsion kinetics and kinematics, this article presents a review of the most important aspects of wheelchair configuration that affect the users’ actions and mobility. PMID:24648656
Head-on collision of multistate ultralight BEC dark matter configurations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Guzmán, F. S.; Avilez, Ana A.
2018-06-01
Density profiles of ultralight Bose-condensate dark matter inferred from numerical simulations of structure formation, ruled by the Gross-Pitaevskii-Poisson (GPP) system of equations, have a core-tail structure. Multistate equilibrium configurations of the GPP system, on the other hand, have a similar core-tail density profile. We now submit these multistate configurations to highly dynamical scenarios and show their potential as providers of appropriate density profiles of structures. We present the simulation of head-on collisions between two equilibrium configurations of the GPP system of equations, including the collision of ground state with multistate configurations. We study the regimes of solitonic and merger behavior and show generic properties of the dynamics of the system, including the relaxation process and attractor density profiles. We show that the merger of multistate configurations has the potential to produce core-tail density profiles, with the core dominated by the ground state and the halo dominated by an additional state.
Fixed-axis electric sail deployment dynamics analysis using hub-mounted momentum control
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Fulton, JoAnna; Schaub, Hanspeter
2018-03-01
The deployment dynamics of a spin stabilized electric sail (E-sail) with a hub-mounted control actuator are investigated. Both radial and tangential deployment mechanisms are considered to take the electric sail from a post-launch stowed configuration to a fully deployed configuration. The tangential configuration assumes the multi-kilometer tethers are wound up on the exterior of the spacecraft hub, similar to yo-yo despinner configurations. The deployment speed is controlled through the hub rate. The radial deployment configuration assumes each tether is on its own spool. Here both the hub and spool rate are control variables. The sensitivity of the deployment behavior to E-sail length, maximum rate and tension parameters is investigated. A constant hub rate deployment is compared to a time varying hub rate that maintains a constant tether tension condition. The deployment time can be reduced by a factor of 2 or more by using a tension controlled deployment configuration.
Tian, Gui Yun; Gao, Yunlai; Li, Kongjing; Wang, Yizhe; Gao, Bin; He, Yunze
2016-06-08
This paper reviews recent developments of eddy current pulsed thermography (ECPT) for material characterization and nondestructive evaluation (NDE). Due to the fact that line-coil-based ECPT, with the limitation of non-uniform heating and a restricted view, is not suitable for complex geometry structures evaluation, Helmholtz coils and ferrite-yoke-based excitation configurations of ECPT are proposed and compared. Simulations and experiments of new ECPT configurations considering the multi-physical-phenomenon of hysteresis losses, stray losses, and eddy current heating in conjunction with uniform induction magnetic field have been conducted and implemented for ferromagnetic and non-ferromagnetic materials. These configurations of ECPT for metallic material and defect characterization are discussed and compared with conventional line-coil configuration. The results indicate that the proposed ECPT excitation configurations can be applied for different shapes of samples such as turbine blade edges and rail tracks.
Low-speed static and dynamic force tests of a generic supersonic cruise fighter configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hahne, David E.
1989-01-01
Static and dynamic force tests of a generic fighter configuration designed for sustained supersonic flight were conducted in the Langley 30- by 60-foot tunnel. The baseline configuration had a 65 deg arrow wing, twin wing mounted vertical tails and a canard. Results showed that control was available up to C sub L,max (maximum lift coefficient) from aerodynamic controls about all axes but control in the pitch and yaw axes decreased rapidly in the post-stall angle-of-attack region. The baseline configuration showed stable lateral-directional characteristics at low angles of attack but directional stability occurred near alpha = 25 deg as the wing shielded the vertical tails. The configuration showed positive effective dihedral throughout the test angle-of-attack range. Forced oscillation tests indicated that the baseline configuration had stable damping characteristics about the lateral-directional axes.
Effects of the measurement configuration in GPR prospecting
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Persico, Raffaele; Soldovieri, Francesco
2017-04-01
The measurement configuration is an issue of great interest in problems of inverse scattering in general, and in particular in problems regarding GPR data. In particular, the measurement configuration has an influence on the amount of retrievable information [1-2] and can be a way to achieve an intrinsic two dimensional filtering of the data [3], possibly accounting for the characteristics of the exploited antennas too [4]. However, no filter is able to erase exactly the undesired contribution to the comprehensive signal while leaving unperturbed the useful part of the gathered datum. In other word, any filtering of the data (included those implicitly imposed through the measurement configuration) has some price in terms of loss or distortion of the received information, and therefore it has to be applied only when needed and only at the right degree of intensity. In particular, differential measurement configurations have been introduced in the last few years, especially with interest in the field of detection of UXO [5-6]. The filtering effects in some differential configuration are not immediately understood, but need some deep reasoning. In particular, the theory of the diffraction tomography, allows to quantify the retrievable spatial frequencies under the measurement configuration at hand, and so allows to quantify the filtering effect of the differential configurations. Examples will be shown at the conference, regarding both a horizontal and a vertical differential configuration. References [1] R. Persico, R. Bernini, F. Soldovieri, "The role of the measurement configuration in inverse scattering from buried objects under the Born approximation", IEEE Trans. On Antennas and Prop., vol. 53, n. 6, pp. 1875-1886, June 2005. [2] R. Persico, "On the role of measurement Configuration in Contactless GPR data Processing by Means of Linear Inverse Scattering, IEEE Trans. On Antennas and Prop AP, Vol. 54 n. 7 p. 2062-2071, July 2006. [3] R. Persico, F. Soldovieri, Effects of the Background Removal in Linear Inverse Scattering, IEEE Trans. on Geos. and Rem. Sens., vol. 46, n. 4, pp. 1104-1114, April 2008. [4] F. Soldovieri, R. Persico and G. Leone, "Effect of source and receiver radiation characteristics in subsurface prospecting within the DBA", Radio Science, vol. 40, RS3006, May 2005. [5] R. Persico, F. Soldovieri, A Microwave Tomography approach for a Differential Configuration in GPR Prospecting, IEEE Trans. On Antennas and Prop AP, vol. 54, n. 11, pp. 3541-3548, November 2006. [6] R. Persico, G. Pochanin, V. Ruban, I. Catapano, F. Soldovieri, Performances of a Microwave Tomographic Algorithm for GPR Systems Working in Differential Configuration, IEEE Jstars, vol. 9, n. 4, pp. 1343-1356, April 2016.
Process assessment of small scale low temperature methanol synthesis
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Hendriyana; Chemical Engineering Department, Faculty of Industrial Technology, InstitutTeknologi Bandung; Susanto, Herri, E-mail: herri@che.itb.ac.id
2015-12-29
Biomass is a renewable energy resource and has the potential to make a significant impact on domestic fuel supplies. Biomass can be converted to fuel like methanol via several step process. The process can be split into following main steps: biomass preparation, gasification, gas cooling and cleaning, gas shift and methanol synthesis. Untill now these configuration still has a problem like high production cost, catalyst deactivation, economy of scale and a huge energy requirements. These problems become the leading inhibition for biomass conversion to methanol, which should be resolved to move towards the economical. To address these issues, we developedmore » various process and new configurations for methanol synthesis via methyl formate. This configuration combining two reactors: the one reactor for the carbonylation of methanol and CO to form methyl formate, and the second for the hydrogenolysis of methyl formate and H{sub 2} to form two molecule of methanol. Four plant process configurations were compared with the biomass basis is 300 ton/day. The first configuration (A) is equipped with a steam reforming process for converting methane to CO and H{sub 2} for increasing H{sub 2}/CO ratio. CO{sub 2} removal is necessary to avoid poisoning the catalyst. COSORB process used for the purpose of increasing the partial pressure of CO in the feed gas. The steam reforming process in B configuration is not used with the aim of reducing the number of process equipment, so expect lower investment costs. For C configuration, the steam reforming process and COSORB are not used with the aim of reducing the number of process equipment, so expect lower investment costs. D configuration is almost similar to the configuration A. This configuration difference is in the synthesis of methanol which was held in a single reactor. Carbonylation and hydrogenolysis reactions carried out in the same reactor one. These processes were analyzed in term of technical process, material and energy balance and economic analysis. The presented study is an attempt to compile most of these efforts in order to guide future work to get cheaper low cost investment. From our study the interesting configuration to the next development is D configuration with methanol yield 112 ton/day and capital cost with 526.4 10{sup 6} IDR. The configuration of D with non-discounted and discounted rate had the break-even point approximately six and eight years.« less
In-cylinder air-flow characteristics of different intake port geometries using tomographic PIV
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Agarwal, Avinash Kumar; Gadekar, Suresh; Singh, Akhilendra Pratap
2017-09-01
For improving the in-cylinder flow characteristics of intake air/charge and for strengthening the turbulence intensity, specific intake port geometries have shown significant potential in compression ignition engines. In this experimental study, effects of intake port geometries on air-flow characteristics were investigated using tomographic particle imaging velocimetry (TPIV). Experiments were performed using three experimental conditions, namely, swirl port open (SPO), tangential port open (TPO), and both port open (BPO) configurations in a single cylinder optical research engine. Flow investigations were carried out in a volumetric section located in the middle of the intake and exhaust valves. Particle imaging velocimetry (PIV) images were captured using two high speed cameras at a crank angle resolution of 2° in the intake and compression strokes. The captured PIV images were then pre-processed and post-processed to obtain the final air-flow-field. Effects of these two intake ports on flow-field are presented for air velocity, vorticity, average absolute velocity, and turbulent kinetic energy. Analysis of these flow-fields suggests the dominating nature of the swirl port over the tangential port for the BPO configuration and higher rate of flow energy dissipation for the TPO configuration compared to the SPO and BPO configurations. These findings of TPIV investigations were experimentally verified by combustion and particulate characteristics of the test engine in thermal cylinder head configuration. Combustion results showed that the SPO configuration resulted in superior combustion amongst all three port configurations. Particulate characteristics showed that the TPO configuration resulted in higher particulate compared to other port configurations.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhou, Hu; Wan, Decheng
2015-03-01
Although the upwind configuration is more popular in the field of wind energy, the downwind one is a promising type for the offshore wind energy due to its special advantages. Different configurations have different aerodynamic performance and it is important to predict the performance of both downwind and upwind configurations accurately for designing and developing more reliable wind turbines. In this paper, a numerical investigation on the aerodynamic performance of National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) phase VI wind turbine in downwind and upwind configurations is presented. The open source toolbox OpenFOAM coupled with arbitrary mesh interface (AMI) method is applied to tackle rotating problems of wind turbines. Two 3D numerical models of NREL phase VI wind turbine with downwind and upwind configurations under four typical working conditions of incoming wind velocities are set up for the study of different unsteady characteristics of the downwind and upwind configurations, respectively. Numerical results of wake vortex structure, time histories of thrust, pressure distribution on the blade and limiting streamlines which can be used to identify points of separation in a 3D flow are presented. It can be concluded that thrust reduction due to blade-tower interaction is small for upwind wind turbines but relatively large for downwind wind turbines and attention should be paid to the vibration at a certain frequency induced by the cyclic reduction for both configurations. The results and conclusions are helpful to analyze the different aerodynamic performance of wind turbines between downwind and upwind configurations, providing useful references for practical design of wind turbine.
Lorenzino, Martina; Caminati, Martina; Caudek, Corrado
2018-05-25
One of the most important questions in face perception research is to understand what information is extracted from a face in order to recognize its identity. Recognition of facial identity has been attributed to a special sensitivity to "configural" information. However, recent studies have challenged the configural account by showing that participants are poor in discriminating variations of metric distances among facial features, especially for familiar as opposed to unfamiliar faces, whereas a configural account predicts the opposite. We aimed to extend these previous results by examining classes of unfamiliar faces with which we have different levels of expertise. We hypothesized an inverse relation between sensitivity to configural information and expertise with a given class of faces, but only for neutral expressions. By first matching perceptual discriminability, we measured tolerance to subtle configural transformations with same-race (SR) versus other-race (OR) faces, and with upright versus upside-down faces. Consistently with our predictions, we found a lower sensitivity to at-threshold configural changes for SR compared to OR faces. We also found that, for our stimuli, the face inversion effect disappeared for neutral but not for emotional faces - a result that can also be attributed to a lower sensitivity to configural transformations for faces presented in a more familiar orientation. The present findings question a purely configural account of face processing and suggest that the role of spatial-relational information in face processing varies according to the functional demands of the task and to the characteristics of the stimuli. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Advanced design concepts in nuclear electric propulsion. [and spacecraft configurations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Peelgren, M. L.; Mondt, J. F.
1974-01-01
Conceptual designs of the nuclear propulsion programs are reported. Major areas of investigation were (1) design efforts on spacecraft configuration and heat rejection subsystem, (2) high-voltage thermionic reactor concepts, and (3) dual-mode spacecraft configuration study.
47 CFR 22.923 - Cellular system configuration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... 47 Telecommunication 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Cellular system configuration. 22.923 Section 22.923 Telecommunication FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (CONTINUED) COMMON CARRIER SERVICES PUBLIC MOBILE SERVICES Cellular Radiotelephone Service § 22.923 Cellular system configuration. Mobile stations...
47 CFR 22.923 - Cellular system configuration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... 47 Telecommunication 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Cellular system configuration. 22.923 Section 22.923 Telecommunication FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (CONTINUED) COMMON CARRIER SERVICES PUBLIC MOBILE SERVICES Cellular Radiotelephone Service § 22.923 Cellular system configuration. Mobile stations...
Flight testing the fixed-wing configuration of the Rotor Systems Research Aircraft (RSRA)
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hall, G. W.; Morris, P. M.
1985-01-01
The Rotor Systems Research Aircraft (RSRA) is a unique research aircraft designed to flight test advanced helicopter rotor system. Its principal flight test configuration is as a compound helicopter. The fixed wing configuration of the RSRA was primarily considered an energy fly-home mode in the event it became necessary to sever an unstable rotor system in flight. While it had always been planned to flight test the fixed wing configuration, the selection of the RSRA as the flight test bed for the X-wing rotor accelerated this schedule. This paper discusses the build-up to, and the test of, the RSRA fixed wing configuration. It is written primarily from the test pilot's perspective.
Choosing Sensor Configuration for a Flexible Structure Using Full Control Synthesis
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lind, Rick; Nalbantoglu, Volkan; Balas, Gary
1997-01-01
Optimal locations and types for feedback sensors which meet design constraints and control requirements are difficult to determine. This paper introduces an approach to choosing a sensor configuration based on Full Control synthesis. A globally optimal Full Control compensator is computed for each member of a set of sensor configurations which are feasible for the plant. The sensor configuration associated with the Full Control system achieving the best closed-loop performance is chosen for feedback measurements to an output feedback controller. A flexible structure is used as an example to demonstrate this procedure. Experimental results show sensor configurations chosen to optimize the Full Control performance are effective for output feedback controllers.
Convex central configurations for the n-body problem
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Xia, Zhihong
We give a simple proof of a classical result of MacMillan and Bartky (Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1932) 838) which states that, for any four positive masses and any assigned order, there is a convex planar central configuration. Moreover, we show that the central configurations we find correspond to local minima of the potential function with fixed moment of inertia. This allows us to show that there are at least six local minimum central configurations for the planar four-body problem. We also show that for any assigned order of five masses, there is at least one convex spatial central configuration of local minimum type. Our method also applies to some other cases.
Shuttle Liquid Fly Back Booster Configuration Options
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Healy, T. J., Jr.
1998-01-01
This paper surveys the basic configuration options available to a Liquid Fly Back Booster (LFBB), integrated with the Space Shuttle system. The background of the development of the LFBB concept is given. The influence of the main booster engine (BME) installations and the Fly Back Engine (FBE) installation on the aerodynamic configurations are also discussed. Limits on the LFBB configuration design space imposed by the existing Shuttle flight and ground elements are also described. The objective of the paper is to put the constrains and design space for an LFBB in perspective. The object of the work is to define LFBB configurations that significantly improve safety, operability, reliability and performance of the Shuttle system and dramatically lower operations costs.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Williams, F. E.; Price, J. B.; Lemon, R. S.
1972-01-01
The simulation developments for use in dynamics and control analysis during boost from liftoff to orbit insertion are reported. Also included are wind response studies of the NR-GD 161B/B9T delta wing booster/delta wing orbiter configuration, the MSC 036B/280 inch solid rocket motor configuration, the MSC 040A/L0X-propane liquid injection TVC configuration, the MSC 040C/dual solid rocket motor configuration, and the MSC 049/solid rocket motor configuration. All of the latest math models (rigid and flexible body) developed for the MSC/GD Space Shuttle Functional Simulator, are included.
Abu-Lafi, S; Turujman, S A
1997-01-01
We report an HPLC method that allows the simultaneous separation of configurational isomers of the predominant cis/trans forms of astaxanthin. The configurational isomers of the all-trans-, and most of the configurational isomers of the 9-cis-, 13-cis- and 15-cis-astaxanthin were separated on a Sumichiral OA-2000 column, which is manufactured and packed in Japan with a Pirkle covalent D-phenylglycine chiral stationary phase (CSP). The large separation of the cis isomers from the all-trans isomers that we report here ensure the suitability of this method for the routine determination of the ratio of the configurational isomers of all-trans-astaxanthin.
Electrorefiner system for recovering purified metal from impure nuclear feed material
Berger, John F.; Williamson, Mark A.; Wiedmeyer, Stanley G.; Willit, James L.; Barnes, Laurel A.; Blaskovitz, Robert J.
2015-10-06
An electrorefiner system according to a non-limiting embodiment of the present invention may include a vessel configured to maintain a molten salt electrolyte and configured to receive a plurality of alternately arranged cathode and anode assemblies. The anode assemblies are configured to hold an impure nuclear feed material. Upon application of the power system, the impure nuclear feed material is anodically dissolved and a purified metal is deposited on the cathode rods of the cathode assemblies. A scraper is configured to dislodge the purified metal deposited on the cathode rods. A conveyor system is disposed at a bottom of the vessel and configured to remove the dislodged purified metal from the vessel.
Processing device with self-scrubbing logic
Wojahn, Christopher K.
2016-03-01
An apparatus includes a processing unit including a configuration memory and self-scrubber logic coupled to read the configuration memory to detect compromised data stored in the configuration memory. The apparatus also includes a watchdog unit external to the processing unit and coupled to the self-scrubber logic to detect a failure in the self-scrubber logic. The watchdog unit is coupled to the processing unit to selectively reset the processing unit in response to detecting the failure in the self-scrubber logic. The apparatus also includes an external memory external to the processing unit and coupled to send configuration data to the configuration memory in response to a data feed signal outputted by the self-scrubber logic.
Droplets on liquid surfaces: Dual equilibrium states and their energy barrier
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Shabani, Roxana; Kumar, Ranganathan; Cho, Hyoung J.
2013-05-01
Floating aqueous droplets were formed at oil-air interface, and two stable configurations of (i) non-coalescent droplet and (ii) cap/bead droplet were observed. General solutions for energy and force analysis were obtained for both configurations and were shown to be in good agreement with the experimental observations. The energy barrier obtained for transition from configuration (i) to configuration (ii) was correlated to the droplet release height and the probability of non-coalescent droplet formation.
Computer software configuration description, 241-AY and 241 AZ tank farm MICON automation system
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Winkelman, W.D.
This document describes the configuration process, choices and conventions used during the Micon DCS configuration activities, and issues involved in making changes to the configuration. Includes the master listings of the Tag definitions, which should be revised to authorize any changes. Revision 3 provides additional information on the software used to provide communications with the W-320 project and incorporates minor changes to ensure the document alarm setpoint priorities correctly match operational expectations.
The Effect of Fuel Injector Nozzle Configuration on JP-8 Sprays at Diesel Engine Conditions
2014-10-01
The Effect of Fuel Injector Nozzle Configuration on JP-8 Sprays at Diesel Engine Conditions by Matthew Kurman, Luis Bravo, Chol-Bum Kweon...Fuel Injector Nozzle Configuration on JP-8 Sprays at Diesel Engine Conditions Matthew Kurman, Luis Bravo, and Chol-Bum Kweon Vehicle Technology...March 2014 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE The Effect of Fuel Injector Nozzle Configuration on JP-8 Sprays at Diesel Engine Conditions 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER 5b
Biodynamic Assessment of Pilot Knee-Board Configurations During Simulated T-38 Catapult Acceleration
2015-04-01
Apple iPad Mini with a shock case. The T-38C ejection pulse was simulated using the Vertical Deceleration Tower (VDT) set-up with a Martin Baker Mk...Figure 6. Free-body Diagram to Illustrate Loading and Bending Moment at Mid-Point of Femur (Schematic from Kennedy, VPI Thesis , 2004...kneeboard configuration compared to the paper kneeboard configuration. The proposed kneeboard configuration consisted of an Apple iPad Mini with a
Effects of the second X-point on hot VDE in HL-2M
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Xue, L.; Duan, X. R.; Zheng, G. Y.; Liu, Y. Q.; Dokuka, V. N.; Lukash, V. E.; Khayrutdinov, R. R.
2017-05-01
Study of the hot-plasma vertical displacement event (VDE) in advanced divertor configurations is of significant importance for ITER and for future fusion reactors. The newly designed, medium-sized copper-conductor machine HL-2M has the capability of generating the second X-point for various advanced divertor configurations. In this paper, effects of the second X-point on the hot VDE in HL-2M are numerically investigated by utilizing the non-linear time-dependent DINA code. The simulation results show that the existence of the second X-point at certain special locations appears to have a better stability in the vertical direction, compared to the standard configuration with the same main plasma parameters. Meanwhile, the peak halo current during the current quench tends to increase as the second X-point changes in the horizontal direction. The same quantity decreases as the second X-point changes in the vertical direction away from the dominant X-point. From the view point of minimizing the halo current, the tripod is better than the standard configuration, followed by the snowflake-plus and the exact snowflake (SF) configuration. The SF-minus is the worst scenario. On the other hand, the tripod configuration, as well as the SF minus configurations, results in relatively higher peak electromagnetic force acting on the vacuum vessel, when compared to other aforementioned configurations.
Seo, Jungmin Jamie; Nahrgang, Jennifer D; Carter, Min Z; Hom, Peter W
2017-12-14
Leaders often influence whether an employee stays or quits and yet research in collective turnover, or turnover at the work-unit level, has neglected leadership as a key antecedent. In the current study we examine how the quality of leader-member relationships within a group (i.e., leader-member exchange, LMX) influences building a shared mindset of collective organizational commitment and ultimately influences collective turnover. We build on a key tenet of LMX theory that leaders form differentiated relationships with followers and propose that not all LMX differentiation is the same and therefore, researchers must take into account the configuration, or mix of high and low LMX relationships, within a group. We expect LMX configurations will moderate the influence of LMX differentiation on collective turnover through the mechanism of collective organizational commitment. We find 5 configurations of LMX relationships, including a bimodal, solo-status low LMX, solo-status high LMX, and 2 fragmented configurations. As hypothesized, LMX differentiation positively relates to collective organizational commitment and negatively relates to collective turnover in a solo-status low LMX configuration and a fragmented LMX configuration, and negatively relates to collective organizational commitment and positively relates to collective turnover in a bimodal configuration. Theoretical implications and future research directions are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved).
Asymmetric Bulkheads for Cylindrical Pressure Vessels
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Ford, Donald B.
2007-01-01
Asymmetric bulkheads are proposed for the ends of vertically oriented cylindrical pressure vessels. These bulkheads, which would feature both convex and concave contours, would offer advantages over purely convex, purely concave, and flat bulkheads (see figure). Intended originally to be applied to large tanks that hold propellant liquids for launching spacecraft, the asymmetric-bulkhead concept may also be attractive for terrestrial pressure vessels for which there are requirements to maximize volumetric and mass efficiencies. A description of the relative advantages and disadvantages of prior symmetric bulkhead configurations is prerequisite to understanding the advantages of the proposed asymmetric configuration: In order to obtain adequate strength, flat bulkheads must be made thicker, relative to concave and convex bulkheads; the difference in thickness is such that, other things being equal, pressure vessels with flat bulkheads must be made heavier than ones with concave or convex bulkheads. Convex bulkhead designs increase overall tank lengths, thereby necessitating additional supporting structure for keeping tanks vertical. Concave bulkhead configurations increase tank lengths and detract from volumetric efficiency, even though they do not necessitate additional supporting structure. The shape of a bulkhead affects the proportion of residual fluid in a tank that is, the portion of fluid that unavoidably remains in the tank during outflow and hence cannot be used. In this regard, a flat bulkhead is disadvantageous in two respects: (1) It lacks a single low point for optimum placement of an outlet and (2) a vortex that forms at the outlet during outflow prevents a relatively large amount of fluid from leaving the tank. A concave bulkhead also lacks a single low point for optimum placement of an outlet. Like purely concave and purely convex bulkhead configurations, the proposed asymmetric bulkhead configurations would be more mass-efficient than is the flat bulkhead configuration. In comparison with both purely convex and purely concave configurations, the proposed asymmetric configurations would offer greater volumetric efficiency. Relative to a purely convex bulkhead configuration, the corresponding asymmetric configuration would result in a shorter tank, thus demanding less supporting structure. An asymmetric configuration provides a low point for optimum location of a drain, and the convex shape at the drain location minimizes the amount of residual fluid.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Teddy, Livian; Hardiman, Gagoek; Nuroji; Tudjono, Sri
2017-12-01
Indonesia is an area prone to earthquake that may cause casualties and damage to buildings. The fatalities or the injured are not largely caused by the earthquake, but by building collapse. The collapse of the building is resulted from the building behaviour against the earthquake, and it depends on many factors, such as architectural design, geometry configuration of structural elements in horizontal and vertical plans, earthquake zone, geographical location (distance to earthquake center), soil type, material quality, and construction quality. One of the geometry configurations that may lead to the collapse of the building is irregular configuration of non-parallel system. In accordance with FEMA-451B, irregular configuration in non-parallel system is defined to have existed if the vertical lateral force-retaining elements are neither parallel nor symmetric with main orthogonal axes of the earthquake-retaining axis system. Such configuration may lead to torque, diagonal translation and local damage to buildings. It does not mean that non-parallel irregular configuration should not be formed on architectural design; however the designer must know the consequence of earthquake behaviour against buildings with irregular configuration of non-parallel system. The present research has the objective to identify earthquake behaviour in architectural geometry with irregular configuration of non-parallel system. The present research was quantitative with simulation experimental method. It consisted of 5 models, where architectural data and model structure data were inputted and analyzed using the software SAP2000 in order to find out its performance, and ETAB2015 to determine the eccentricity occurred. The output of the software analysis was tabulated, graphed, compared and analyzed with relevant theories. For areas of strong earthquake zones, avoid designing buildings which wholly form irregular configuration of non-parallel system. If it is inevitable to design a building with building parts containing irregular configuration of non-parallel system, make it more rigid by forming a triangle module, and use the formula.A good collaboration is needed between architects and structural experts in creating earthquake architecture.
40 CFR 205.157-3 - Configuration identification.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 25 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Configuration identification. 205.157-3 Section 205.157-3 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) NOISE ABATEMENT PROGRAMS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT NOISE EMISSION CONTROLS Motorcycles § 205.157-3 Configuration...
Investigation of alternative work zone merging sign configurations.
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
2013-12-01
This study investigated the effect of an alternative merge sign configuration within a freeway work zone. In this alternative : configuration, the graphical lane closed sign from the MUTCD was compared with a MERGE/arrow sign on one side and a : RIGH...
40 CFR 205.157-3 - Configuration identification.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Configuration identification. 205.157-3 Section 205.157-3 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) NOISE ABATEMENT PROGRAMS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT NOISE EMISSION CONTROLS Motorcycles § 205.157-3 Configuration...
Apparatus for assembly of microelectronic devices
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Okandan, Murat; Nielson, Gregory N.; Cruz-Campa, Jose Luis
An apparatus including a carrier substrate configured to move a microelectronic device. The apparatus further includes a rotatable body configured to receive the microelectronic device. Additionally, the apparatus includes a second substrate configured to receive the microelectronic device from the rotatable body.
Godwin, Ryan C; Melvin, Ryan L; Gmeiner, William H; Salsbury, Freddie R
2017-01-31
Zinc-finger proteins are regulators of critical signaling pathways for various cellular functions, including apoptosis and oncogenesis. Here, we investigate how binding site protonation states and zinc coordination influence protein structure, dynamics, and ultimately function, as these pivotal regulatory proteins are increasingly important for protein engineering and therapeutic discovery. To better understand the thermodynamics and dynamics of the zinc finger of NEMO (NF-κB essential modulator), as well as the role of zinc, we present results of 20 μs molecular dynamics trajectories, 5 μs for each of four active site configurations. Consistent with experimental evidence, the zinc ion is essential for mechanical stabilization of the functional, folded conformation. Hydrogen bond motifs are unique for deprotonated configurations yet overlap in protonated cases. Correlated motions and principal component analysis corroborate the similarity of the protonated configurations and highlight unique relationships of the zinc-bound configuration. We hypothesize a potential mechanism for zinc binding from results of the thiol configurations. The deprotonated, zinc-bound configuration alone predominantly maintains its tertiary structure throughout all 5 μs and alludes rare conformations potentially important for (im)proper zinc-finger-related protein-protein or protein-DNA interactions.
Comparison of DOE and NIRMA approaches to configuration management programs
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Yang, E.Y.; Kulzick, K.C.
One of the major management programs used for commercial, laboratory, and defense nuclear facilities is configuration management. The safe and efficient operation of a nuclear facility requires constant vigilance in maintaining the facility`s design basis with its as-built condition. Numerous events have occurred that can be attributed to (either directly or indirectly) the extent to which configuration management principles have been applied. The nuclear industry, as a whole, has been addressing this management philosophy with efforts taken on by its constituent professional organizations. The purpose of this paper is to compare and contrast the implementation plans for enhancing a configurationmore » management program as outlined in the U.S. Department of Energy`s (DOE`s) DOE-STD-1073-93, {open_quotes}Guide for Operational Configuration Management Program,{close_quotes} with the following guidelines developed by the Nuclear Information and Records Management Association (NIRMA): 1. PP02-1994, {open_quotes}Position Paper on Configuration Management{close_quotes} 2. PP03-1992, {open_quotes}Position Paper for Implementing a Configuration Management Enhancement Program for a Nuclear Facility{close_quotes} 3. PP04-1994 {open_quotes}Position Paper for Configuration Management Information Systems.{close_quotes}« less
Experimental clean combustor program, phase 1. [aircraft exhaust/gas analysis - gas turbine engines
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Roberts, R.; Peduzzi, A.; Vitti, G. E.
1975-01-01
A program of screening three low emission combustors for conventional takeoff and landing, by testing and analyzing thirty-two configurations is presented. Configurations were tested that met the emission goals at idle operating conditions for carbon monoxide and for unburned hydrocarbons (emission index values of 20 and 4, respectively). Configurations were also tested that met a smoke number goal of 15 at sea-level take-off conditions. None of the configurations met the goal for oxides of nitrogen emissions at sea-level take-off conditions. The best configurations demonstrated oxide of nitrogen emission levels that were approximately 61 percent lower than those produced by the JT9D-7 engine, but these levels were still approximately 24 percent above the goal of an emission index level of 10. Additional combustor performance characteristics, including lean blowout, exit temperature pattern factor and radial profile, pressure loss, altitude stability, and altitude relight characteristics were documented. The results indicate the need for significant improvement in the altitude stability and relight characteristics. In addition to the basic program for current aircraft engine combustors, seventeen combustor configurations were evaluated for advanced supersonic technology applications. The configurations were tested at cruise conditions, and a conceptual design was evolved.
[Formian 2 and a Formian Function for Processing Polyhedric Configurations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Nooshin, H.; Disney, P. L.; Champion, O. C.
1996-01-01
The work began in October 1994 with the following objectives: (1) to produce an improved version of the programming language Formian; and (2) to create a means for computer aided handling of polyhedric configurations including the geodesic forms of all kinds. A new version of Formian, referred to as Formian 2, is being implemented to operate in the Windows 95 environment. It is an ideal tool for configuration management in a convenient and user-friendly manner. The second objective was achieved by creating a standard Formian function that allows convenient handling of all types of polyhedric configurations. In particular, the focus of attention is on polyhedric configurations that are of importance in architectural and structural engineering fields. The natural medium for processing of polyhedric configurations is a programming language that incorporates the concepts of 'formex algebra'. Formian is such a programming language in which the processing of polyhedric configurations can be carried out using the standard elements of the language. A description of this function is included in a chapter for a book entitled 'Beyond the Cube: the Architecture of space Frames and Polyhedra'. A copy of this chapter is appended.
Nielsen, Thomas N; Kurstjens, G A Mathijs; Struijk, Johannes J
2011-04-01
The ability to stimulate subareas of a nerve selectively is highly desirable, since it has the potential of simplifying surgery to implanting one cuff on a large nerve instead of many cuffs on smaller nerves or muscles, or alternatively can improve function where surgical access to the smaller nerves is limited. In this paper, stimulation was performed with a four-channel multipolar cuff electrode implanted on the sciatic nerve of nine rabbits to compare the extensively researched longitudinal tripolar configuration with the transverse tripolar configuration, which has received less interest. The performance of these configurations was evaluated in terms of selectivity in recruitment of the three branches of the sciatic nerve. The results showed that the transverse configuration was able to selectively activate the sciatic nerve branches to a functionally relevant level in more cases than the longitudinal configuration (20/27 versus 11/27 branches) and overall achieved a higher mean selectivity [0.79 ± 0.13 versus 0.61 ± 0.09 (mean ± standard deviation)]. The transverse configuration was most successful at recruiting the small cutaneous and medium-sized peroneal branches, and less successful at recruiting the large tibial nerve.
Are There Age-Related Differences in the Ability to Learn Configural Responses?
Clark, Rachel; Freedberg, Michael; Hazeltine, Eliot; Voss, Michelle W.
2015-01-01
Age is often associated with a decline in cognitive abilities that are important for maintaining functional independence, such as learning new skills. Many forms of motor learning appear to be relatively well preserved with age, while learning tasks that involve associative binding tend to be negatively affected. The current study aimed to determine whether age differences exist on a configural response learning task, which includes aspects of motor learning and associative binding. Young (M = 24 years) and older adults (M = 66.5 years) completed a modified version of a configural learning task. Given the requirement of associative binding in the configural relationships between responses, we predicted older adults would show significantly less learning than young adults. Older adults demonstrated lower performance (slower reaction time and lower accuracy). However, contrary to our prediction, older adults showed similar rates of learning as indexed by a configural learning score compared to young adults. These results suggest that the ability to acquire knowledge incidentally about configural response relationships is largely unaffected by cognitive aging. The configural response learning task provides insight into the task demands that constrain learning abilities in older adults. PMID:26317773
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1981-01-01
The Wing Planform Study and Final Configuration Selection Task of the Integrated Application of Active Controls (IAAC) Technology Project within the Energy Efficient Transport Program is documented. Application of Active Controls Technology (ACT) in combination with increased wing span resulted in significant improvements over the Conventional Baseline Configuration (Baseline) and the Initial ACT Configuration previously established. The configurations use the same levels of technology, takeoff gross weight, and payload as the Baseline. The Final ACT Configuration (Model 768-107) incorporates pitch-augmented stability (which enabled an approximately 10% aft shift in cruise center of gravity and a 44% reduction in horizontal tail size), lateral/directional-augmented stability, an angle-of-attack limiter, and wing-load alleviation. Flutter-mode control was not beneficial for this configuration. This resulted in an 890 kg (1960 lb) reduction in airplane takeoff gross weight and a 9.8% improvement in cruise lift/drag. At the Baseline mission range (3589 km 1938 nmi), this amounts to 10% block-fuel reduction. Results of this task strongly indicate that the IAAC Project should proceed with the Final ACT evaluation, and begin the required control system development and test.
Carcreff, Lena; Paraschiv-Ionescu, Anisoara; De Coulon, Geraldo; Armand, Stéphane; Aminian, Kamiar
2018-01-01
Wearable inertial devices have recently been used to evaluate spatiotemporal parameters of gait in daily life situations. Given the heterogeneity of gait patterns in children with cerebral palsy (CP), the sensor placement and analysis algorithm may influence the validity of the results. This study aimed at comparing the spatiotemporal measurement performances of three wearable configurations defined by different sensor positioning on the lower limbs: (1) shanks and thighs, (2) shanks, and (3) feet. The three configurations were selected based on their potential to be used in daily life for children with CP and typically developing (TD) controls. For each configuration, dedicated gait analysis algorithms were used to detect gait events and compute spatiotemporal parameters. Fifteen children with CP and 11 TD controls were included. Accuracy, precision, and agreement of the three configurations were determined in comparison with an optoelectronic system as a reference. The three configurations were comparable for the evaluation of TD children and children with a low level of disability (CP-GMFCS I) whereas the shank-and-thigh-based configuration was more robust regarding children with a higher level of disability (CP-GMFCS II–III). PMID:29385700
Strangeness spin, magnetic moment, and strangeness configurations of the proton
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
An, C.S.; Riska, D.O.; Zou, B.S.
2006-03-15
The implications of the empirical signatures for the positivity of the strangeness magnetic moment {mu}{sub s} and the negativity of the strangeness contribution to the proton spin {delta}{sub s} on the possible uudss configurations of five quarks in the proton are analyzed. The empirical signs for the values for these two observables can only be obtained in configurations where the uuds subsystem is orbitally excited and the s antiquark is in the ground state. The configurations in which the s is orbitally excited, including the conventional K{sup +}{lambda}{sup 0} configuration, with the exception of that in which the uuds componentmore » has spin 2, yield negative values for {mu}{sub s}. Here, the strangeness spin {delta}{sub s}, strangeness magnetic moment {mu}{sub s}, and axial coupling constant G{sub A}{sup s} are calculated for all possible configurations of the uudss component of the proton. In the configuration with [4]{sub FS}[22]{sub F}[22]{sub S} flavor-spin symmetry, which is likely to have the lowest energy, {mu}{sub s} is positive and {delta}{sub s}{approx_equal}G{sub A}{sup s}{approx_equal}-1/3{mu}{sub s}.« less
Performance Investigation of a Full-Scale Hybrid Composite Bull Gear
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Laberge, Kelsen E.; Handschuh, Robert F.; Roberts, Gary; Thorp, Scott
2016-01-01
Hybrid composite gears have been investigated as a weight saving technology for rotorcraft transmissions. These gears differ from conventional steel gears in that the structural material between the shaft interface and the gear rim is replaced with a lightweight carbon fiber composite. The work discussed here is an extension of previous coupon level hybrid gear tests to a full-scale bull gear. The NASA Glenn Research Center High-Speed Helical Gear Rig was modified for this program, allowing several hybrid gear web configurations to be tested while utilizing the same gear rim. Testing was performed on both a baseline (steel) web configuration and a hybrid (steel-composite) configuration. Vibration, orbit and temperature data were recorded and compared between configurations. Vibration levels did not differ greatly between the hybrid and steel configurations, nor did temperature differential between inlet and outlet. While orbit shape displayed differences between the hybrid and baseline configurations, the general overall amplitude was comparable. The hybrid configuration discussed here successfully ran at 3300 hp (2,460 kW), however, progressive growth of the orbit while running at this test condition discontinued the test. Further studies are planned to determine the cause of this behavior.
Performance Investigation of a Full-Scale Hybrid Composite Bull Gear
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
LaBerge, Kelsen; Handschuh, Robert; Roberts, Gary; Thorp, Scott
2016-01-01
Hybrid composite gears have been investigated as a weight saving technology for rotorcraft transmissions. These gears differ from conventional steel gears in that the structural material between the shaft interface and the gear rim is replaced with a lightweight carbon fiber composite. The work discussed here is an extension of previous coupon level hybrid gear tests to a full-scale bull gear. The NASA Glenn Research Center High-Speed Helical Gear Rig was modified for this program allowing several hybrid gear web configurations to be tested while utilizing the same gear rim. Testing was performed on both a baseline (steel) web configuration and a hybrid (steel-composite)configuration. Vibration, orbit and temperature data were recorded and compared between configurations. Vibration levels did not differ greatly between the hybrid and steel configurations, nor did temperature differential between inlet and outlet. While orbit shape displayed differences between the hybrid and baseline configurations, the general overall amplitude was comparable. The hybrid configuration discussed here successfully ran at 3300 hp(2,460 kW), however, progressive growth of the orbit while running at this test condition discontinued the test. Researchers continue to search for the cause of this orbit shift.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Jackson, E. Bruce; Raney, David L.; Glaab, Louis J.; Derry, Stephen D.
2002-01-01
An assessment of a proposed configuration of a high-speed civil transport was conducted by using NASA and industry research pilots. The assessment was conducted to evaluate operational aspects of the configuration from a pilot's perspective, with the primary goal being to identify potential deficiencies in the configuration. The configuration was evaluated within and at the limits of the design operating envelope to determine the suitability of the configuration to maneuver in a typical mission as well as in emergency or envelope-limit conditions. The Cooper-Harper rating scale was used to evaluate the flying qualities of the configuration. A summary flying qualities metric was also calculated. The assessment was performed in the Langley six-degree-of-freedom Visual Motion Simulator. The effect of a restricted cockpit field-of-view due to obstruction by the vehicle nose was not included in this study. Tasks include landings, takeoffs, climbs, descents, overspeeds, coordinated turns, and recoveries from envelope limit excursions. Emergencies included engine failures, loss of stability augmentation, engine inlet unstarts, and emergency descents. Minimum control speeds and takeoff decision, rotation, and safety speeds were also determined.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Graves, Ernald B.; Carmel, Melvin M.
1968-01-01
An investigation has been conducted at Mach numbers from 2.30 to 4.63 to determine the static aerodynamic characteristics of several configurations designed for flight at hypersonic Mach numbers. Two all-wing and three wing-body configurations were tested through an angle-of-attack range from about -4 degrees to 33 degrees and an angle-of-sideslip range from about -4 degrees to 8 degrees at a Reynolds number of 3 times 10 (sup 6) per foot (9.84 times 10 (sup 6) per meter). The results of the investigation indicated that the wing-body configurations produced higher values of maximum lift-drag ratio than those produced by the all-wing models. The high wing-body configurations tend to have a self-trimming capability as opposed to that for the low wing-body configurations. Each of the configurations produced a positive dihedral effect that increased with increasing angle of attack and decreased with increasing Mach number. The high wing-body models produced decreasing values of directional stability with increase in angle of attack, whereas the low wing-body models provided increasing values of directional stability with increase in angle of attack.
Ceramic applications in turbine engines
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Byrd, J. A.; Janovicz, M. A.; Thrasher, S. R.
1981-01-01
Development testing activities on the 1900 F-configuration ceramic parts were completed, 2070 F-configuration ceramic component rig and engine testing was initiated, and the conceptual design for the 2265 F-configuration engine was identified. Fabrication of the 2070 F-configuration ceramic parts continued, along with burner rig development testing of the 2070 F-configuration metal combustor in preparation for 1132 C (2070 F) qualification test conditions. Shakedown testing of the hot engine simulator (HES) rig was also completed in preparation for testing of a spin rig-qualified ceramic-bladed rotor assembly at 1132 C (2070 F) test conditions. Concurrently, ceramics from new sources and alternate materials continued to be evaluated, and fabrication of 2070 F-configuration ceramic component from these new sources continued. Cold spin testing of the critical 2070 F-configuration blade continued in the spin test rig to qualify a set of ceramic blades at 117% engine speed for the gasifier turbine rotor. Rig testing of the ceramic-bladed gasifier turbine rotor assembly at 108% engine speed was also performed, which resulted in the failure of one blade. The new three-piece hot seal with the nickel oxide/calcium fluoride wearface composition was qualified in the regenerator rig and introduced to engine operation wiwth marginal success.
Low NOx heavy fuel combustor concept program
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
White, D. J.; Lecren, R. T.; Batakis, A. P.
1981-01-01
A total of twelve low NOx combustor configurations, embodying three different combustion concepts, were designed and fabricated as modular units. These configurations were evaluated experimentally for exhaust emission levels and for mechanical integrity. Emissions data were obtained in depth on two of the configurations.
14 CFR 23.1524 - Maximum passenger seating configuration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum passenger seating configuration. 23.1524 Section 23.1524 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF... Operating Limitations and Information § 23.1524 Maximum passenger seating configuration. The maximum...
Proposed Standard for a Microclimate Cooling System for Emergency Responder Operations
2012-02-17
shock, circuit damage, overheating, fire , or explosion. If applicable, MCS vendors shall provide a certificate of compliance, which specifically cites...2, each configuration includes underwear , a duty uniform, ballistic helmet, and, boots. Table A-2 CBP PPE Configurations Configuration Components
Modular space station phase B extension preliminary system design. Volume 5: configuration analyses
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Stefan, A. J.; Goble, G. J.
1972-01-01
The initial and growth modular space station configurations are described, and the evolutionary steps arriving at the final configuration are outlined. Supporting tradeoff studies and analyses such as stress, radiation dosage, and micrometeoroid and thermal protection are included.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Schaus, P.S.
This Configuration Management Implementation Plan (CMIP) was developed to assist in managing systems, structures, and components (SSCS), to facilitate the effective control and statusing of changes to SSCS, and to ensure technical consistency between design, performance, and operational requirements. Its purpose is to describe the approach Privatization Infrastructure will take in implementing a configuration management program, to identify the Program`s products that need configuration management control, to determine the rigor of control, and to identify the mechanisms for that control.
A Protection And Detection Surface (PADS) for damage tolerance
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Shuart, M. J.; Prasad, C. B.; Biggers, S. B.
1990-01-01
A protection and detection surface (PADS) concept was studied for application to composite primary aircraft structures. A Kevlar-epoxy woven face sheet with a Rohacell foam core was found to be the most effective PADS configuration among the configurations evaluated. The weight of the PADS configuration was estimated to be approximately 17 percent of the structural weight. The PADS configuration was bonded to graphite-epoxy base laminates, and up to a 70 percent improvement in compression-after-impact failure strains was observed.
A Protection And Detection Surface (PADS) for damage tolerance
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Shuart, Mark J.; Prasad, Chunchu B.; Biggers, Sherrill B.
1990-01-01
A protection and detection surface (PADS) concept was studied for application to composite primary aircraft structures. A Kevlar-epoxy woven face sheet with a Rohacell foam core was found to be the most effective PADS configuration among the configurations evaluated. The weight of the PADS configuration was estimated to be approximately 17 pct of the structural weight. The PADS configuration was bonded to graphite-epoxy base laminates, and up to a 70 pct improvement in compression-after-impact failure strains was observed.
Space transportation booster engine configuration study. Volume 1: Executive Summary
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1989-01-01
The objective of the Space Transportation Booster Engine (STBE) Configuration Study is to contribute to the Advanced Launch System (ALS) development effort by providing highly reliable, low cost booster engine concepts for both expendable and reusable rocket engines. The objectives of the Space Transportation Booster Engine (STBE) Configuration Study were to identify engine configurations which enhance vehicle performance and provide operational flexibility at low cost, and to explore innovative approaches to the follow-on full-scale development (FSD) phase for the STBE.
Stable configurations in social networks
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bronski, Jared C.; DeVille, Lee; Ferguson, Timothy; Livesay, Michael
2018-06-01
We present and analyze a model of opinion formation on an arbitrary network whose dynamics comes from a global energy function. We study the global and local minimizers of this energy, which we call stable opinion configurations, and describe the global minimizers under certain assumptions on the friendship graph. We show a surprising result that the number of stable configurations is not necessarily monotone in the strength of connection in the social network, i.e. the model sometimes supports more stable configurations when the interpersonal connections are made stronger.
Mondal, Shovan; Naubron, Jean-Valère; Campolo, Damien; Giorgi, Michel; Bertrand, Michéle P; Nechab, Malek
2013-12-01
The absolute configurations (AC) of azaheterocylic compounds resulting from the cascade rearrangement of enediynes involving only light atoms were unambiguously assigned by the joint use of vibrational circular dichroism (VCD) and copper radiation single crystal X-ray diffraction (XRD). These AC determinations proved that the rearrangements of enediynes proceeded with memory of chirality and retention of configuration. © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Common/Dependent-Pressure-Vessel Nickel-Hydrogen Batteries
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Timmerman, Paul J.
2003-01-01
The term "common/dependent pressure vessel" (C/DPV) denotes a proposed alternative configuration for a nickelhydrogen battery. The C/DPV configuration is so named because it is a hybrid of two prior configurations called "common pressure vessel" (CPV) and "dependent pressure vessel" (DPV). The C/DPV configuration has been proposed as a basis for designing highly reliable, long-life Ni/H2-batteries and cells for anticipated special applications in which it is expected that small charge capacities will suffice and sizes and weights must be minimized.
PDSS configuration control plan and procedures
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1983-01-01
The payload development support system (PDSS) configuration control plan and procedures are presented. These plans and procedures establish the process for maintaining configuration control of the PDSS system, especially the Spacelab experiment interface device's (SEID) RAU, HRM, and PDI interface simulations and the PDSS ECOS DEP Services simulation. The plans and procedures as specified are designed to provide a simplified but complete configuration control process. The intent is to require a minimum amount of paperwork but provide total traceability of PDSS during experiment test activities.
Frequency to Voltage Converter Analog Front-End Prototype
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Mata, Carlos; Raines, Matthew
2012-01-01
The frequency to voltage converter analog front end evaluation prototype (F2V AFE) is an evaluation board designed for comparison of different methods of accurately extracting the frequency of a sinusoidal input signal. A configurable input stage is routed to one or several of five separate, configurable filtering circuits, and then to a configurable output stage. Amplifier selection and gain, filter corner frequencies, and comparator hysteresis and voltage reference are all easily configurable through the use of jumpers and potentiometers.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Miner, Jacob Carlson; Garcia, Angel Enrique
Monovalent salt solutions have strongly coupled interactions with biopolymers, from large polyelectrolytes to small RNA oligomers. High salt concentrations have been known to induce transitions in the structure of RNA, producing non-canonical configurations and even driving RNA to precipitate out of solution. Using all-atom molecular dynamics simulations, we model a monovalent salt species (KCL) at high concentrations (0.1–3m) and calculate the equilibrium distributions of water and ions around a small tetraloop-forming RNA oligomer in a variety of structural arrangements: folded A-RNA (canonical) and Z-RNA (non-canonical) tetraloops and unfolded configurations. From these data, we calculate the ion preferential binding coefficients andmore » Donnan coefficients for the RNA oligomer as a function of concentration and structure. We find that cation accumulation is highest around non-canonical Z-RNA configurations at concentrations below 0.5m, while unfolded configurations accumulate the most co-ions in all concentrations. By contrast, canonical A-RNA structures consistently show the lowest accumulations for all ion species. Water distributions vary markedly with RNA configuration but show little dependency on KCL concentration. Based on Donnan coefficient calculations, the net charge of the solution at the surface of the RNA decreases linearly as a function of salt concentration and becomes net-neutral near 2.5–3m KCL for folded configurations, while unfolded configurations still show a positive solution charge. Our findings show that all-atom molecular dynamics can describe the equilibrium distributions of monovalent salt in the presence of small RNA oligomers at KCL concentrations where ion correlation effects become important. Furthermore, these results provide valuable insights into the distributions of water and ions near the RNA oligomer surface as a function of structural configuration.« less
Miner, Jacob Carlson; Garcia, Angel Enrique
2018-05-29
Monovalent salt solutions have strongly coupled interactions with biopolymers, from large polyelectrolytes to small RNA oligomers. High salt concentrations have been known to induce transitions in the structure of RNA, producing non-canonical configurations and even driving RNA to precipitate out of solution. Using all-atom molecular dynamics simulations, we model a monovalent salt species (KCL) at high concentrations (0.1–3m) and calculate the equilibrium distributions of water and ions around a small tetraloop-forming RNA oligomer in a variety of structural arrangements: folded A-RNA (canonical) and Z-RNA (non-canonical) tetraloops and unfolded configurations. From these data, we calculate the ion preferential binding coefficients andmore » Donnan coefficients for the RNA oligomer as a function of concentration and structure. We find that cation accumulation is highest around non-canonical Z-RNA configurations at concentrations below 0.5m, while unfolded configurations accumulate the most co-ions in all concentrations. By contrast, canonical A-RNA structures consistently show the lowest accumulations for all ion species. Water distributions vary markedly with RNA configuration but show little dependency on KCL concentration. Based on Donnan coefficient calculations, the net charge of the solution at the surface of the RNA decreases linearly as a function of salt concentration and becomes net-neutral near 2.5–3m KCL for folded configurations, while unfolded configurations still show a positive solution charge. Our findings show that all-atom molecular dynamics can describe the equilibrium distributions of monovalent salt in the presence of small RNA oligomers at KCL concentrations where ion correlation effects become important. Furthermore, these results provide valuable insights into the distributions of water and ions near the RNA oligomer surface as a function of structural configuration.« less
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Miner, Jacob Carlson; García, Angel Enrique
2018-06-01
Monovalent salt solutions have strongly coupled interactions with biopolymers, from large polyelectrolytes to small RNA oligomers. High salt concentrations have been known to induce transitions in the structure of RNA, producing non-canonical configurations and even driving RNA to precipitate out of solution. Using all-atom molecular dynamics simulations, we model a monovalent salt species (KCL) at high concentrations (0.1-3m) and calculate the equilibrium distributions of water and ions around a small tetraloop-forming RNA oligomer in a variety of structural arrangements: folded A-RNA (canonical) and Z-RNA (non-canonical) tetraloops and unfolded configurations. From these data, we calculate the ion preferential binding coefficients and Donnan coefficients for the RNA oligomer as a function of concentration and structure. We find that cation accumulation is highest around non-canonical Z-RNA configurations at concentrations below 0.5m, while unfolded configurations accumulate the most co-ions in all concentrations. By contrast, canonical A-RNA structures consistently show the lowest accumulations for all ion species. Water distributions vary markedly with RNA configuration but show little dependency on KCL concentration. Based on Donnan coefficient calculations, the net charge of the solution at the surface of the RNA decreases linearly as a function of salt concentration and becomes net-neutral near 2.5-3m KCL for folded configurations, while unfolded configurations still show a positive solution charge. Our findings show that all-atom molecular dynamics can describe the equilibrium distributions of monovalent salt in the presence of small RNA oligomers at KCL concentrations where ion correlation effects become important. Furthermore, these results provide valuable insights into the distributions of water and ions near the RNA oligomer surface as a function of structural configuration.
Mimet, Anne; Pellissier, Vincent; Houet, Thomas; Julliard, Romain; Simon, Laurent
2016-01-01
Space-for-time substitution-that is, the assumption that spatial variations of a system can explain and predict the effect of temporal variations-is widely used in ecology. However, it is questionable whether it can validly be used to explain changes in biodiversity over time in response to land-cover changes. Here, we hypothesize that different temporal vs spatial trajectories of landscape composition and configuration may limit space-for-time substitution in landscape ecology. Land-cover conversion changes not just the surface areas given over to particular types of land cover, but also affects isolation, patch size and heterogeneity. This means that a small change in land cover over time may have only minor repercussions on landscape composition but potentially major consequences for landscape configuration. Using land-cover maps of the Paris region for 1982 and 2003, we made a holistic description of the landscape disentangling landscape composition from configuration. After controlling for spatial variations, we analyzed and compared the amplitudes of changes in landscape composition and configuration over time. For comparable spatial variations, landscape configuration varied more than twice as much as composition over time. Temporal changes in composition and configuration were not always spatially matched. The fact that landscape composition and configuration do not vary equally in space and time calls into question the use of space-for-time substitution in landscape ecology studies. The instability of landscapes over time appears to be attributable to configurational changes in the main. This may go some way to explaining why the landscape variables that account for changes over time in biodiversity are not the same ones that account for the spatial distribution of biodiversity.
Mimet, Anne; Pellissier, Vincent; Houet, Thomas; Julliard, Romain; Simon, Laurent
2016-01-01
Background Space-for-time substitution—that is, the assumption that spatial variations of a system can explain and predict the effect of temporal variations—is widely used in ecology. However, it is questionable whether it can validly be used to explain changes in biodiversity over time in response to land-cover changes. Hypothesis Here, we hypothesize that different temporal vs spatial trajectories of landscape composition and configuration may limit space-for-time substitution in landscape ecology. Land-cover conversion changes not just the surface areas given over to particular types of land cover, but also affects isolation, patch size and heterogeneity. This means that a small change in land cover over time may have only minor repercussions on landscape composition but potentially major consequences for landscape configuration. Methods Using land-cover maps of the Paris region for 1982 and 2003, we made a holistic description of the landscape disentangling landscape composition from configuration. After controlling for spatial variations, we analyzed and compared the amplitudes of changes in landscape composition and configuration over time. Results For comparable spatial variations, landscape configuration varied more than twice as much as composition over time. Temporal changes in composition and configuration were not always spatially matched. Significance The fact that landscape composition and configuration do not vary equally in space and time calls into question the use of space-for-time substitution in landscape ecology studies. The instability of landscapes over time appears to be attributable to configurational changes in the main. This may go some way to explaining why the landscape variables that account for changes over time in biodiversity are not the same ones that account for the spatial distribution of biodiversity. PMID:26959363
Miner, Jacob Carlson; García, Angel Enrique
2018-06-14
Monovalent salt solutions have strongly coupled interactions with biopolymers, from large polyelectrolytes to small RNA oligomers. High salt concentrations have been known to induce transitions in the structure of RNA, producing non-canonical configurations and even driving RNA to precipitate out of solution. Using all-atom molecular dynamics simulations, we model a monovalent salt species (KCL) at high concentrations (0.1-3m) and calculate the equilibrium distributions of water and ions around a small tetraloop-forming RNA oligomer in a variety of structural arrangements: folded A-RNA (canonical) and Z-RNA (non-canonical) tetraloops and unfolded configurations. From these data, we calculate the ion preferential binding coefficients and Donnan coefficients for the RNA oligomer as a function of concentration and structure. We find that cation accumulation is highest around non-canonical Z-RNA configurations at concentrations below 0.5m, while unfolded configurations accumulate the most co-ions in all concentrations. By contrast, canonical A-RNA structures consistently show the lowest accumulations for all ion species. Water distributions vary markedly with RNA configuration but show little dependency on KCL concentration. Based on Donnan coefficient calculations, the net charge of the solution at the surface of the RNA decreases linearly as a function of salt concentration and becomes net-neutral near 2.5-3m KCL for folded configurations, while unfolded configurations still show a positive solution charge. Our findings show that all-atom molecular dynamics can describe the equilibrium distributions of monovalent salt in the presence of small RNA oligomers at KCL concentrations where ion correlation effects become important. Furthermore, these results provide valuable insights into the distributions of water and ions near the RNA oligomer surface as a function of structural configuration.
Algorithm-enabled partial-angular-scan configurations for dual-energy CT.
Chen, Buxin; Zhang, Zheng; Xia, Dan; Sidky, Emil Y; Pan, Xiaochuan
2018-05-01
We seek to investigate an optimization-based one-step method for image reconstruction that explicitly compensates for nonlinear spectral response (i.e., the beam-hardening effect) in dual-energy CT, to investigate the feasibility of the one-step method for enabling two dual-energy partial-angular-scan configurations, referred to as the short- and half-scan configurations, on standard CT scanners without involving additional hardware, and to investigate the potential of the short- and half-scan configurations in reducing imaging dose and scan time in a single-kVp-switch full-scan configuration in which two full rotations are made for collection of dual-energy data. We use the one-step method to reconstruct images directly from dual-energy data through solving a nonconvex optimization program that specifies the images to be reconstructed in dual-energy CT. Dual-energy full-scan data are generated from numerical phantoms and collected from physical phantoms with the standard single-kVp-switch full-scan configuration, whereas dual-energy short- and half-scan data are extracted from the corresponding full-scan data. Besides visual inspection and profile-plot comparison, the reconstructed images are analyzed also in quantitative studies based upon tasks of linear-attenuation-coefficient and material-concentration estimation and of material differentiation. Following the performance of a computer-simulation study to verify that the one-step method can reconstruct numerically accurately basis and monochromatic images of numerical phantoms, we reconstruct basis and monochromatic images by using the one-step method from real data of physical phantoms collected with the full-, short-, and half-scan configurations. Subjective inspection based upon visualization and profile-plot comparison reveals that monochromatic images, which are used often in practical applications, reconstructed from the full-, short-, and half-scan data are largely visually comparable except for some differences in texture details. Moreover, quantitative studies based upon tasks of linear-attenuation-coefficient and material-concentration estimation and of material differentiation indicate that the short- and half-scan configurations yield results in close agreement with the ground-truth information and that of the full-scan configuration. The one-step method considered can compensate effectively for the nonlinear spectral response in full- and partial-angular-scan dual-energy CT. It can be exploited for enabling partial-angular-scan configurations on standard CT scanner without involving additional hardware. Visual inspection and quantitative studies reveal that, with the one-step method, partial-angular-scan configurations considered can perform at a level comparable to that of the full-scan configuration, thus suggesting the potential of the two partial-angular-scan configurations in reducing imaging dose and scan time in the standard single-kVp-switch full-scan CT in which two full rotations are performed. The work also yields insights into the investigation and design of other nonstandard scan configurations of potential practical significance in dual-energy CT. © 2018 American Association of Physicists in Medicine.
Recursive Branching Simulated Annealing Algorithm
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bolcar, Matthew; Smith, J. Scott; Aronstein, David
2012-01-01
This innovation is a variation of a simulated-annealing optimization algorithm that uses a recursive-branching structure to parallelize the search of a parameter space for the globally optimal solution to an objective. The algorithm has been demonstrated to be more effective at searching a parameter space than traditional simulated-annealing methods for a particular problem of interest, and it can readily be applied to a wide variety of optimization problems, including those with a parameter space having both discrete-value parameters (combinatorial) and continuous-variable parameters. It can take the place of a conventional simulated- annealing, Monte-Carlo, or random- walk algorithm. In a conventional simulated-annealing (SA) algorithm, a starting configuration is randomly selected within the parameter space. The algorithm randomly selects another configuration from the parameter space and evaluates the objective function for that configuration. If the objective function value is better than the previous value, the new configuration is adopted as the new point of interest in the parameter space. If the objective function value is worse than the previous value, the new configuration may be adopted, with a probability determined by a temperature parameter, used in analogy to annealing in metals. As the optimization continues, the region of the parameter space from which new configurations can be selected shrinks, and in conjunction with lowering the annealing temperature (and thus lowering the probability for adopting configurations in parameter space with worse objective functions), the algorithm can converge on the globally optimal configuration. The Recursive Branching Simulated Annealing (RBSA) algorithm shares some features with the SA algorithm, notably including the basic principles that a starting configuration is randomly selected from within the parameter space, the algorithm tests other configurations with the goal of finding the globally optimal solution, and the region from which new configurations can be selected shrinks as the search continues. The key difference between these algorithms is that in the SA algorithm, a single path, or trajectory, is taken in parameter space, from the starting point to the globally optimal solution, while in the RBSA algorithm, many trajectories are taken; by exploring multiple regions of the parameter space simultaneously, the algorithm has been shown to converge on the globally optimal solution about an order of magnitude faster than when using conventional algorithms. Novel features of the RBSA algorithm include: 1. More efficient searching of the parameter space due to the branching structure, in which multiple random configurations are generated and multiple promising regions of the parameter space are explored; 2. The implementation of a trust region for each parameter in the parameter space, which provides a natural way of enforcing upper- and lower-bound constraints on the parameters; and 3. The optional use of a constrained gradient- search optimization, performed on the continuous variables around each branch s configuration in parameter space to improve search efficiency by allowing for fast fine-tuning of the continuous variables within the trust region at that configuration point.
An exploratory study of organization design configurations in health care delivery organizations.
Sheppeck, Mick; Militello, Jack
2014-01-01
Organizations are configurations of variables that support each other to achieve customer satisfaction. Based on Treacy and Wiersema (1995), we predicted the emergence of two configurations, one supporting a product leadership stance and one predicting the customer intimate approach from a set of 73 for profit health care clinics. In addition, we predicted the emergence of a configuration where the scores on most variables were near the mean for each variable. Using cluster analysis and discriminant function analysis, we identified three configurations: one a "master of two" strategy, one "stuck-in-the-middle," and one showing scores well below the mean on most variables. The implications for organization design and manager actions in the health care industry are discussed.
Radial electric field and ion parallel flow in the quasi-symmetric and Mirror configurations of HSX
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kumar, S. T. A.; Dobbins, T. J.; Talmadge, J. N.; Wilcox, R. S.; Anderson, D. T.
2018-05-01
The radial electric field and the ion mean parallel flow are obtained in the helically symmetric experiment stellarator from toroidal flow measurements of C+6 ion at two locations on a flux surface, using the Pfirsch–Schlüter effect. Results from the standard quasi-helically symmetric magnetic configuration are compared with those from the Mirror configuration where the quasi-symmetry is deliberately degraded using auxiliary coils. For similar injected power, the quasi-symmetric configuration is observed to have significantly lower flows while the experimental observations from the Mirror geometry are in better agreement with neoclassical calculations. Indications are that the radial electric field near the core of the quasi-symmetric configuration may be governed by non-neoclassical processes.
Turbine airfoil with a compliant outer wall
Campbell, Christian X [Oviedo, FL; Morrison, Jay A [Oviedo, FL
2012-04-03
A turbine airfoil usable in a turbine engine with a cooling system and a compliant dual wall configuration configured to enable thermal expansion between inner and outer layers while eliminating stress formation in the outer layer is disclosed. The compliant dual wall configuration may be formed a dual wall formed from inner and outer layers separated by a support structure. The outer layer may be a compliant layer configured such that the outer layer may thermally expand and thereby reduce the stress within the outer layer. The outer layer may be formed from a nonplanar surface configured to thermally expand. In another embodiment, the outer layer may be planar and include a plurality of slots enabling unrestricted thermal expansion in a direction aligned with the outer layer.
Conceptual Trade Study of General Purpose Heat Source Powered Stirling Converter Configurations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Turpin, J. B.
2007-01-01
This Technical Manual describes a parametric study of general purpose heat source (GPHS) powered Stirling converter configurations. This study was performed in support of MSFC s efforts to establish the capability to perform non-nuclear system level testing and integration of radioisotope power systems. Six different GPHS stack configurations at a total of three different power levels (80, 250, and 500 W(sub e) were analyzed. The thermal profiles of the integrated GPHS modules (for each configuration) were calculated to determine maximum temperatures for comparison to allowable material limits. Temperature profiles for off-nominal power conditions were also assessed in order to better understand how power demands from the Stirling engine impact the performance of a given configuration.
Resistivity Measurement by Dual-Configuration Four-Probe Method
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yamashita, Masato; Nishii, Toshifumi; Mizutani, Hiroya
2003-02-01
The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Committee has published a new technique for the measurement of resistivity which is termed the dual-configuration four-probe method. The resistivity correction factor is the function of only the data which are obtained from two different electrical configurations of the four probes. The measurement of resistivity and sheet resistance are performed for graphite rectangular plates and indium tin oxide (ITO) films by the conventional four-probe method and the dual-configuration four-probe method. It is demonstrated that the dual-configuration four-probe method which includes a probe array with equal separations of 10 mm can be applied to specimens having thicknesses up to 3.7 mm if a relative resistivity difference up to 5% is allowed.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Gee, James M.; Curtis, Henry B.
1988-01-01
The effect of different module configurations on the performance of multijunction (MJ) solar cells in a radiation environment was investigated. Module configuration refers to the electrical circuit in which the subcells of the multijunction cell are wired. Experimental data for AlCaAs, GaAs, InGaAs, and silicon single-junction concentrator cells subjected to 1 MeV electron irradiation was used to calculate the expected performance of AlGaAs/InGaAs, AlGa/silicon, GaAs/InGaAs, and GaAs/silicon Mj concentrator cells. These calculations included independent, series, and voltage-matched configurations. The module configuration was found to have a significant impact on the radiation tolerance characteristic of the MJ cells.
Calculation of thermal expansion coefficient of glasses based on topological constraint theory
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zeng, Huidan; Ye, Feng; Li, Xiang; Wang, Ling; Yang, Bin; Chen, Jianding; Zhang, Xianghua; Sun, Luyi
2016-10-01
In this work, the thermal expansion behavior and the structure configuration evolution of glasses were studied. Degree of freedom based on the topological constraint theory is correlated with configuration evolution; considering the chemical composition and the configuration change, the analytical equation for calculating the thermal expansion coefficient of glasses from degree of freedom was derived. The thermal expansion of typical silicate and chalcogenide glasses was examined by calculating their thermal expansion coefficients (TEC) using the approach stated above. The results showed that this approach was energetically favorable for glass materials and revealed the corresponding underlying essence from viewpoint of configuration entropy. This work establishes a configuration-based methodology to calculate the thermal expansion coefficient of glasses that, lack periodic order.
Low-speed longitudinal and lateral-directional aerodynamic characteristics of the X-31 configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Banks, Daniel W.; Gatlin, Gregory M.; Paulson, John W., Jr.
1992-01-01
An experimental investigation of a 19 pct. scale model of the X-31 configuration was completed in the Langley 14 x 22 Foot Subsonic Tunnel. This study was performed to determine the static low speed aerodynamic characteristics of the basic configuration over a large range of angle of attack and sideslip and to study the effects of strakes, leading-edge extensions (wing-body strakes), nose booms, speed-brake deployment, and inlet configurations. The ultimate purpose was to optimize the configuration for high angle of attack and maneuvering-flight conditions. The model was tested at angles of attack from -5 to 67 deg and at sideslip angles from -16 to 16 deg for speeds up to 190 knots (dynamic pressure of 120 psf).
The NASA High Speed ASE Project: Computational Analyses of a Low-Boom Supersonic Configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Silva, Walter A.; DeLaGarza, Antonio; Zink, Scott; Bounajem, Elias G.; Johnson, Christopher; Buonanno, Michael; Sanetrik, Mark D.; Yoo, Seung Y.; Kopasakis, George; Christhilf, David M.;
2014-01-01
A summary of NASA's High Speed Aeroservoelasticity (ASE) project is provided with a focus on a low-boom supersonic configuration developed by Lockheed-Martin and referred to as the N+2 configuration. The summary includes details of the computational models developed to date including a linear finite element model (FEM), linear unsteady aerodynamic models, structured and unstructured CFD grids, and discussion of the FEM development including sizing and structural constraints applied to the N+2 configuration. Linear results obtained to date include linear mode shapes and linear flutter boundaries. In addition to the tasks associated with the N+2 configuration, a summary of the work involving the development of AeroPropulsoServoElasticity (APSE) models is also discussed.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Holbrook, G. T.; Dunham, D. M.
1985-01-01
Detailed pressure distribution measurements were made for 11 twist configurations of a unique, multisegmented wing model having an aspect ratio of 7 and a taper ratio of 1. These configurations encompassed span loads ranging from that of an untwisted wing to simple flapped wings both with and without upper-surface spoilers attached. For each of the wing twist configurations, electronic scanning pressure transducers were used to obtain 580 surface pressure measurements over the wing in about 0.1 sec. Integrated pressure distribution measurements compared favorably with force-balance measurements of lift on the model when the model centerbody lift was included. Complete plots and tabulations of the pressure distribution data for each wing twist configuration are provided.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Boyden, Richmond P.; Dress, David A.; Fox, Charles H., Jr.; Huffman, Jarrett K.; Cruz, Christopher I.
1993-01-01
The paper describes the procedure used for and the results obtained of wind-tunnel tests of the National Aerospace Plane (NASP) configuration, which were conducted in the NASA Langley Research Center High Speed Tunnel using a blended body NASP configuration designed by the research center. Static and dynamic stability characteristics were measured at Mach numbers 0.3, 0.6, and 0.8. In addition to tests of the baseline configuration, component buildup tests with a canard surface and with a body flap were carried out. Results demonstrated a positive static stability of the baseline configuration, except at the higher angles of attack at Mach 0.8. A good agreement was found between the inphase dynamic parameters and the corresponding static data.
TWRS authorization basis configuration control summary
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Mendoza, D.P.
This document was developed to define the Authorization Basis management functional requirements for configuration control, to evaluate the management control systems currently in place, and identify any additional controls that may be required until the TWRS [Tank Waste Remediation System] Configuration Management system is fully in place.
Three Studies on Configural Face Processing by Chimpanzees
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Parr, Lisa A.; Heintz, Matthew; Akamagwuna, Unoma
2006-01-01
Previous studies have demonstrated the sensitivity of chimpanzees to facial configurations. Three studies further these findings by showing this sensitivity to be specific to second-order relational properties. In humans, this type of configural processing requires prolonged experience and enables subordinate-level discriminations of many…
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
1997-01-01
Prepared ca. 1997. The Configuration Management Plan (CMP) provides configuration management instructions and guidance for the Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system of the Ports and Waterways Safety System (PAWSS) project. The CMP describes in detail t...
Demystifying Introductory Chemistry. Part 1: Electron Configurations from Experiment.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Gillespie, Ronald J.; And Others
1996-01-01
Presents suggestions for alternative presentations of some of the material that usually forms part of the introductory chemistry course. Emphasizes development of concepts from experimental results. Discusses electronic configurations and quantum numbers, experimental evidence for electron configurations, deducing the shell model from the periodic…
Experimental Study of Hydraulic Systems Transient Response Characteristics
1978-12-01
of Filter .. ... ...... ..... ..... 28 Effects of Quincke -Tube. .. ..... ...... ... 28 Error ’Estimation. .. ... ...... ..... ..... 33 I. CONCLUSIONS...System With Quincke -Tube i Configuration ..... ..................... ... 11 6 Schematic of Pump System .... ............... ... 12 7 Example of Computer...Filter Configuration ........ ..................... 32 20 Transient Response, Reservoir System, Quincke -Tube (Short) Configuration, 505 PSIA
Criteria Underlying the Formation of Alternative IMS Configurations.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dave, Ashok
To assist the formation of IMS (Instructional Management System) configurations, three categories of characteristics are developed and explained. Categories 1 and 2 emphasize automation, and the necessity of forming workable configurations to carry out instructional management for Southwest Regional Laboratory developed instructional and/or…
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Derrida, B.; Meir, R.
We consider the evolution of configurations in a layered feed-forward neural network. Exact expressions for the evolution of the distance between two configurations are obtained in the thermodynamic limit. Our results show that the distance between two arbitrarily close configurations always increases, implying chaotic behavior, even in the phase of good retrieval.
40 CFR 205.55-3 - Configuration identification.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Configuration identification. 205.55-3 Section 205.55-3 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) NOISE ABATEMENT PROGRAMS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT NOISE EMISSION CONTROLS Medium and Heavy Trucks § 205.55-3 Configuration...
Wireless Sensor Networks Approach
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Perotti, Jose M.
2003-01-01
This viewgraph presentation provides information on hardware and software configurations for a network architecture for sensors. The hardware configuration uses a central station and remote stations. The software configuration uses the 'lost station' software algorithm. The presentation profiles a couple current examples of this network architecture in use.
Flow Coefficient Behavior for Boundary Layer Bleed Holes and Slots
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Willis, B. P.; Davis, D. O.; Hingst, W. R.
1995-01-01
An experimental investigation into the flow coefficient behavior for nine boundary layer bleed orifice configurations is reported. This test was conducted for the purposes of exploring boundary layer control through mass flow removal and does not address issues of stability bleed. Parametric data consist of bleed region flow coefficient as a function of Mach number, bleed plenum pressure, and bleed orifice geometry. Seven multiple hole configurations and two single slot configurations were tested over a supersonic Mach number range of 1.3 to 2.5 (nominal). Advantages gained by using multiple holes in a bleed region instead of a single spanwise slot are discussed and the issue of modeling an entire array of bleed orifices based on the performance of a single orifice is addressed. Preconditioning the flow approaching a 90 degree inclined (normal) hole configuration resulted in a significant improvement in the performance of the configuration. The same preconditioning caused only subtle changes in performance for a 20 degree inclined (slanted) configuration.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Varma, Arvind; Hwang, Hyun Tae; Al-Kukhun, Ahmad
A system for generating and purifying hydrogen. To generate hydrogen, the system includes inlets configured to receive a hydrogen carrier and an inert insulator, a mixing chamber configured to combine the hydrogen carrier and the inert insulator, a heat exchanger configured to apply heat to the mixture of hydrogen carrier and the inert insulator, wherein the applied heat results in the generation of hydrogen from the hydrogen carrier, and an outlet configured to release the generated hydrogen. To purify hydrogen, the system includes a primary inlet to receive a starting material and an ammonia filtration subassembly, which may include anmore » absorption column configured to absorb the ammonia into water for providing purified hydrogen at a first purity level. The ammonia filtration subassembly may also include an adsorbent member configured to adsorb ammonia from the starting material into an adsorbent for providing purified hydrogen at a second purity level.« less
Minimum magnetic curvature for resilient divertors using Compact Toroidal Hybrid geometry
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bader, A.; Hegna, C. C.; Cianciosa, M.; Hartwell, G. J.
2018-05-01
The properties of resilient divertors are explored using equilibria derived from Compact Toroidal Hybrid (CTH) geometries. Resilience is defined here as the robustness of the strike point patterns as the plasma geometry and/or plasma profiles are changed. The addition of plasma current in the CTH configurations significantly alters the shape of the last closed flux surface and the rotational transform profile, however, it does not alter the strike point pattern on the target plates, and hence has resilient divertor features. The limits of when a configuration transforms to a resilient configuration is then explored. New CTH-like configurations are generated that vary from a perfectly circular cross section to configurations with increasing amounts of toroidal shaping. It is found that even small amounts of toroidal shaping lead to strike point localization that is similar to the standard CTH configuration. These results show that only a small degree of three-dimensional shaping is necessary to produce a resilient divertor, implying that any highly shaped optimized stellarator will possess the resilient divertor property.
Analysis and sizing of Mars aerobrake structure
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Raju, I. S.; Craft, W. J.
1993-01-01
A cone-sphere aeroshell structure for aerobraking into Martian atmosphere is studied. Using this structural configuration, a space frame load-bearing structure is proposed. To generate this structure efficiently and to perform a variety of studies of several configurations, a mesh generator that utilizes only a few configurational parameters is developed. A finite element analysis program that analyzes space frame structures was developed. A sizing algorithm that arrives at a minimum mass configuration was developed and integrated into the finite element analysis program. A typical 135-ft-diam aerobrake configuration was analyzed and sized. The minimum mass obtained in this study using high modulus graphite/epoxy composite material members is compared with the masses obtained from two other aerobrake structures using lightweight erectable tetrahedral truss and part-spherical truss configurations. Excellent agreement for the minimum mass was obtained with the three different aerobrake structures. Also, the minimum mass using the present structure was obtained when the supports were not at the base but at about 75 percent of the base diameter.
Analysis and Preliminary Design of an Advanced Technology Transport Flight Control System
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Frazzini, R.; Vaughn, D.
1975-01-01
The analysis and preliminary design of an advanced technology transport aircraft flight control system using avionics and flight control concepts appropriate to the 1980-1985 time period are discussed. Specifically, the techniques and requirements of the flight control system were established, a number of candidate configurations were defined, and an evaluation of these configurations was performed to establish a recommended approach. Candidate configurations based on redundant integration of various sensor types, computational methods, servo actuator arrangements and data-transfer techniques were defined to the functional module and piece-part level. Life-cycle costs, for the flight control configurations, as determined in an operational environment model for 200 aircraft over a 15-year service life, were the basis of the optimum configuration selection tradeoff. The recommended system concept is a quad digital computer configuration utilizing a small microprocessor for input/output control, a hexad skewed set of conventional sensors for body rate and body acceleration, and triple integrated actuators.
Evolution of the Busbar Structure in Large-Scale Aluminum Reduction Cells
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhang, Hongliang; Liang, Jinding; Li, Jie; Sun, Kena; Xiao, Jin
2017-02-01
Studies of magnetic field and magneto-hydro-dynamics are regarded as the foundation for the development of large-scale aluminum reduction cells, while due to the direct relationship between the busbar configuration and magnetic compensation, the actual key content is the configuration of the busbar. As the line current has been increased from 160 kA to 600 kA, the configuration of the busbar was becoming more complex. To summarize and explore the evolution of busbar configuration in aluminum reduction cells, this paper has reviewed various representative large-scale pre-baked aluminum reduction cell busbar structures, such as end-to-end potlines, side-by-side potlines and external compensation current. The advantages and disadvantages in the magnetic distribution or technical specifications have also been introduced separately, especially for the configurations of the mainstream 400-kA potlines. In the end, the development trends of the bus structure configuration were prospected, based on the recent successful applications of super-scale cell busbar structures in China (500-600 kA).
Supersonic dynamic stability characteristics of the test technique demonstrator NASP configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Dress, David A.; Boyden, Richmond P.; Cruz, Christopher I.
1992-01-01
Wind tunnel tests of a National Aero-Space Plane (NASP) configuration were conducted in both test sections of the Langley Unitary Plan Wind Tunnel. The model used is a Langley designed blended body NASP configuration. Dynamic stability characteristics were measured on this configuration at Mach numbers of 2.0, 2.5, 3.5, and 4.5. In addition to tests of the baseline configuration, component buildup tests were conducted. The test results show that the baseline configuration generally has positive damping about all three axes with only isolated exceptions. In addition, there was generally good agreement between the in-pulse dynamic parameters and the corresponding static data which were measured during another series of tests in the Unitary Plan Wind Tunnel. Also included are comparisons of the experimental damping parameters with results from the engineering predictive code APAS (Aerodynamic Preliminary Analysis System). These comparisons show good agreement at low angles of attack; however, the comparisons are generally not as good at the higher angles of attack.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lim, Jaechang; Choi, Sunghwan; Kim, Jaewook; Kim, Woo Youn
2016-12-01
To assess the performance of multi-configuration methods using exact exchange Kohn-Sham (KS) orbitals, we implemented configuration interaction singles and doubles (CISD) in a real-space numerical grid code. We obtained KS orbitals with the exchange-only optimized effective potential under the Krieger-Li-Iafrate (KLI) approximation. Thanks to the distinctive features of KLI orbitals against Hartree-Fock (HF), such as bound virtual orbitals with compact shapes and orbital energy gaps similar to excitation energies; KLI-CISD for small molecules shows much faster convergence as a function of simulation box size and active space (i.e., the number of virtual orbitals) than HF-CISD. The former also gives more accurate excitation energies with a few dominant configurations than the latter, even with many more configurations. The systematic control of basis set errors is straightforward in grid bases. Therefore, grid-based multi-configuration methods using exact exchange KS orbitals provide a promising new way to make accurate electronic structure calculations.
A super-cusp divertor configuration for tokamaks
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ryutov, D. D.
2015-10-01
> This study demonstrates a remarkable flexibility of advanced divertor configurations created with the remote poloidal field coils. The emphasis here is on the configurations with three poloidal field nulls in the divertor area. We are seeking the structures where all three nulls lie on the same separatrix, thereby creating two zones of a very strong flux expansion, as envisaged in the concept of Takase's cusp divertor. It turns out that the set of remote coils can indeed produce a cusp divertor, with additional advantages of: (i) a large stand-off distance between the divertor and the coils and (ii) a thorough control that these coils exert over the fine features of the configuration. In reference to these additional favourable properties acquired by the cusp divertor, the resulting configuration could be called `a super-cusp'. General geometrical features of the three-null configurations produced by remote coils are described. Issues on the way to practical applications include the need for a more sophisticated control system and possible constraints related to excessively high currents in the divertor coils.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bain, D. B.; Smith, C. E.; Holdeman, J. D.
1992-01-01
A CFD study was performed to analyze the mixing potential of opposed rows of staggered jets injected into confined crossflow in a rectangular duct. Three jet configurations were numerically tested: (1) straight (0 deg) slots; (2) perpendicular slanted (45 deg) slots angled in opposite directions on top and bottom walls; and (3) parallel slanted (45 deg) slots angled in the same direction on top and bottom walls. All three configurations were tested at slot spacing-to-duct height ratios (S/H) of 0.5, 0.75, and 1.0; a jet-to-mainstream momentum flux ratio (J) of 100; and a jet-to-mainstream mass flow ratio of 0.383. Each configuration had its best mixing performance at S/H of 0.75. Asymmetric flow patterns were expected and predicted for all slanted slot configurations. The parallel slanted slot configuration was the best overall configuration at x/H of 1.0 for S/H of 0.75.
Measuring multi-configurational character by orbital entanglement
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Stein, Christopher J.; Reiher, Markus
2017-09-01
One of the most critical tasks at the very beginning of a quantum chemical investigation is the choice of either a multi- or single-configurational method. Naturally, many proposals exist to define a suitable diagnostic of the multi-configurational character for various types of wave functions in order to assist this crucial decision. Here, we present a new orbital-entanglement-based multi-configurational diagnostic termed Zs(1). The correspondence of orbital entanglement and static (or non-dynamic) electron correlation permits the definition of such a diagnostic. We chose our diagnostic to meet important requirements such as well-defined limits for pure single-configurational and multi-configurational wave functions. The Zs(1) diagnostic can be evaluated from a partially converged, but qualitatively correct, and therefore inexpensive density matrix renormalisation group wave function as in our recently presented automated active orbital selection protocol. Its robustness and the fact that it can be evaluated at low cost make this diagnostic a practical tool for routine applications.
Prediction of Protein Configurational Entropy (Popcoen).
Goethe, Martin; Gleixner, Jan; Fita, Ignacio; Rubi, J Miguel
2018-03-13
A knowledge-based method for configurational entropy prediction of proteins is presented; this methodology is extremely fast, compared to previous approaches, because it does not involve any type of configurational sampling. Instead, the configurational entropy of a query fold is estimated by evaluating an artificial neural network, which was trained on molecular-dynamics simulations of ∼1000 proteins. The predicted entropy can be incorporated into a large class of protein software based on cost-function minimization/evaluation, in which configurational entropy is currently neglected for performance reasons. Software of this type is used for all major protein tasks such as structure predictions, proteins design, NMR and X-ray refinement, docking, and mutation effect predictions. Integrating the predicted entropy can yield a significant accuracy increase as we show exemplarily for native-state identification with the prominent protein software FoldX. The method has been termed Popcoen for Prediction of Protein Configurational Entropy. An implementation is freely available at http://fmc.ub.edu/popcoen/ .
Improvements to Wire Bundle Thermal Modeling for Ampacity Determination
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Rickman, Steve L.; Iannello, Christopher J.; Shariff, Khadijah
2017-01-01
Determining current carrying capacity (ampacity) of wire bundles in aerospace vehicles is critical not only to safety but also to efficient design. Published standards provide guidance on determining wire bundle ampacity but offer little flexibility for configurations where wire bundles of mixed gauges and currents are employed with varying external insulation jacket surface properties. Thermal modeling has been employed in an attempt to develop techniques to assist in ampacity determination for these complex configurations. Previous developments allowed analysis of wire bundle configurations but was constrained to configurations comprised of less than 50 elements. Additionally, for vacuum analyses, configurations with very low emittance external jackets suffered from numerical instability in the solution. A new thermal modeler is presented allowing for larger configurations and is not constrained for low bundle infrared emissivity calculations. Formulation of key internal radiation and interface conductance parameters is discussed including the effects of temperature and air pressure on wire to wire thermal conductance. Test cases comparing model-predicted ampacity and that calculated from standards documents are presented.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Menicucci, D. F.
1986-01-01
The performance of a photovoltaic (PV) system is affected by its mounting configuration. The optimal configuration is unclear because of lack of experience and data. Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque (SNLA), has conducted a controlled field experiment to compare four types of the most common module mounting. The data from the experiment were used to verify the accuracy of PVFORM, a new computer program that simulates PV performance. PVFORM was then used to simulate the performance of identical PV modules on different mounting configurations at 10 sites throughout the US. This report describes the module mounting configurations, the experimental methods used, the specialized statistical techniques used in the analysis, and the final results of the effort. The module mounting configurations are rank ordered at each site according to their annual and seasonal energy production performance, and each is briefly discussed in terms of its advantages and disadvantages in various applications.
Configuring Airspace Sectors with Approximate Dynamic Programming
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bloem, Michael; Gupta, Pramod
2010-01-01
In response to changing traffic and staffing conditions, supervisors dynamically configure airspace sectors by assigning them to control positions. A finite horizon airspace sector configuration problem models this supervisor decision. The problem is to select an airspace configuration at each time step while considering a workload cost, a reconfiguration cost, and a constraint on the number of control positions at each time step. Three algorithms for this problem are proposed and evaluated: a myopic heuristic, an exact dynamic programming algorithm, and a rollouts approximate dynamic programming algorithm. On problem instances from current operations with only dozens of possible configurations, an exact dynamic programming solution gives the optimal cost value. The rollouts algorithm achieves costs within 2% of optimal for these instances, on average. For larger problem instances that are representative of future operations and have thousands of possible configurations, excessive computation time prohibits the use of exact dynamic programming. On such problem instances, the rollouts algorithm reduces the cost achieved by the heuristic by more than 15% on average with an acceptable computation time.
Effect of Electrode Configuration on Nitric Oxide Gas Sensor Behavior.
Cui, Ling; Murray, Erica P
2015-09-23
The influence of electrode configuration on the impedancemetric response of nitric oxide (NO) gas sensors was investigated for solid electrochemical cells [Au/yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ)/Au)]. Fabrication of the sensors was carried out at 1050 °C in order to establish a porous YSZ electrolyte that enabled gas diffusion. Two electrode configurations were studied where Au wire electrodes were either embedded within or wrapped around the YSZ electrolyte. The electrical response of the sensors was collected via impedance spectroscopy under various operating conditions where gas concentrations ranged from 0 to 100 ppm NO and 1%-18% O₂ at temperatures varying from 600 to 700 °C. Gas diffusion appeared to be a rate-limiting mechanism in sensors where the electrode configuration resulted in longer diffusion pathways. The temperature dependence of the NO sensors studied was independent of the electrode configuration. Analysis of the impedance data, along with equivalent circuit modeling indicated the electrode configuration of the sensor effected gas and ionic transport pathways, capacitance behavior, and NO sensitivity.
Evaluating the Efficacy of Wavelet Configurations on Turbulent-Flow Data
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Li, Shaomeng; Gruchalla, Kenny; Potter, Kristin
2015-10-25
I/O is increasingly becoming a significant constraint for simulation codes and visualization tools on modern supercomputers. Data compression is an attractive workaround, and, in particular, wavelets provide a promising solution. However, wavelets can be applied in multiple configurations, and the variations in configuration impact accuracy, storage cost, and execution time. While the variation in these factors over wavelet configurations have been explored in image processing, they are not well understood for visualization and analysis of scientific data. To illuminate this issue, we evaluate multiple wavelet configurations on turbulent-flow data. Our approach is to repeat established analysis routines on uncompressed andmore » lossy-compressed versions of a data set, and then quantitatively compare their outcomes. Our findings show that accuracy varies greatly based on wavelet configuration, while storage cost and execution time vary less. Overall, our study provides new insights for simulation analysts and visualization experts, who need to make tradeoffs between accuracy, storage cost, and execution time.« less
Nie, Qi-Yang; Maurer, Mara; Müller, Hermann J; Conci, Markus
2016-05-01
Illusory Kanizsa figures demonstrate that a perceptually completed whole is more than the sum of its composite parts. In the current study, we explored part/whole relationships in object completion using the configural superiority effect (CSE) with illusory figures (Pomerantz & Portillo, 2011). In particular, we investigated to which extent the CSE is modulated by closure in target and distractor configurations. Our results demonstrated a typical CSE, with detection of a configural whole being more efficient than the detection of a corresponding part-level target. Moreover, the CSE was more pronounced when grouped objects were presented in distractors rather than in the target. A follow-up experiment systematically manipulated closure in whole target or, respectively, distractor configurations. The results revealed the effect of closure to be again stronger in distractor, rather than in target configurations, suggesting that closure primarily affects the inhibition of distractors, and to a lesser extent the selection of the target. In addition, a drift-diffusion model analysis of our data revealed that efficient distractor inhibition expedites the rate of evidence accumulation, with closure in distractors particularly speeding the drift toward the decision boundary. In sum, our findings demonstrate that the CSE in Kanizsa figures derives primarily from the inhibition of closed distractor objects, rather than being driven by a conspicuous target configuration. Altogether, these results support a fundamental role of inhibition in driving configural superiority effects in visual search. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Access to specialist care: Optimizing the geographic configuration of trauma systems.
Jansen, Jan O; Morrison, Jonathan J; Wang, Handing; He, Shan; Lawrenson, Robin; Hutchison, James D; Campbell, Marion K
2015-11-01
The optimal geographic configuration of health care systems is key to maximizing accessibility while promoting the efficient use of resources. This article reports the use of a novel approach to inform the optimal configuration of a national trauma system. This is a prospective cohort study of all trauma patients, 15 years and older, attended to by the Scottish Ambulance Service, between July 1, 2013, and June 30, 2014. Patients underwent notional triage to one of three levels of care (major trauma center [MTC], trauma unit, or local emergency hospital). We used geographic information systems software to calculate access times, by road and air, from all incident locations to all candidate hospitals. We then modeled the performance of all mathematically possible network configurations and used multiobjective optimization to determine geospatially optimized configurations. A total of 80,391 casualties were included. A network with only high- or moderate-volume MTCs (admitting at least 650 or 400 severely injured patients per year, respectively) would be optimally configured with a single MTC. A network accepting lower-volume MTCs (at least 240 severely injured patients per year) would be optimally configured with two MTCs. Both configurations would necessitate an increase in the number of helicopter retrievals. This study has shown that a novel combination of notional triage, network analysis, and mathematical optimization can be used to inform the planning of a national clinical network. Scotland's trauma system could be optimized with one or two MTCs. Care management study, level IV.
Transcranial current stimulation focality using disc and ring electrode configurations: FEM analysis
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Datta, Abhishek; Elwassif, Maged; Battaglia, Fortunato; Bikson, Marom
2008-06-01
We calculated the electric fields induced in the brain during transcranial current stimulation (TCS) using a finite-element concentric spheres human head model. A range of disc electrode configurations were simulated: (1) distant-bipolar; (2) adjacent-bipolar; (3) tripolar; and three ring designs, (4) belt, (5) concentric ring, and (6) double concentric ring. We compared the focality of each configuration targeting cortical structures oriented normal to the surface ('surface-radial' and 'cross-section radial'), cortical structures oriented along the brain surface ('surface-tangential' and 'cross-section tangential') and non-oriented cortical surface structures ('surface-magnitude' and 'cross-section magnitude'). For surface-radial fields, we further considered the 'polarity' of modulation (e.g. superficial cortical neuron soma hyper/depolarizing). The distant-bipolar configuration, which is comparable with commonly used TCS protocols, resulted in diffuse (un-focal) modulation with bi-directional radial modulation under each electrode and tangential modulation between electrodes. Increasing the proximity of the two electrodes (adjacent-bipolar electrode configuration) increased focality, at the cost of more surface current. At similar electrode distances, the tripolar-electrodes configuration produced comparable peak focality, but reduced radial bi-directionality. The concentric-ring configuration resulted in the highest spatial focality and uni-directional radial modulation, at the expense of increased total surface current. Changing ring dimensions, or use of two concentric rings, allow titration of this balance. The concentric-ring design may thus provide an optimized configuration for targeted modulation of superficial cortical neurons.
Furberg, Robert D; Ortiz, Alexa M; Zulkiewicz, Brittany A; Hudson, Jordan P; Taylor, Olivia M; Lewis, Megan A
2016-06-27
Tablet-based health care interventions have the potential to encourage patient care in a timelier manner, allow physicians convenient access to patient records, and provide an improved method for patient education. However, along with the continued adoption of tablet technologies, there is a concomitant need to develop protocols focusing on the configuration, management, and maintenance of these devices within the health care setting to support the conduct of clinical research. Develop three protocols to support tablet configuration, tablet management, and tablet maintenance. The Configurator software, Tile technology, and current infection control recommendations were employed to develop three distinct protocols for tablet-based digital health interventions. Configurator is a mobile device management software specifically for iPhone operating system (iOS) devices. The capabilities and current applications of Configurator were reviewed and used to develop the protocol to support device configuration. Tile is a tracking tag associated with a free mobile app available for iOS and Android devices. The features associated with Tile were evaluated and used to develop the Tile protocol to support tablet management. Furthermore, current recommendations on preventing health care-related infections were reviewed to develop the infection control protocol to support tablet maintenance. This article provides three protocols: the Configurator protocol, the Tile protocol, and the infection control protocol. These protocols can help to ensure consistent implementation of tablet-based interventions, enhance fidelity when employing tablets for research purposes, and serve as a guide for tablet deployments within clinical settings.
40 CFR 610.41 - Test configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 30 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Test configurations. 610.41 Section... ECONOMY RETROFIT DEVICES Test Procedures and Evaluation Criteria General Vehicle Test Procedures § 610.41 Test configurations. (a) In order to measure the effectiveness of a retrofit device at least two, and...
40 CFR 610.41 - Test configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 30 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Test configurations. 610.41 Section... ECONOMY RETROFIT DEVICES Test Procedures and Evaluation Criteria General Vehicle Test Procedures § 610.41 Test configurations. (a) In order to measure the effectiveness of a retrofit device at least two, and...
40 CFR 610.41 - Test configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 31 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Test configurations. 610.41 Section... ECONOMY RETROFIT DEVICES Test Procedures and Evaluation Criteria General Vehicle Test Procedures § 610.41 Test configurations. (a) In order to measure the effectiveness of a retrofit device at least two, and...
40 CFR 610.41 - Test configurations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 29 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test configurations. 610.41 Section... ECONOMY RETROFIT DEVICES Test Procedures and Evaluation Criteria General Vehicle Test Procedures § 610.41 Test configurations. (a) In order to measure the effectiveness of a retrofit device at least two, and...
Integrated Autonomous Network Management (IANM) Multi-Topology Route Manager and Analyzer
2008-02-01
zebra tmg mtrcli xinetd (tftp) mysql configuration file (mtrrm.conf) configuration file (mtrrmAggregator.properties) tftp files /tftpboot NetFlow PDUs...configuration upload/download snmp, telnet OSPFv2 user interface tmg Figure 6-2. Internal software organization Figure 6-2 illustrates the main
When One Configuration Is Not Enough
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
McMillin, David R.
2008-01-01
For most molecules molecular orbital theory predicts a ground-state electronic configuration that is useful for rationalizing relative bond lengths, magnetic properties, and so forth. However, when electron correlation is a dominant consideration, the ground-state configuration may provide a poor representation of the system. In such cases,…
Navigation Assistance: A Trade-Off between Wayfinding Support and Configural Learning Support
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Munzer, Stefan; Zimmer, Hubert D.; Baus, Jorg
2012-01-01
Current GPS-based mobile navigation assistance systems support wayfinding, but they do not support learning about the spatial configuration of an environment. The present study examined effects of visual presentation modes for navigation assistance on wayfinding accuracy, route learning, and configural learning. Participants (high-school students)…
The Periodic Table as a Mnemonic Device for Writing Electronic Configurations.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Mabrouk, Suzanne T.
2003-01-01
Presents an interactive method for using the periodic table as an effective mnemonic for writing electronic configurations. Discusses the intrinsic relevance of configurations to chemistry by building upon past analogies. Addresses pertinent background information, describes the hands-on method, and demonstrates its use. Transforms the traditional…
Tracing the French Policy PISA Debate: A Policy Configuration Approach
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Pons, Xavier
2016-01-01
This article traces the evolution of the French policy PISA debate from 2001 to 2014 by analysing the results of two original qualitative researches. Theoretically, this debate is the outcome of specific policy configurations, which predetermine its scope, content and effectiveness. These configurations are themselves described through their…
14 CFR 23.177 - Static directional and lateral stability.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... position appropriate to the takeoff, climb, cruise, approach, and landing configurations. This must be... is used or a control force limit in § 23.143 is reached, whichever occurs first, and at speeds from 1..., cruise, and approach configurations. For the landing configuration, the power must be that necessary to...
PIV Logon Configuration Guidance
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Lee, Glen Alan
This document details the configurations and enhancements implemented to support the usage of federal Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Card for logon on unclassified networks. The guidance is a reference implementation of the configurations and enhancements deployed at the Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) by Network and Infrastructure Engineering – Core Services (NIE-CS).
Effects of roadway configurations on near-road air quality and the implications on roadway designs
This paper presents an analysis of wind tunnel experiments of twelve different roadway configurations and modeling of these configurations using a Large-Eddy Simulation (LES) model, aiming at investigating how flow structures affect the impact of roadway features on near-road and...
Trimmed noncoplanar planforms with minimum vortex drag
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lamar, J. E.
1977-01-01
Vortex-lattice subsonic method determines mean camber surface for trimmed noncoplanar planforms with minimum vortex drag. Multiple surfaces can be designed together to yield trimmed configuration with minimum induced drag at some specified lift coefficient. Program is applicable to isolated wings, wing-canard configuration, tandem wing, and wing-winglet configuration.
Determining Window Placement and Configuration for the Small Pressurized Rover (SPR)
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Thompson, Shelby; Litaker, Harry; Howard, Robert
2009-01-01
This slide presentation reviews the process of the evaluation of window placement and configuration for the cockpit of the Lunar Electric Rover (LER). The purpose of the evaluation was to obtain human-in-the-loop data on window placement and configuration for the cockpit of the LER.
ESL Students' Computer-Mediated Communication Practices: Context Configuration
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Shin, Dong-Shin
2006-01-01
This paper examines how context is configured in ESL students' language learning practices through computer-mediated communication (CMC). Specifically, I focus on how a group of ESL students jointly constructed the context of their CMC activities through interactional patterns and norms, and how configured affordances within the CMC environment…
An Auto-Configuration System for the GMSEC Architecture and API
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Moholt, Joseph; Mayorga, Arturo
2007-01-01
A viewgraph presentation on an automated configuration concept for The Goddard Mission Services Evolution Center (GMSEC) architecture and Application Program Interface (API) is shown. The topics include: 1) The Goddard Mission Services Evolution Center (GMSEC); 2) Automated Configuration Concept; 3) Implementation Approach; and 4) Key Components and Benefits.
Why Teach the Electron Configuration of the Elements as We Do?
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Millikan, Roger C.
1982-01-01
Discusses pros and cons of current methods of teaching electron configurations of elements. Offers alternative instructional strategies, suggesting that although tables of electron configurations are useful and in conjunction with periodic tables may help solve many problems, they should be included as reference material. (Author/JN)
Lighting system with thermal management system
Arik, Mehmet; Weaver, Stanton Earl; Stecher, Thomas Elliot; Seeley, Charles Erklin; Kuenzler, Glenn Howard; Wolfe, Jr., Charles Franklin; Utturkar, Yogen Vishwas; Sharma, Rajdeep; Prabhakaran, Satish; Icoz, Tunc
2015-02-24
Lighting systems having unique configurations are provided. For instance, the lighting system may include a light source, a thermal management system and driver electronics, each contained within a housing structure. The light source is configured to provide illumination visible through an opening in the housing structure. The thermal management system is configured to provide an air flow, such as a unidirectional air flow, through the housing structure in order to cool the light source. The driver electronics are configured to provide power to each of the light source and the thermal management system.
Lighting system with thermal management system
Arik, Mehmet; Weaver, Stanton Earl; Stecher, Thomas Elliot; Seeley, Charles Erklin; Kuenzler, Glenn Howard; Wolfe, Jr., Charles Franklin; Utturkar, Yogen Vishwas; Sharma, Rajdeep; Prabhakaran, Satish; Icoz, Tunc
2015-08-25
Lighting systems having unique configurations are provided. For instance, the lighting system may include a light source, a thermal management system and driver electronics, each contained within a housing structure. The light source is configured to provide illumination visible through an opening in the housing structure. The thermal management system is configured to provide an air flow, such as a unidirectional air flow, through the housing structure in order to cool the light source. The driver electronics are configured to provide power to each of the light source and the thermal management system.
Lighting system with thermal management system
Arik, Mehmet; Weaver, Stanton; Stecher, Thomas; Seeley, Charles; Kuenzler, Glenn; Wolfe, Jr., Charles; Utturkar, Yogen; Sharma, Rajdeep; Prabhakaran, Satish; Icoz, Tunc
2013-05-07
Lighting systems having unique configurations are provided. For instance, the lighting system may include a light source, a thermal management system and driver electronics, each contained within a housing structure. The light source is configured to provide illumination visible through an opening in the housing structure. The thermal management system is configured to provide an air flow, such as a unidirectional air flow, through the housing structure in order to cool the light source. The driver electronics are configured to provide power to each of the light source and the thermal management system.
Lighting system with thermal management system
Arik, Mehmet; Weaver, Stanton Earl; Stecher, Thomas Elliot; Seeley, Charles Erklin; Kuenzler, Glenn Howard; Wolfe, Jr, Charles Franklin; Utturkar, Yogen Vishwas; Sharma, Rajdeep; Prabhakaran, Satish; Icoz, Tunc
2016-10-11
Lighting systems having unique configurations are provided. For instance, the lighting system may include a light source, a thermal management system and driver electronics, each contained within a housing structure. The light source is configured to provide illumination visible through an opening in the housing structure. The thermal management system is configured to provide an air flow, such as a unidirectional air flow, through the housing structure in order to cool the light source. The driver electronics are configured to provide power to each of the light source and the thermal management system.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Jung, S. Y.; Sanandres, Luis A.; Vance, J. M.
1991-01-01
Measurements of pressure distributions and force coefficients were carried out in two types of squeeze film dampers, executing a circular centered orbit, an open-ended configuration, and a partially sealed one, in order to investigate the effect of fluid inertia and cavitation on pressure distributions and force coefficients. Dynamic pressure measurements were carried out for two orbit radii, epsilon 0.5 and 0.8. It was found that the partially sealed configuration was less influenced by fluid inertia than the open ended configuration.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1989-01-01
The objective of the Space Transportation Booster Engine Configuration Study is to contribute to the ALS development effort by providing highly reliable, low cost booster engine concepts for both expendable and reusable rocket engines. The objectives of the Space Transportation Booster Engine (STBE) Configuration Study were: (1) to identify engine development configurations which enhance vehicle performance and provide operational flexibility at low cost; and (2) to explore innovative approaches to the follow-on Full-Scale Development (FSD) phase for the STBE.
A parallel optimization method for product configuration and supplier selection based on interval
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zheng, Jian; Zhang, Meng; Li, Guoxi
2017-06-01
In the process of design and manufacturing, product configuration is an important way of product development, and supplier selection is an essential component of supply chain management. To reduce the risk of procurement and maximize the profits of enterprises, this study proposes to combine the product configuration and supplier selection, and express the multiple uncertainties as interval numbers. An integrated optimization model of interval product configuration and supplier selection was established, and NSGA-II was put forward to locate the Pareto-optimal solutions to the interval multiobjective optimization model.
Configuration management issues and objectives for a real-time research flight test support facility
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Yergensen, Stephen; Rhea, Donald C.
1988-01-01
An account is given of configuration management activities for the Western Aeronautical Test Range (WATR) at NASA-Ames, whose primary function is the conduct of aeronautical research flight testing through real-time processing and display, tracking, and communications systems. The processing of WATR configuration change requests for specific research flight test projects must be conducted in such a way as to refrain from compromising the reliability of WATR support to all project users. Configuration management's scope ranges from mission planning to operations monitoring and performance trend analysis.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Langhans, R. A.; Flechner, S. G.
1972-01-01
The results of the investigation showed that the configuration exhibits a sufficiently high drag divergence Mach number to cruise at near sonic speeds. The configuration is longitudinally stable through the cruise Mach number and lift coefficient range, but at higher lift coefficients displays pitchup and becomes unstable. The configuration was directionally stable at all test conditions and laterally stable in the angle of attack range required for cruise.
Comparison of thruster configurations in attitude control systems. M.S. Thesis. Progress Report
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Boland, J. S., III; Drinkard, D. M., Jr.; White, L. R.; Chakravarthi, K. R.
1973-01-01
Several aspects concerning reaction control jet systems as used to govern the attitude of a spacecraft were considered. A thruster configuration currently in use was compared to several new configurations developed in this study. The method of determining the error signals which control the firing of the thrusters was also investigated. The current error determination procedure is explained and a new method is presented. Both of these procedures are applied to each of the thruster configurations which are developed and comparisons of the two methods are made.
Computer software configuration description, 241-AY and 241-AZ tank farm MICON automation system
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Winkelman, W.D.
This document describes the configuration process, choices and conventions used during the configuration activities, and issues involved in making changes to the configuration. Includes the master listings of the Tag definitions, which should be revised to authorize any changes. Revision 2 incorporates minor changes to ensure the document setpoints accurately reflect limits (including exhaust stack flow of 800 scfm) established in OSD-T-151-00019. The MICON DCS software controls and monitors the instrumentation and equipment associated with plant systems and processes.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1973-01-01
Configuration data and design information for the Atlas Centaur launched configuration are presented. Overall system definition, operations and control, and telecommunication service system, including link budgets, are discussed. A brief description of the user telecommunications equipment and ground station is presented. A summary description of the TDR spacecraft and all the subsystems is included. The data presented are largely in tabular form. A brief treatment of an optional configuration with enhanced telecommunications service is described.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1989-01-01
The objective of the Space Transportation Booster Engine (STBE) Configuration Study is to contribute to the Advanced Launch System (ALS) development effort by providing highly reliable, low cost booster engine concepts for both expendable and reusable rocket engines. The objectives of the space Transportation Booster Engine (STBE) Configuration Study were: (1) to identify engine configurations which enhance vehicle performance and provide operational flexibility at low cost, and (2) to explore innovative approaches to the follow-on Full-Scale Development (FSD) phase for the STBE.
Dynamically re-configurable CMOS imagers for an active vision system
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Yang, Guang (Inventor); Pain, Bedabrata (Inventor)
2005-01-01
A vision system is disclosed. The system includes a pixel array, at least one multi-resolution window operation circuit, and a pixel averaging circuit. The pixel array has an array of pixels configured to receive light signals from an image having at least one tracking target. The multi-resolution window operation circuits are configured to process the image. Each of the multi-resolution window operation circuits processes each tracking target within a particular multi-resolution window. The pixel averaging circuit is configured to sample and average pixels within the particular multi-resolution window.
Concept definition study of small Brayton cycle engines for dispersed solar electric power systems
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Six, L. D.; Ashe, T. L.; Dobler, F. X.; Elkins, R. T.
1980-01-01
Three first-generation Brayton cycle engine types were studied for solar application: a near-term open cycle (configuration A), a near-term closed cycle (configuration B), and a longer-term open cycle (configuration C). A parametric performance analysis was carried out to select engine designs for the three configurations. The interface requirements for the Brayton cycle engine/generator and solar receivers were determined. A technology assessment was then carried out to define production costs, durability, and growth potential for the selected engine types.
Removable Window System for Space Vehicles
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Grady, James P. (Inventor)
2015-01-01
A window system for a platform comprising a window pane, a retention frame, and a biasing system. The window pane may be configured to contact a sealing system. The retention frame may be configured to contact the sealing system and hold the window pane against the support frame. The biasing system may be configured to bias the retention frame toward the support frame while the support frame and the retention frame are in a configuration that holds the window pane. Removal of the biasing system may cause the retention frame and the window pane to be removable.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Haas, J. E.; Kofskey, M. G.
1978-01-01
The rotor tip clearance was obtained by use of a recess in the casing above the rotor blades and also by use of a reduced blade height. For the recessed casing configuration, the optimum rotor blade height was found to be the one where the rotor tip diameter was equal to the stator tip diameter. The tip clearance loss associated with this optimum recessed casing configuration was less than that for the reduced blade height configuration.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Elliott, David M.
2012-01-01
A counter-rotating open rotor scale model was tested in the NASA Glenn Research Center 9- by 15-Foot Low-Speed Wind Tunnel (LSWT). This model used a historical baseline blade set with which modern blade designs will be compared against on an acoustic and aerodynamic performance basis. Different blade pitch angles simulating approach and takeoff conditions were tested, along with angle-of-attack configurations. A configuration was also tested in order to determine the acoustic effects of a pylon. The shaft speed was varied for each configuration in order to get data over a range of operability. The freestream Mach number was also varied for some configurations. Sideline acoustic data were taken for each of these test configurations.
Radiation-hardened optically reconfigurable gate array exploiting holographic memory characteristics
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Seto, Daisaku; Watanabe, Minoru
2015-09-01
In this paper, we present a proposal for a radiation-hardened optically reconfigurable gate array (ORGA). The ORGA is a type of field programmable gate array (FPGA). The ORGA configuration can be executed by the exploitation of holographic memory characteristics even if 20% of the configuration data are damaged. Moreover, the optoelectronic technology enables the high-speed reconfiguration of the programmable gate array. Such a high-speed reconfiguration can increase the radiation tolerance of its programmable gate array to 9.3 × 104 times higher than that of current FPGAs. Through experimentation, this study clarified the configuration dependability using the impulse-noise emulation and high-speed configuration capabilities of the ORGA with corrupt configuration contexts. Moreover, the radiation tolerance of the programmable gate array was confirmed theoretically through probabilistic calculation.
Ultrasonic Device for Assessing the Quality of a Wire Crimp
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Yost, William T. (Inventor); Perey, Daniel F. (Inventor); Cramer, Karl E. (Inventor)
2015-01-01
A system for determining the quality of an electrical wire crimp between a wire and ferrule includes an ultrasonically equipped crimp tool (UECT) configured to transmit an ultrasonic acoustic wave through a wire and ferrule, and a signal processor in communication with the UECT. The signal processor includes a signal transmitting module configured to transmit the ultrasonic acoustic wave via an ultrasonic transducer, signal receiving module configured to receive the ultrasonic acoustic wave after it passes through the wire and ferrule, and a signal analysis module configured to identify signal differences between the ultrasonic waves. The signal analysis module is then configured to compare the signal differences attributable to the wire crimp to a baseline, and to provide an output signal if the signal differences deviate from the baseline.
Electricity generation using electromagnetic radiation
Halas, Nancy J.; Nordlander, Peter; Neumann, Oara
2017-08-22
In general, in one aspect, the invention relates to a system to create vapor for generating electric power. The system includes a vessel comprising a fluid and a complex and a turbine. The vessel of the system is configured to concentrate EM radiation received from an EM radiation source. The vessel of the system is further configured to apply the EM radiation to the complex, where the complex absorbs the EM radiation to generate heat. The vessel of the system is also configured to transform, using the heat generated by the complex, the fluid to vapor. The vessel of the system is further configured to sending the vapor to a turbine. The turbine of the system is configured to receive, from the vessel, the vapor used to generate the electric power.
The Periodic Table as a Mnemonic Device for Writing Electronic Configurations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mabrouk, Suzanne T.
2003-08-01
Lectures on electronic configurations often appear boring and intangible to many students. This topic can become engaging and interesting through the use of an interactive method based on the periodic table. Using a periodic table with shell and subshell designations in each square, students learn the patterns or the periodicity to the electronic configurations of the elements. Students are then encouraged to commit these patterns to memory through rehearsal in class. With the standard periodic table and the memorized patterns, students are shown that electronic configurations can be determined. Although students often appear mystified by the topic of electronic configurations, especially when its relevance to chemistry is absent, students' understanding can be improved easily by making connections and using analogy as the activity described here does.
Room-temperature quantum noise limited spectrometry and methods of the same
Stevens, Charles G.; Tringe, Joseph W.; Cunningham, Christopher T.
2016-08-02
In one embodiment, a heterodyne detection system for detecting light includes a first input aperture configured to receive first light from a scene input, a second input aperture configured to receive second light from a local oscillator input, a broadband local oscillator configured to provide the second light to the second input aperture, a dispersive element configured to disperse the first light and the second light, and a final condensing lens coupled to an infrared detector. The final condensing lens is configured to concentrate incident light from a primary condensing lens onto the infrared detector, and the infrared detector is a square-law detector capable of sensing the frequency difference between the first light and the second light. More systems and methods for detecting light are described according to other embodiments.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kumar, Shailesh; Rao, Shrisha
This paper studies a phenomenon called failover, and shows that this phenomenon (in particular, stateless failover) can be modeled by Game of Life cellular automata. This is the first time that this sophisticated real-life system behavior has been modeled in abstract terms. A cellular automata (CA) configuration is constructed that exhibits emergent failover. The configuration is based on standard Game of Life rules. Gliders and glider-guns form the core messaging structure in the configuration. The blinker is represented as the basic computational unit, and it is shown how it can be recreated in case of a failure. Stateless failover using the primary-backup mechanism is demonstrated. The details of the CA components used in the configuration and its working are described, and a simulation of the complete configuration is also presented.
Portable convertible blast effects shield
Pastrnak, John W.; Hollaway, Rocky; Henning, Carl D.; Deteresa, Steve; Grundler, Walter; Hagler,; Lisle B.; Kokko, Edwin; Switzer, Vernon A
2010-10-26
A rapidly deployable portable convertible blast effects shield/ballistic shield includes a set two or more telescoping cylindrical rings operably connected to each other to convert between a telescopically-collapsed configuration for storage and transport, and a telescopically-extended upright configuration forming an expanded inner volume. In a first embodiment, the upright configuration provides blast effects shielding, such as against blast pressures, shrapnel, and/or fire balls. And in a second embodiment, the upright configuration provides ballistic shielding, such as against incoming weapons fire, shrapnel, etc. Each ring has a high-strength material construction, such as a composite fiber and matrix material, capable of substantially inhibiting blast effects and impinging projectiles from passing through the shield. And the set of rings are releasably securable to each other in the telescopically-extended upright configuration, such as by click locks.
Portable convertible blast effects shield
Pastrnak, John W [Livermore, CA; Hollaway, Rocky [Modesto, CA; Henning, Carl D [Livermore, CA; Deteresa, Steve [Livermore, CA; Grundler, Walter [Hayward, CA; Hagler, Lisle B [Berkeley, CA; Kokko, Edwin [Dublin, CA; Switzer, Vernon A [Livermore, CA
2007-05-22
A rapidly deployable portable convertible blast effects shield/ballistic shield includes a set two or more telescoping cylindrical rings operably connected to each other to convert between a telescopically-collapsed configuration for storage and transport, and a telescopically-extended upright configuration forming an expanded inner volume. In a first embodiment, the upright configuration provides blast effects shielding, such as against blast pressures, shrapnel, and/or fire balls. And in a second embodiment, the upright configuration provides ballistic shielding, such as against incoming weapons fire, shrapnel, etc. Each ring has a high-strength material construction, such as a composite fiber and matrix material, capable of substantially inhibiting blast effects and impinging projectiles from passing through the shield. And the set of rings are releasably securable to each other in the telescopically-extended upright configuration, such as by click locks.
Integrated system for investigating sub-surface features of a rock formation
Vu, Cung Khac; Skelt, Christopher; Nihei, Kurt; Johnson, Paul A.; Guyer, Robert; Ten Cate, James A.; Le Bas, Pierre -Yves; Larmat, Carene S.
2015-08-18
A system for investigating non-linear properties of a rock formation around a borehole is provided. The system includes a first sub-system configured to perform data acquisition, control and recording of data; a second subsystem in communication with the first sub-system and configured to perform non-linearity and velocity preliminary imaging; a third subsystem in communication with the first subsystem and configured to emit controlled acoustic broadcasts and receive acoustic energy; a fourth subsystem in communication with the first subsystem and the third subsystem and configured to generate a source signal directed towards the rock formation; and a fifth subsystem in communication with the third subsystem and the fourth subsystem and configured to perform detection of signals representative of the non-linear properties of the rock formation.
Configuration Management File Manager Developed for Numerical Propulsion System Simulation
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Follen, Gregory J.
1997-01-01
One of the objectives of the High Performance Computing and Communication Project's (HPCCP) Numerical Propulsion System Simulation (NPSS) is to provide a common and consistent way to manage applications, data, and engine simulations. The NPSS Configuration Management (CM) File Manager integrated with the Common Desktop Environment (CDE) window management system provides a common look and feel for the configuration management of data, applications, and engine simulations for U.S. engine companies. In addition, CM File Manager provides tools to manage a simulation. Features include managing input files, output files, textual notes, and any other material normally associated with simulation. The CM File Manager includes a generic configuration management Application Program Interface (API) that can be adapted for the configuration management repositories of any U.S. engine company.
Incentives, Program Configuration, and Employee Uptake of Workplace Wellness Programs.
Huang, Haijing; Mattke, Soeren; Batorsky, Benajmin; Miles, Jeremy; Liu, Hangsheng; Taylor, Erin
2016-01-01
The aim of this study was to determine the effect of wellness program configurations and financial incentives on employee participation rate. We analyze a nationally representative survey on workplace wellness programs from 407 employers using cluster analysis and multivariable regression analysis. Employers who offer incentives and provide a comprehensive set of program offerings have higher participation rates. The effect of incentives differs by program configuration, with the strongest effect found for comprehensive and prevention-focused programs. Among intervention-focused programs, incentives are not associated with higher participation. Wellness programs can be grouped into distinct configurations, which have different workplace health focuses. Although monetary incentives can be effective in improving employee participation, the magnitude and significance of the effect is greater for some program configurations than others.
Status Configurations, Military Service and Higher Education
Wang, Lin; Elder, Glen H.; Spence, Naomi J.
2012-01-01
The U.S. Armed Forces offer educational and training benefits as incentives for service. This study investigates the influence of status configurations on military enlistment and their link to greater educational opportunity. Three statuses (socioeconomic status of origin, cognitive ability and academic performance) have particular relevance for life course options. We hypothesize that young men with inconsistent statuses are more likely to enlist than men with consistent status profiles, and that military service improves access to college for certain configurations. Analyses of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health) show (1. that several status configurations markedly increased the likelihood of military enlistment and (2. within status configurations, recruits were generally more likely to enroll in higher education than nonveterans, with associate degrees being more likely. PMID:24511161
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Dods, J. B., Jr.; Hanly, R. D.; Efting, J. H.
1975-01-01
Shadowgraphs of five space shuttle launch configurations are presented. The model was a 4 percent-scale space shuttle vehicle, tested in the 11- by 11-foot Transonic Wind Tunnel at Ames Research Center. The Mach number was varied from 0.8 to 1.4 with three angles of sideslip (0 deg, 5 deg and -5 deg) that were used in conjunction with three angles of attack (4 deg, -4 deg, and 0 deg). The model configurations included both series-burn and parallel-burn configurations, two canopy configurations, two positions of the orbiter nose relative to the HO tank nose, and two HO tank nose-cones angles (15 deg and 20 deg). The data consist entirely of shadowgraph photographs.
Brackney, Larry; Parker, Andrew; Long, Nicholas; Metzger, Ian; Dean, Jesse; Lisell, Lars
2016-04-12
A building energy analysis system includes a building component library configured to store a plurality of building components, a modeling tool configured to access the building component library and create a building model of a building under analysis using building spatial data and using selected building components of the plurality of building components stored in the building component library, a building analysis engine configured to operate the building model and generate a baseline energy model of the building under analysis and further configured to apply one or more energy conservation measures to the baseline energy model in order to generate one or more corresponding optimized energy models, and a recommendation tool configured to assess the one or more optimized energy models against the baseline energy model and generate recommendations for substitute building components or modifications.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Chen, Ti; Wen, Hao
2018-06-01
This paper presents a distributed control law with disturbance observer for the autonomous assembly of a fleet of flexible spacecraft to construct a large flexible space structure. The fleet of flexible spacecraft is driven to the pre-assembly configuration firstly, and then to the desired assembly configuration. A distributed assembly control law with disturbance observer is proposed by treating the flexible dynamics as disturbances acting on the rigid motion of the flexible spacecraft. Theoretical analysis shows that the control law can actuate the fleet to the desired configuration. Moreover, the collision avoidance between the members is also considered in the process from initial configuration to pre-assembly configuration. Finally, a numerical example is presented to verify the feasibility of proposed mission planning and the effectiveness of control law.
Wind Tunnel Evaluation of a Model Helicopter Main-Rotor Blade With Slotted Airfoils at the Tip
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Noonan, Kevin W.; Yeager, William T., Jr.; Singleton, Jeffrey D.; Wilbur, Matthew L.; Mirick, Paul H.
2001-01-01
Data for rotors using unconventional airfoils are of interest to permit an evaluation of this technology's capability to meet the U.S. Army's need for increased helicopter mission effectiveness and improved safety and survivability. Thus, an experimental investigation was conducted in the Langley Transonic Dynamics Tunnel (TDT) to evaluate the effect of using slotted airfoils in the rotor blade tip region (85 to 100 percent radius) on rotor aerodynamic performance and loads. Four rotor configurations were tested in forward flight at advance ratios from 0.15 to 0.45 and in hover in-ground effect. The hover tip Mach number was 0.627, which is representative of a design point of 4000-ft geometric altitude and a temperature of 95 F. The baseline rotor configuration had a conventional single-element airfoil in the tip region. A second rotor configuration had a forward-slotted airfoil with a -6 deg slat, a third configuration had a forward-slotted airfoil with a -10 slat, and a fourth configuration had an aft-slotted airfoil with a 3 deg flap (trailing edge down). The results of this investigation indicate that the -6 deg slat configuration offers some performance and loads benefits over the other three configurations.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Phojanamongkolkij, Nipa; Oseguera-Lohr, Rosa M.; Lohr, Gary W.; Robbins, Steven W.; Fenbert, James W.; Hartman, Christopher L.
2015-01-01
The System-Oriented Runway Management (SORM) concept is a collection of capabilities focused on a more efficient use of runways while considering all of the factors that affect runway use. Tactical Runway Configuration Management (TRCM), one of the SORM capabilities, provides runway configuration and runway usage recommendations, and monitoring the active runway configuration for suitability given existing factors. This report focuses on the metroplex environment, with two or more proximate airports having arrival and departure operations that are highly interdependent. The myriad of factors that affect metroplex opeations require consideration in arriving at runway configurations that collectively best serve the system as a whole. To assess the metroplex TRCM (mTRCM) benefit, the performance metrics must be compared with the actual historical operations. The historical configuration schedules can be viewed as the schedules produced by subject matter experts (SMEs), and therefore are referred to as the SMEs' schedules. These schedules were obtained from the FAA's Aviation System Performance Metrics (ASPM) database; this is the most representative information regarding runway configuration selection by SMEs. This report focused on a benefit assessment of total delay, transit time, and throughput efficiency (TE) benefits using the mTRCM algorithm at representative volumes for today's traffic at the New York metroplex (N90).
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1981-01-01
This report summarizes the Wing Planform Study Task and Final Configuration Selection of the Integrated Application of Active Controls (IAAC) Technology Project within the Energy Efficient Transport Program. Application of Active Controls Technology (ACT) in combination with increased wing span resulted in significant improvements over the Conventional Baseline Configuration (Baseline) and the Initial ACT Configuration previously established. The configurations use the same levels of technology (except for ACT), takeoff gross weight, and payload as the Baseline. The Final ACT Configuration (Model 768-107) incorporates pitch-augmented stability (which enabled an approximately 10% aft shift in cruise center of gravity and a 45% reduction in horizontal tail sizes), lateral/directional-augmented stability, an angle-of-attack limiter, and wing-load alleviation. Flutter-mode control was not beneficial for this configuration. This resulted in an 890 kg (1960 lb) reduction in airplane takeoff gross weight and a 9.8% improvement in cruise lift/drag. At the Baseline mission range (3590 km) (1938 nmi), this amounts to 10% block fuel reduction. Good takeoff performance at high-altitude airports on a hot day was also achieved. Results of this task strongly indicate that the IAAC Project should proceed with the Final ACT evaluation and begin the required control system development and testing.
Effect of contacts configuration and location on selective stimulation of cuff electrode.
Taghipour-Farshi, Hamed; Frounchi, Javad; Ahmadiasl, Nasser; Shahabi, Parviz; Salekzamani, Yaghoub
2015-01-01
Cuff electrodes have been widely used chronically in different clinical applications. Advancements have been made in selective stimulation by using multi-contact cuff electrodes. Steering anodic current is a strategy to increase selectivity by reshaping and localizing electric fields. There are two configurations for contacts to be implemented in cuff, monopolar and tripolar. A cuff electrode with tripolar configuration can restrict the activation to a more localized region within a nerve trunk compared to a cuff with monopolar configuration and improve the selectivity. Anode contacts in tripolar configuration can be made in two structures, "ring" and "dot". In this study, the stimulation capabilities of these two structures were evaluated. The recruitment properties and the selectivity of stimulation were examined by measuring the electric potential produced by stimulation currents. The results of the present study indicated that using dot configuration, the current needed to stimulate fascicles in tripolar topologies would be reduced by 10%. It was also shown that stimulation threshold was increased by moving anode contacts inward the cuff. On the other hand, stimulation threshold was decreased by moving the anode contacts outward the cuff which would decrease selectivity, too. We conclude that dot configuration is a better choice for stimulation. Also, a cuff inward placement of 10% relative to the cuff length was near optimal.
Contact and other-race effects in configural and component processing of faces.
Rhodes, Gillian; Ewing, Louise; Hayward, William G; Maurer, Daphne; Mondloch, Catherine J; Tanaka, James W
2009-11-01
Other-race faces are generally recognized more poorly than own-race faces. There has been a long-standing interest in the extent to which differences in contact contribute to this other-race effect (ORE). Here, we examined the effect of contact on two distinct aspects of face memory, memory for configuration and for components, both of which are better for own-race than other-race faces. Configural and component memory were measured using recognition memory tests with intact study faces and blurred (isolates memory for configuration) and scrambled (isolates memory for components) test faces, respectively. Our participants were a large group of ethnically Chinese individuals who had resided in Australia for varying lengths of time, from a few weeks to 26 years. We found that time in a Western country significantly (negatively) predicted the size of the ORE for configural, but not component, memory. There was also a trend for earlier age of arrival to predict smaller OREs in configural, but not component, memory. These results suggest that memory for configural information in other-race faces improves with experience with such faces. However, as found for recognition memory generally, the contact effects were small, indicating that other factors must play a substantial role in cross-race differences in face memory.
Shakouri, Mahmoud; Ikuma, Laura H; Aghazadeh, Fereydoun; Punniaraj, Karthy; Ishak, Sherif
2014-10-01
This paper investigates the effect of changing work zone configurations and traffic density on performance variables and subjective workload. Data regarding travel time, average speed, maximum percent braking force and location of lane changes were collected by using a full size driving simulator. The NASA-TLX was used to measure self-reported workload ratings during the driving task. Conventional lane merge (CLM) and joint lane merge (JLM) were modeled in a driving simulator, and thirty participants (seven female and 23 male), navigated through the two configurations with two levels of traffic density. The mean maximum braking forces was 34% lower in the JLM configuration, and drivers going through the JLM configuration remained in the closed lane longer. However, no significant differences in speed were found between the two merge configurations. The analysis of self-reported workload ratings show that participants reported 15.3% lower total workload when driving through the JLM. In conclusion, the implemented changes in the JLM make it a more favorable merge configuration in both high and low traffic densities in terms of optimizing traffic flow by increasing the time and distance cars use both lanes, and in terms of improving safety due to lower braking forces and lower reported workload. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Singleterry, Robert C., Jr.; Bollweg, Ken; Martin, Trent; Westover, Shayne; Battiston, Roberto; Burger, William J.; Meinke, Rainer
2015-01-01
A trade study for an active shielding concept based on magnetic fields in a solenoid configuration versus mass based shielding was developed. Monte Carlo simulations were used to estimate the radiation exposure for two values of the magnetic field strength and the mass of the magnetic shield configuration. For each field strength, results were reported for the magnetic region shielding (end caps ignored) and total region shielding (end caps included but no magnetic field protection) configurations. A value of 15 cSv was chosen to be the maximum exposure for an astronaut. The radiation dose estimate over the total shield region configuration cannot be used at this time without a better understanding of the material and mass present in the end cap regions through a detailed vehicle design. The magnetic shield region configuration, assuming the end cap regions contribute zero exposure, can be launched on a single Space Launch System rocket and up to a two year mission can be supported. The magnetic shield region configuration results in two versus nine launches for a comparable mass based shielding configuration. The active shielding approach is clearly more mass efficient because of the reduced number of launches than the mass based shielding for long duration missions.
Effects of configural processing on the perceptual spatial resolution for face features.
Namdar, Gal; Avidan, Galia; Ganel, Tzvi
2015-11-01
Configural processing governs human perception across various domains, including face perception. An established marker of configural face perception is the face inversion effect, in which performance is typically better for upright compared to inverted faces. In two experiments, we tested whether configural processing could influence basic visual abilities such as perceptual spatial resolution (i.e., the ability to detect spatial visual changes). Face-related perceptual spatial resolution was assessed by measuring the just noticeable difference (JND) to subtle positional changes between specific features in upright and inverted faces. The results revealed robust inversion effect for spatial sensitivity to configural-based changes, such as the distance between the mouth and the nose, or the distance between the eyes and the nose. Critically, spatial resolution for face features within the region of the eyes (e.g., the interocular distance between the eyes) was not affected by inversion, suggesting that the eye region operates as a separate 'gestalt' unit which is relatively immune to manipulations that would normally hamper configural processing. Together these findings suggest that face orientation modulates fundamental psychophysical abilities including spatial resolution. Furthermore, they indicate that classic psychophysical methods can be used as a valid measure of configural face processing. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Arifin, A.; Lusiana; Yunus, Muhammad; Dewang, Syamsir
2018-03-01
This research discusses the light intensity sensor based on plastic optical fiber. This light intensity sensor is made of plastic optical fiber consisting of two types, namely which is cladding and without cladding. Plastic optical fiber used multi-mode step-index type made of polymethyl metacrylate (PMMA). The infrared LED emits light into the optical fiber of the plastic and is subsequently received by the phototransistor to be converted to an electric voltage. The sensor configuration is made with three models: straight configuration, U configuration and gamma configuration with cladding and without cladding. The measured light source uses a 30 Watt high power LED with a light intensity of 0 to 10 Klux. The measured light intensity will affect the propagation of light inside the optical fiber sensor. The greater the intensity of the measured light, the greater the output voltage that is read on the computer. The results showed that the best optical fiber sensor characteristics were obtained in U configuration. Sensors with U-configuration without cladding had the best sensitivity and resolution values of 0.0307 volts/Klux and 0.0326 Klux. The advantages of this measuring light intensity based on the plastic optical fiber instrument are simple, easy-to-make operational systems, low cost, high sensitivity and resolution.
Random covering of the circle: the configuration-space of the free deposition process
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Huillet, Thierry
2003-12-01
Consider a circle of circumference 1. Throw at random n points, sequentially, on this circle and append clockwise an arc (or rod) of length s to each such point. The resulting random set (the free gas of rods) is a collection of a random number of clusters with random sizes. It models a free deposition process on a 1D substrate. For such processes, we shall consider the occurrence times (number of rods) and probabilities, as n grows, of the following configurations: those avoiding rod overlap (the hard-rod gas), those for which the largest gap is smaller than rod length s (the packing gas), those (parking configurations) for which hard rod and packing constraints are both fulfilled and covering configurations. Special attention is paid to the statistical properties of each such (rare) configuration in the asymptotic density domain when ns = rgr, for some finite density rgr of points. Using results from spacings in the random division of the circle, explicit large deviation rate functions can be computed in each case from state equations. Lastly, a process consisting in selecting at random one of these specific equilibrium configurations (called the observable) can be modelled. When particularized to the parking model, this system produces parking configurations differently from Rényi's random sequential adsorption model.
Whittaker, Elizabeth; Dobbins, Timothy; Swift, Wendy; Flatau, Paul; Burns, Lucinda
2017-06-01
To determine whether two Housing First configurations (scattered site [SS] versus congregated site [CS]) are associated with different health-related outcomes. This ecological study employed a longitudinal, quantitative design to compare the outcomes from 63 individuals (SS: n=37; CS: n=26) in Sydney, Australia, over 12 months. Both configurations showed similar improvements in quality of life and psychological distress. While recent use of substances remained stable across the two configurations over time, a marginally greater increase in the proportion of CS individuals injecting more than weekly was found. For health service utilisation, CS participants had notably higher service utilisation rates for mental health specialists and the emergency department for mental health reasons at follow-up than SS participants. Preliminary evidence of differential injecting and health service utilisation outcomes between configurations emerged within this small-scale study over the 12-month period. Implications for public health: Given the rapid expansion of both SS and CS Housing First configurations across Western countries and the indications from this initial study that outcomes may differ according to configuration, there remains a need for robust evaluative evidence on the efficacy of various supported housing models on long-term individual outcomes. © 2017 Public Health Association of Australia.
Fredriksson, Rikard; Shin, Jaeho; Untaroiu, Costin D
2011-08-01
To study the potential of active, passive, and integrated (combined active and passive) safety systems in reducing pedestrian upper body loading in typical impact configurations. Finite element simulations using models of generic sedan car fronts and the Polar II pedestrian dummy were performed for 3 impact configurations at 2 impact speeds. Chest contact force, head injury criterion (HIC(15)), head angular acceleration, and the cumulative strain damage measure (CSDM(0.25)) were employed as injury parameters. Further, 3 countermeasures were modeled: an active autonomous braking system, a passive deployable countermeasure, and an integrated system combining the active and passive systems. The auto-brake system was modeled by reducing impact speed by 10 km/h (equivalent to ideal full braking over 0.3 s) and introducing a pitch of 1 degree and in-crash deceleration of 1 g. The deployable system consisted of a deployable hood, lifting 100 mm in the rear, and a lower windshield air bag. All 3 countermeasures showed benefit in a majority of impact configurations in terms of injury prevention. The auto-brake system reduced chest force in a majority of the configurations and decreased HIC(15), head angular acceleration, and CSDM in all configurations. Averaging all impact configurations, the auto-brake system showed reductions of injury predictors from 20 percent (chest force) to 82 percent (HIC). The passive deployable countermeasure reduced chest force and HIC(15) in a majority of configurations and head angular acceleration and CSDM in all configurations, although the CSDM decrease in 2 configurations was minimal. On average a reduction from 20 percent (CSDM) to 58 percent (HIC) was recorded in the passive deployable countermeasures. Finally, the integrated system evaluated in this study reduced all injury assessment parameters in all configurations compared to the reference situations. The average reductions achieved by the integrated system ranged from 56 percent (CSDM) to 85 percent (HIC). Both the active (autonomous braking) and passive deployable system studied had a potential to decrease pedestrian upper body loading. An integrated pedestrian safety system combining the active and passive systems increased the potential of the individual systems in reducing pedestrian head and chest loading.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
James, Carlton S.
1960-01-01
An aircraft configuration, previously conceived as a means to achieve favorable aerodynamic stability characteristics., high lift-drag ratio, and low heating rates at high supersonic speeds., was modified in an attempt to increase further the lift-drag ratio without adversely affecting the other desirable characteristics. The original configuration consisted of three identical triangular wing panels symmetrically disposed about an ogive-cylinder body equal in length to the root chord of the panels. This configuration was modified by altering the angular disposition of the wing panels, by reducing the area of the panel forming the vertical fin, and by reshaping the body to produce interference lift. Six-component force and moment tests of the modified configuration at combined angles of attack and sideslip were made at a Mach number of 3.3 and a Reynolds number of 5.46 million. A maximum lift-drag ratio of 6.65 (excluding base drag) was measured at a lift coefficient of 0.100 and an angle of attack of 3.60. The lift-drag ratio remained greater than 3 up to lift coefficient of 0.35. Performance estimates, which predicted a maximum lift-drag ratio for the modified configuration 27 percent greater than that of the original configuration, agreed well with experiment. The modified configuration exhibited favorable static stability characteristics within the test range. Longitudinal and directional centers of pressure were slightly aft of the respective centroids of projected plan-form and side area.
Design and Computational/Experimental Analysis of Low Sonic Boom Configurations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Cliff, Susan E.; Baker, Timothy J.; Hicks, Raymond M.
1999-01-01
Recent studies have shown that inviscid CFD codes combined with a planar extrapolation method give accurate sonic boom pressure signatures at distances greater than one body length from supersonic configurations if either adapted grids swept at the approximate Mach angle or very dense non-adapted grids are used. The validation of CFD for computing sonic boom pressure signatures provided the confidence needed to undertake the design of new supersonic transport configurations with low sonic boom characteristics. An aircraft synthesis code in combination with CFD and an extrapolation method were used to close the design. The principal configuration of this study is designated LBWT (Low Boom Wing Tail) and has a highly swept cranked arrow wing with conventional tails, and was designed to accommodate either 3 or 4 engines. The complete configuration including nacelles and boundary layer diverters was evaluated using the AIRPLANE code. This computer program solves the Euler equations on an unstructured tetrahedral mesh. Computations and wind tunnel data for the LBWT and two other low boom configurations designed at NASA Ames Research Center are presented. The two additional configurations are included to provide a basis for comparing the performance and sonic boom level of the LBWT with contemporary low boom designs and to give a broader experiment/CFD correlation study. The computational pressure signatures for the three configurations are contrasted with on-ground-track near-field experimental data from the NASA Ames 9x7 Foot Supersonic Wind Tunnel. Computed pressure signatures for the LBWT are also compared with experiment at approximately 15 degrees off ground track.
Tanaka, James W; Kaiser, Martha D; Hagen, Simen; Pierce, Lara J
2014-05-01
Given that all faces share the same set of features-two eyes, a nose, and a mouth-that are arranged in similar configuration, recognition of a specific face must depend on our ability to discern subtle differences in its featural and configural properties. An enduring question in the face-processing literature is whether featural or configural information plays a larger role in the recognition process. To address this question, the face dimensions task was designed, in which the featural and configural properties in the upper (eye) and lower (mouth) regions of a face were parametrically and independently manipulated. In a same-different task, two faces were sequentially presented and tested in their upright or in their inverted orientation. Inversion disrupted the perception of featural size (Exp. 1), featural shape (Exp. 2), and configural changes in the mouth region, but it had relatively little effect on the discrimination of featural size and shape and configural differences in the eye region. Inversion had little effect on the perception of information in the top and bottom halves of houses (Exp. 3), suggesting that the lower-half impairment was specific to faces. Spatial cueing to the mouth region eliminated the inversion effect (Exp. 4), suggesting that participants have a bias to attend to the eye region of an inverted face. The collective findings from these experiments suggest that inversion does not differentially impair featural or configural face perceptions, but rather impairs the perception of information in the mouth region of the face.
van der Zijden, A M; Groen, B E; Tanck, E; Nienhuis, B; Verdonschot, N; Weerdesteyn, V
2012-06-01
Sideways falls onto the hip are a major cause of femoral fractures in the elderly. Martial arts (MA) fall techniques decrease hip impact forces in sideways falls. The femoral fracture risk, however, also depends on the femoral loading configuration (direction and point of application of the force). The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of fall techniques, landing surface and fall height on the impact force and the loading configuration in sideways falls. Twelve experienced judokas performed sideways MA and Block ('natural') falls on a force plate, both with and without a judo mat on top. Kinematic and force data were analysed to determine the hip impact force and the loading configuration. In falls from a kneeling position, the MA technique reduced the impact force by 27%, but did not change the loading configuration. The use of the mat did not change the loading configuration. Falling from a standing changed the force direction. In all conditions, the point of application was distal and posterior to the greater trochanter, but it was less distal and more posterior in falls from standing than from kneeling position. The present decrease in hip impact force with an unchanged loading configuration indicates the potential protective effect of the MA technique on the femoral fracture risk. The change in loading configuration with an increased fall height warrant further studies to examine the effect of MA techniques on fall severity under more natural fall circumstances. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Access to specialist care: Optimizing the geographic configuration of trauma systems
Jansen, Jan O.; Morrison, Jonathan J.; Wang, Handing; He, Shan; Lawrenson, Robin; Hutchison, James D.; Campbell, Marion K.
2015-01-01
BACKGROUND The optimal geographic configuration of health care systems is key to maximizing accessibility while promoting the efficient use of resources. This article reports the use of a novel approach to inform the optimal configuration of a national trauma system. METHODS This is a prospective cohort study of all trauma patients, 15 years and older, attended to by the Scottish Ambulance Service, between July 1, 2013, and June 30, 2014. Patients underwent notional triage to one of three levels of care (major trauma center [MTC], trauma unit, or local emergency hospital). We used geographic information systems software to calculate access times, by road and air, from all incident locations to all candidate hospitals. We then modeled the performance of all mathematically possible network configurations and used multiobjective optimization to determine geospatially optimized configurations. RESULTS A total of 80,391 casualties were included. A network with only high- or moderate-volume MTCs (admitting at least 650 or 400 severely injured patients per year, respectively) would be optimally configured with a single MTC. A network accepting lower-volume MTCs (at least 240 severely injured patients per year) would be optimally configured with two MTCs. Both configurations would necessitate an increase in the number of helicopter retrievals. CONCLUSION This study has shown that a novel combination of notional triage, network analysis, and mathematical optimization can be used to inform the planning of a national clinical network. Scotland’s trauma system could be optimized with one or two MTCs. LEVEL OF EVIDENCE Care management study, level IV. PMID:26335775
Furberg, Robert D; Zulkiewicz, Brittany A; Hudson, Jordan P; Taylor, Olivia M; Lewis, Megan A
2016-01-01
Background Tablet-based health care interventions have the potential to encourage patient care in a timelier manner, allow physicians convenient access to patient records, and provide an improved method for patient education. However, along with the continued adoption of tablet technologies, there is a concomitant need to develop protocols focusing on the configuration, management, and maintenance of these devices within the health care setting to support the conduct of clinical research. Objective Develop three protocols to support tablet configuration, tablet management, and tablet maintenance. Methods The Configurator software, Tile technology, and current infection control recommendations were employed to develop three distinct protocols for tablet-based digital health interventions. Configurator is a mobile device management software specifically for iPhone operating system (iOS) devices. The capabilities and current applications of Configurator were reviewed and used to develop the protocol to support device configuration. Tile is a tracking tag associated with a free mobile app available for iOS and Android devices. The features associated with Tile were evaluated and used to develop the Tile protocol to support tablet management. Furthermore, current recommendations on preventing health care–related infections were reviewed to develop the infection control protocol to support tablet maintenance. Results This article provides three protocols: the Configurator protocol, the Tile protocol, and the infection control protocol. Conclusions These protocols can help to ensure consistent implementation of tablet-based interventions, enhance fidelity when employing tablets for research purposes, and serve as a guide for tablet deployments within clinical settings. PMID:27350013
Optical filter finesses enhancement based on nested coupled cavities and active medium
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Adib, George A.; Sabry, Yasser M.; Khalil, Diaa
2016-04-01
Optical filters with relatively large FSR and narrow linewidth are simultaneously needed for different applications. The ratio between the FSR and the 3-dB linewidth is given by finesse of the filter, which is solely determined by the different energy loss mechanisms limited by the technology advancement. In this work, we present a novel coupled-cavity configuration embedding an optical filter and a gain medium; allowing an overall finesse enhancement and simultaneous FSR and 3-dB linewidth engineering beyond the technological limits of the filter fabrication method. The configuration consists of two resonators. An active ring resonator comprises an optical gain medium and a passive resonator. In one configuration, the optical filter is the passive resonator itself. In a second configuration, the passive resonator is another ring resonator that embeds the optical filter. The presented configurations using a semiconductor optical amplifier are applied one time to a mechanically Fabry-Perot filter in the first presented configuration; and a second time to a fiber ring filter in the second presented configuration. The mechanical filter has an original 3-dB linewidth of 1nm and an FSR that is larger than 100nm while the enhanced linewidth is about 0.3nm. The fiber ring filter length is 4 m and directional coupler ratios of 90/10corresponding to a 3-dBlinewidth of about 4MHz and an FSR of 47 MHz. The enhanced 3- dBlinewidth of the overall filter configuration is 200kHz, demonstrating finesse enhancement up to20 times the original finesse of the filter.
Automated Tetrahedral Mesh Generation for CFD Analysis of Aircraft in Conceptual Design
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Ordaz, Irian; Li, Wu; Campbell, Richard L.
2014-01-01
The paper introduces an automation process of generating a tetrahedral mesh for computational fluid dynamics (CFD) analysis of aircraft configurations in early conceptual design. The method was developed for CFD-based sonic boom analysis of supersonic configurations, but can be applied to aerodynamic analysis of aircraft configurations in any flight regime.
Configuration-Control Scheme Copes With Singularities
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Seraji, Homayoun; Colbaugh, Richard D.
1993-01-01
Improved configuration-control scheme for robotic manipulator having redundant degrees of freedom suppresses large joint velocities near singularities, at expense of small trajectory errors. Provides means to enforce order of priority of tasks assigned to robot. Basic concept of configuration control of redundant robot described in "Increasing The Dexterity Of Redundant Robots" (NPO-17801).
User's Guide: Innovation Configurations for NSDC's Standards for Staff Development
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Roy, Patricia
2007-01-01
This 75-page guidebook is a companion to "Moving NSDC's Staff Development Standards into Practice: Innovation Configurations" Volumes I (ED522734) and II (ED522581). Innovation Configurations are a tool that helps educators better understand what the standards look like in practice. Roy, who co-authored the original volumes, introduces a process…
Intelligent Data Transfer for Multiple Sensor Networks over a Broad Temperature Range
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Krasowski, Michael (Inventor)
2018-01-01
A sensor network may be configured to operate in extreme temperature environments. A sensor may be configured to generate a frequency carrier, and transmit the frequency carrier to a node. The node may be configured to amplitude modulate the frequency carrier, and transmit the amplitude modulated frequency carrier to a receiver.
B-2 Systems Engineering Case Study
2007-01-01
formal configuration freeze , an immediate refocus of the Task Teams was required. Within several days, the air vehicle task teams were conducting...39 3.3.3 Configuration Freeze ...1983 PDR 1 Oct 1982 Reconfiguration Feb 1983-Aug 1983 (LP3, LP4) Configuration Freeze July 1983 PDR 2 Mar-April 1984 CDR Dec 1986
75 FR 22514 - Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model 747-200B Series Airplanes
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-04-29
... airplanes that were modified by Boeing to the stretched upper deck (SUD) configuration require inspection... airplanes that were modified by Boeing to the stretched upper deck (SUD) configuration require inspecting... modified to the stretched upper deck (SUD) configuration by Boeing require inspection for cracking of the...
40 CFR 1060.225 - How do I amend my application for certification?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... EQUIPMENT Certifying Emission Families § 1060.225 How do I amend my application for certification? Before we... emission family. In this case, the configuration added must be consistent with other configurations in the emission family with respect to the criteria listed in § 1060.230. (2) Change a configuration already...
Configuration of Appalachian logging roads
John E. Baumgras; John E. Baumgras
1971-01-01
The configuration - the curvature and grade - of logging roads in southern Appalachia is seldom severe, according to a recent Forest Service study. To improve the efficiency of logging roads, we must first define the characteristics of these roads; and in this report we provide a quantitative description of the configuration of over 200 miles of logging roads.
40 CFR 1068.120 - What requirements must I follow to rebuild engines?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... recordkeeping requirements in paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section apply only to businesses. For maintenance... in its certified configuration. Identify the model year of the resulting engine configuration. You... later model year. You may also rebuild it to a certified configuration from an earlier model year as...
Correlates of Identity Configurations: Three Studies with Adolescent and Emerging Adult Cohorts
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Crocetti, Elisabetta; Scrignaro, Marta; Sica, Luigia Simona; Magrin, Maria Elena
2012-01-01
Adolescence and emerging adulthood are two core developmental periods in which individuals can develop a meaningful identity across domains. However, there is a lack of studies exploring correlates of different identity configurations. The purpose of this article was to fill this gap in examining correlates of configurations characterized by…
Turning Configural Processing Upside Down: Part and Whole Body Postures
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Reed, Catherine L.; Stone, Valerie E.; Grubb, Jefferson D.; McGoldrick, John E.
2006-01-01
Like faces, body postures are susceptible to an inversion effect in untrained viewers. The inversion effect may be indicative of configural processing, but what kind of configural processing is used for the recognition of body postures must be specified. The information available in the body stimulus was manipulated. The presence and magnitude of…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Sebastian, James; Allensworth, Elaine; Stevens, David
2014-01-01
Background: In this paper we call for studying school leadership and its relationship to instruction and learning through approaches that highlight the role of configurations of multiple organizational supports. A configuration-focused approach to studying leadership and other essential supports provides a valuable addition to existing tools in…
Strategy, Structure and Style in Brazilian Universities. ASHE Annual Meeting Paper.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Hardy, Cynthia; Zammuto, Ray
Configuration, strategy, and leadership style in five Brazilian universities are examined. Though research tends to focus on the university as a professional bureaucracy, it is demonstrated that other configurations are also applicable. The link between configuration and strategy making is traced, with insights into how strategies are formed in…
Miniature, mobile X-ray computed radiography system
Watson, Scott A; Rose, Evan A
2017-03-07
A miniature, portable x-ray system may be configured to scan images stored on a phosphor. A flash circuit may be configured to project red light onto a phosphor and receive blue light from the phosphor. A digital monochrome camera may be configured to receive the blue light to capture an article near the phosphor.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lummus, J. R.; Joyce, G. T.; Omalley, C. D.
1980-01-01
The aerodynamic characteristics of the components of the baseline E205 configuration is presented. Geometric variations from the baseline E205 configuration are also given including a matrix of conrad longitudinal locations and strake shapes.
Existence Regions of Shock Wave Triple Configurations
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bulat, Pavel V.; Chernyshev, Mikhail V.
2016-01-01
The aim of the research is to create the classification for shock wave triple configurations and their existence regions of various types: type 1, type 2, type 3. Analytical solutions for limit Mach numbers and passing shock intensity that define existence region of every type of triple configuration have been acquired. The ratios that conjugate…
Effects of Action Relations on the Configural Coding between Objects
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Riddoch, M. J.; Pippard, B.; Booth, L.; Rickell, J.; Summers, J.; Brownson, A.; Humphreys, G. W.
2011-01-01
Configural coding is known to take place between the parts of individual objects but has never been shown between separate objects. We provide novel evidence here for configural coding between separate objects through a study of the effects of action relations between objects on extinction. Patients showing visual extinction were presented with…
Windows VPN Set Up | High-Performance Computing | NREL
it in your My Documents folder Configure the client software using that conf file Start the TEXT NEEDED Configure the Client Software Start the Endian Connect App. You'll configure the connection using the hpcvpn-win.conf file, uncheck the "save password" link, and add your UserID. Start
Effects of combining vertical and horizontal information into a primary flight display
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Abbott, Terence S.; Nataupsky, Mark; Steinmetz, George G.
1987-01-01
A ground-based aircraft simulation study was conducted to determine the effects of combining vertical and horizontal flight information into a single display. Two display configurations were used in this study. The first configuration consisted of a Primary Flight Display (PFD) format and a Horizontal Situation Display (HSD) with the PFD displayed conventionally above the HSD. For the second display configuration, the HSD format was combined with the PFD format. Four subjects participated in this study. Data were collected on performance parameters, pilot-control inputs, auditory evoked response parameters (AEP), oculometer measurements (eye-scan), and heart rate. Subjective pilot opinion was gathered through questionnaire data and scorings for both the Subjective Workload Assessment Technique (SWAT) and the NASA Task Load Index (NASA-TLX). The results of this study showed that, from a performance and subjective standpoint, the combined configuration was better than the separate configuration. Additionally, both the eye-transition and eye-dwell times for the separate HSD were notably higher than expected, with a 46% increase in available visual time when going from double to single display configuration.
On the configuration of supercapacitors for maximizing electrochemical performance.
Zhang, Jintao; Zhao, X S
2012-05-01
Supercapacitors, which are attracting rapidly growing interest from both academia and industry, are important energy-storage devices for acquiring sustainable energy. Recent years have seen a number of significant breakthroughs in the research and development of supercapacitors. The emergence of innovative electrode materials (e.g., graphene) has clearly provided great opportunities for advancing the science in the field of electrochemical energy storage. Conversely, smart configurations of electrode materials and new designs of supercapacitor devices have, in many cases, boosted the electrochemical performance of the materials. We attempt to summarize recent research progress towards the design and configuration of electrode materials to maximize supercapacitor performance in terms of energy density, power density, and cycle stability. With a brief description of the structure, energy-storage mechanism, and electrode configuration of supercapacitor devices, the design and configuration of symmetric supercapacitors are discussed, followed by that of asymmetric and hybrid supercapacitors. Emphasis is placed on the rational design and configuration of supercapacitor electrodes to maximize the electrochemical performance of the device. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Supersonic Aerodynamic Characteristics of Proposed Mars '07 Smart Lander Configurations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Murphy, Kelly J.; Horvath, Thomas J.; Erickson, Gary E.; Green, Joseph M.
2002-01-01
Supersonic aerodynamic data were obtained for proposed Mars '07 Smart Lander configurations in NASA Langley Research Center's Unitary Plan Wind Tunnel. The primary objective of this test program was to assess the supersonic aerodynamic characteristics of the baseline Smart Lander configuration with and without fixed shelf/tab control surfaces. Data were obtained over a Mach number range of 2.3 to 4.5, at a free stream Reynolds Number of 1 x 10(exp 6) based on body diameter. All configurations were run at angles of attack from -5 to 20 degrees and angles of sideslip of -5 to 5 degrees. These results were complemented with computational fluid dynamic (CFD) predictions to enhance the understanding of experimentally observed aerodynamic trends. Inviscid and viscous full model CFD solutions compared well with experimental results for the baseline and 3 shelf/tab configurations. Over the range tested, Mach number effects were shown to be small on vehicle aerodynamic characteristics. Based on the results from 3 different shelf/tab configurations, a fixed control surface appears to be a feasible concept for meeting aerodynamic performance metrics necessary to satisfy mission requirements.
Liu, Wanzhan; Collins, Christopher M; Delp, Pamela J; Smith, Michael B
2004-01-01
We modeled four different end-ring/shield configurations of a birdcage coil to examine their effects on field homogeneity and signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) at 64 MHz and 125 MHz. The configurations are defined as: 1) conventional: a conventional cylindrical shield; 2) surrounding shield: a shield with annular extensions to closely shield the end rings; 3) solid connection: a shield with annular extensions connected to the rungs; and 4) thin wire connection: a shield with thin wires connected to the rungs. At both frequencies, the coil with conventional end-ring/shield configuration produces the most homogeneous RF magnetic (B1) field when the coil is empty, but produces the least homogeneous B1 field when the coil is loaded with a human head. The surrounding shield configuration results in the most homogeneous B1 and highest SNR in the coil loaded with the human head at both frequencies, followed closely by the solid connection configuration. Copyright 2003 Wiley-Liss, Inc.
System and method of designing a load bearing layer of an inflatable vessel
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Spexarth, Gary R. (Inventor)
2007-01-01
A computer-implemented method is provided for designing a restraint layer of an inflatable vessel. The restraint layer is inflatable from an initial uninflated configuration to an inflated configuration and is constructed from a plurality of interfacing longitudinal straps and hoop straps. The method involves providing computer processing means (e.g., to receive user inputs, perform calculations, and output results) and utilizing this computer processing means to implement a plurality of subsequent design steps. The computer processing means is utilized to input the load requirements of the inflated restraint layer and to specify an inflated configuration of the restraint layer. This includes specifying a desired design gap between pairs of adjacent longitudinal or hoop straps, whereby the adjacent straps interface with a plurality of transversely extending hoop or longitudinal straps at a plurality of intersections. Furthermore, an initial uninflated configuration of the restraint layer that is inflatable to achieve the specified inflated configuration is determined. This includes calculating a manufacturing gap between pairs of adjacent longitudinal or hoop straps that correspond to the specified desired gap in the inflated configuration of the restraint layer.
Yuan, Chunqing; Smith, R Scott; Kay, Bruce D
2017-01-21
The crystallization of amorphous solid water (ASW) nanoscale films was investigated using reflection absorption infrared spectroscopy. Two ASW film configurations were studied. In one case the ASW film was deposited on top of and capped with a decane layer ("sandwich" configuration). In the other case, the ASW film was deposited on top of a decane layer and not capped ("no cap" configuration). Crystallization of ASW films in the "sandwich" configuration is about eight times slower than in the "no cap." Selective placement of an isotopic layer (5% D 2 O in H 2 O) at various positions in an ASW (H 2 O) film was used to determine the crystallization mechanism. In the "sandwich" configuration, the crystallization kinetics were independent of the isotopic layer placement whereas in the "no cap" configuration the closer the isotopic layer was to the vacuum interface, the earlier the isotopic layer crystallized. These results are consistent with a mechanism whereby the decane overlayer suppresses surface nucleation and provide evidence that the observed ASW crystallization in "sandwich" films is the result of uniform bulk nucleation.
Spin Polarized Transport in Multilayer Structures with Complex Magnetic Configurations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sahakyan, Avag; Poghosyan, Anahit; Movsesyan, Ruzan; Kocharian, Armen
The spin transport and spin polarization in a new class of multilayer structures are investigated for non-collinear and noncoplanar magnetic configurations containing repetitive magnetic layers. The magnetic configuration of the structure dictates the existence of certain degrees of freedom that determines magnetic transport and polarization properties. We consider magnetic structures in magnetic multilayers with canted spin configurations separated by non-magnetic quantum well so that the exchange interaction between the neighbor barriers can be ignored. Configurations of magnetizations in barriers include some structures consisting of two ''ferromagnetic'' or ''antiferromagnetic'' domains twisted relative to each other by a certain angle (angle noncollinearity). The similar system, formed from two noncollinear domains separated by canted ''magnetic defect'' is also considered. The above mentioned properties of these systems depend strongly on the type of magnetic configuration and variation of certain degrees of freedom. Simple theoretical approach with the transfer matrix method is carried out to understand and predict the magnetic properties of the multilayer systems. The work at California University Los Angeles was supported by the National Science Foundation-Partnerships for Research and Education in Materials under Grant DMR-1523588.
Optical design of optical synthetic aperture telescope
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhou, Chenghao; Wang, Zhile
2018-03-01
Optical synthetic aperture (OSA) is a promising solution for very high-resolution imaging while reducing its volume and mass. In this paper, first, the configuration of OSA systems are analyzed and the design methods of two types (Fizeau and Michelson) of OSA systems are summarized and researched. Second, Fizeau and Michelson OSA prototype systems are designed in detail. In the Michelson configuration, the instrument is made of sub-telescopes distributed in entrance pupil and combined by a common telescope via phase delay line. The design of Michelson configuration is more difficult than that of Fizeau configuration. In the design of Fizeau configuration, according to the third aberration theory tworeflective system is designed. Then the primary mirror of the two mirror system is replaced by the synthetic aperture. The whole system was simulated by Zemax software to obtain the Modulation transform function (MTF). In the design of Michelson configuration, the system is first divided into three parts: the afocal interferometric telescopes, beam combiner system and phase delay line. The three parts are designed respectively and then combined in Zemax software to obtain the MTF.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Robinson, Ross B; Bernot, Peter T
1958-01-01
An investigation has been made to determine the aerodynamic characteristics in pitch at a Mach number of 6.8 of hypersonic missile configurations with cruciform trailing-edge flaps and with all-movable control surfaces. The flaps were tested on a configuration having low-aspect-ratio cruciform fins with an apex angle of 5 deg the all-movable controls were mounted at the 46.7-percent body station on a configuration having a 10 deg flared afterbody. The tests were made through an angle-of-attack range of -2 deg to 20 deg at zero sideslip in the Langley 11-inch hypersonic tunnel. The results indicated that the all-movable controls on the flared afterbody model should be capable of producing much larger values of trim lift and of normal acceleration than the trailing-edge -flap configuration. The flared -after body configuration had considerably higher drag than the cruciform-fin model but only slightly lower values of lift drag ratio.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bernot, P. T.; Robinson, R. B.
1958-01-01
An investigation has been made to determine the aerodynamic characteristics in pitch at a Mach number of 6.8 of hypersonic missile configurations with cruciform trailing-edge flaps and with all-movable control surfaces. The flaps were tested on a configuration having low-aspect-ratio cruciform fins with an apex angle of 5 degrees; the all-movable controls were mounted at the 46.7-percent body station on a configuration having a 10 degrees flared afterbody. The tests were made through an angle-of-attack range of -2 degrees to 20 degrees at zero sideslip in the Langley 11-inch hypersonic tunnel. The results indicated that the all-movable controls on the flared-afterbody model should be capable of producing much larger values of trim lift and of normal acceleration than the trailing-edge-flap configuration. The flared-afterbody configuration had considerably higher drag than the cruciform-fin model but only slightly lower values of lift-drag ratio.
Zheng, G. Y.; Xu, X. Q.; Ryutov, D. D.; ...
2014-07-09
HL-2M (Li, 2013 [1]) is a tokamak device that is under construction. Based on the magnetic coils design of HL-2M, four kinds of divertor configurations are calculated by CORSICA code (Pearlstein et al., 2001 [2]) with the same main plasma parameters, which are standard divertor, exact snowflake divertor, snowflake-plus divertor and snowflake-minus divertor configurations. The potential properties of these divertors are analyzed and presented in this paper: low poloidal field area around X-point, connection length from outside mid-plane to the primary X-point, target plate design and magnetic field shear. The results show that the snowflake configurations not only can reducemore » the heat load at divertor target plates, but also may improve the magneto-hydrodynamic stability by stronger magnetic shear at the edge. Furthermore, a new divertor configuration, named “tripod divertor”, is designed by adjusting the positions of the two X-points according to plasma parameters and magnetic coils current of HL-2M.« less
Electron Localization States in Asymmetric Shape Carbon Nanotubes Caused by Hydrogen Adsorption
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Pan, L. J.; Chen, W. G.
2017-12-01
In this paper, we presented pseudopotential-based density functional theory studies on energy, structure, energy band structure of hydrogenated single-walled carbon nanotube. The stability of the configuration mainly depends on hydrogen coverage. According to the adsorption energies, the stability deteriorates with the increase of the hydrogen adsorption. The cross section of configurations become various shapes such as “beetle” or “lip” appearance without the balanced effects of hydrogen atoms. We also explored the energy band structures of configurations in three typical adsorption patterns, showing that the disparate trends of energy band gap as the hydrogen atoms concentrate. For C32H24, the band gap may reach the large value of 2.79 eV for the adsorption pattern A configuration and reduce to be zero for the adsorption pattern C case, the values of band gap for pattern A configurations decrease, which is opposite of the pattern B configurations as the adsorption hydrogen becomes more disperse. It is deduced that the hydrogen adsorption has significant effect on the electrical properties of the carbon nanotube.
Wilde, M C; Boake, C; Sherer, M
2000-01-01
Final broken configuration errors on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R; Wechsler, 1981) Block Design subtest were examined in 50 moderate and severe nonpenetrating traumatically brain injured adults. Patients were divided into left (n = 15) and right hemisphere (n = 19) groups based on a history of unilateral craniotomy for treatment of an intracranial lesion and were compared to a group with diffuse or negative brain CT scan findings and no history of neurosurgery (n = 16). The percentage of final broken configuration errors was related to injury severity, Benton Visual Form Discrimination Test (VFD; Benton, Hamsher, Varney, & Spreen, 1983) total score and the number of VFD rotation and peripheral errors. The percentage of final broken configuration errors was higher in the patients with right craniotomies than in the left or no craniotomy groups, which did not differ. Broken configuration errors did not occur more frequently on designs without an embedded grid pattern. Right craniotomy patients did not show a greater percentage of broken configuration errors on nongrid designs as compared to grid designs.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Hamdi, Basma; Mabrouk, Mohamed Tahar; Kairouani, Lakdar; Kheiri, Abdelhamid
2017-06-01
Different configurations of organic Rankine cycle (ORC) systems are potential thermodynamic concepts for power generation from low grade heat. The aim of this work is to investigate and optimize the performances of the three main ORC systems configurations: basic ORC, ORC with internal heat exchange (IHE) and regenerative ORC. The evaluation for those configurations was performed using seven working fluids with typical different thermodynamic behaviours (R245fa, R601a, R600a, R227ea, R134a, R1234ze and R1234yf). The optimization has been performed using a genetic algorithm under a comprehensive set of operative parameters such as the fluid evaporating temperature, the fraction of flow rate or the pressure at the steam extracting point in the turbine. Results show that there is no general best ORC configuration for all those fluids. However, there is a suitable configuration for each fluid. Contribution to the topical issue "Materials for Energy harvesting, conversion and storage II (ICOME 2016)", edited by Jean-Michel Nunzi, Rachid Bennacer and Mohammed El Ganaoui
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhang, Wei; Gan, Jie; Li, Qian; Gao, Kun; Sun, Jian; Xu, Ning; Ying, Zhifeng; Wu, Jiada
2011-06-01
The self-diffusion dynamics of Cu adatoms on Cu(1 0 0) surface has been studied based on the calculation of the energy barriers for various hopping events using lattice-gas based approach and a modified model. To simplify the description of the interactions and the calculation of the energy barrier, a three-tier hierarchy of description of atomic configurations was conceived in which the active adatom and its nearest atoms were chosen to constitute basic configuration and taken as a whole to study many-body interactions of the atoms in various atomic configurations, whereas the impacts of the next nearest atoms on the diffusion of the active adatom were considered as multi-site interactions. Besides the simple hopping of single adatoms, the movements of dimers and trimers as the results of multiple hopping events have also been examined. Taking into account the hopping events of all adatoms, the stability of atomic configurations has been examined and the evolution of atomic configurations has also been analyzed.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Xue, L.; Duan, X. R.; Zheng, G. Y.; Liu, Y. Q.; Pan, Y. D.; Yan, S. L.; Dokuka, V. N.; Lukash, V. E.; Khayrutdinov, R. R.
2016-05-01
Cold and hot vertical displacement events (VDEs) are frequently related to the disruption of vertically-elongated tokamaks. The weak poloidal magnetic field around the null-points of a snowflake divertor configuration may influence the vertical displacement process. In this paper, the major disruption with a cold VDE and the vertical disruption in the HL-2M tokamak are investigated by the DINA code. In order to better illustrate the effect from the weak poloidal field, a double-null snowflake configuration is compared with the standard divertor (SD) configuration under the same plasma parameters. Computational results show that the weak poloidal magnetic field can be partly beneficial for mitigating the vertical instability of the plasma under small perturbations. For major disruption, the peak poloidal halo current fraction is almost the same between the snowflake and the SD configurations. However, this fraction becomes much larger for the snowflake in the event of a hot VDE. Furthermore, during the disruption for a snowflake configuration, the distribution of electromagnetic force on a vacuum vessel gets more non-uniform during the current quench.
Effects of Winglets on the Drag of a Low-Aspect-Ratio Configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Smith, Leigh Ann; Campbell, Richard L.
1996-01-01
A wind-tunnel investigation has been performed to determine the effect of winglets on the induced drag of a low-aspect-ratio wing configuration at Mach numbers between 0.30 and 0.85 and a nominal angle-of-attack range from -2 deg to 20 deg. Results of the tests at the cruise lift coefficient showed significant increases in lift-drag ratio for the winglet configuration relative to a wing-alone configuration designed for the same lift coefficient and Mach number. Further, even larger increases in lift-drag ratio were observed at lift coefficients above the design value at all Mach numbers tested. The addition of these winglets had a negligible effect on the static lateral-directional stability characteristics of the configuration. No tests were made to determine the effect of these winglets at supersonic Mach numbers, where increases in drag caused by winglets might be more significant. Computational analyses were also performed for the two configurations studied. Linear and small-disturbance formulations were used. The codes were found to give reasonable performance estimates sufficient for predicting changes of this magnitude.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Moes, Timothy R.; Iliff, Kenneth
2002-01-01
A maximum-likelihood output-error parameter estimation technique is used to obtain stability and control derivatives for the NASA Dryden Flight Research Center SR-71A airplane and for configurations that include experiments externally mounted to the top of the fuselage. This research is being done as part of the envelope clearance for the new experiment configurations. Flight data are obtained at speeds ranging from Mach 0.4 to Mach 3.0, with an extensive amount of test points at approximately Mach 1.0. Pilot-input pitch and yaw-roll doublets are used to obtain the data. This report defines the parameter estimation technique used, presents stability and control derivative results, and compares the derivatives for the three configurations tested. The experimental configurations studied generally show acceptable stability, control, trim, and handling qualities throughout the Mach regimes tested. The reduction of directional stability for the experimental configurations is the most significant aerodynamic effect measured and identified as a design constraint for future experimental configurations. This report also shows the significant effects of aircraft flexibility on the stability and control derivatives.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Esparza, V.; Milam, M. D.
1974-01-01
Investigation of space shuttle orbiter configurations 2A(VL70-000089B) and 3(VL70-000139B) was performed at the Langley Research Center Unitary Plan Wind Tunnel (UPWT) from June 1, 1973, to June 15, 1973, for 60 test hours. The primary test objectives were to obtain stability and control characteristics for Configurations 2A and 3 and an alternate forebody used with Configuration 3. In addition, hinge moments were measured on the elevons and rudder for Configuration 2A only. The configurations were tested at Mach numbers 2.5, 3.9 and 4.6. Pitch runs were made at angles of attack from -4 to 44 deg and sideslip angles from -4 to +6. Static pressures were measured at the fuselage base for use in force data correction.
Multi-static MIMO along track interferometry (ATI)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Knight, Chad; Deming, Ross; Gunther, Jake
2016-05-01
Along-track interferometry (ATI) has the ability to generate high-quality synthetic aperture radar (SAR) images and concurrently detect and estimate the positions of ground moving target indicators (GMTI) with moderate processing requirements. This paper focuses on several different ATI system configurations, with an emphasis on low-cost configurations employing no active electronic scanned array (AESA). The objective system has two transmit phase centers and four receive phase centers and supports agile adaptive radar behavior. The advantages of multistatic, multiple input multiple output (MIMO) ATI system configurations are explored. The two transmit phase centers can employ a ping-pong configuration to provide the multistatic behavior. For example, they can toggle between an up and down linear frequency modulated (LFM) waveform every other pulse. The four receive apertures are considered in simple linear spatial configurations. Simulated examples are examined to understand the trade space and verify the expected results. Finally, actual results are collected with the Space Dynamics Laboratorys (SDL) FlexSAR system in diverse configurations. The theory, as well as the simulated and actual SAR results, are presented and discussed.
Configuring a fuel cell based residential combined heat and power system
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ahmed, Shabbir; Papadias, Dionissios D.; Ahluwalia, Rajesh K.
2013-11-01
The design and performance of a fuel cell based residential combined heat and power (CHP) system operating on natural gas has been analyzed. The natural gas is first converted to a hydrogen-rich reformate in a steam reformer based fuel processor, and the hydrogen is then electrochemically oxidized in a low temperature polymer electrolyte fuel cell to generate electric power. The heat generated in the fuel cell and the available heat in the exhaust gas is recovered to meet residential needs for hot water and space heating. Two fuel processor configurations have been studied. One of the configurations was explored to quantify the effects of design and operating parameters, which include pressure, temperature, and steam-to-carbon ratio in the fuel processor, and fuel utilization in the fuel cell. The second configuration applied the lessons from the study of the first configuration to increase the CHP efficiency. Results from the two configurations allow a quantitative comparison of the design alternatives. The analyses showed that these systems can operate at electrical efficiencies of ∼46% and combined heat and power efficiencies of ∼90%.
Minimum magnetic curvature for resilient divertors using Compact Toroidal Hybrid geometry
Bader, Aaron; Hegna, C. C.; Cianciosa, Mark R.; ...
2018-03-16
The properties of resilient divertors are explored using equilibria derived from Compact Toroidal Hybrid (CTH) geometries. Resilience is defined here as the robustness of the strike point patterns as the plasma geometry and/or plasma profiles are changed. The addition of plasma current in the CTH configurations significantly alters the shape of the last closed flux surface and the rotational transform profile, however, it does not alter the strike point pattern on the target plates, and hence has resilient divertor features. The limits of when a configuration transforms to a resilient configuration is then explored. New CTH-like configurations are generated thatmore » vary from a perfectly circular cross section to configurations with increasing amounts of toroidal shaping. It is found that even small amounts of toroidal shaping lead to strike point localization that is similar to the standard CTH configuration. Lastly, these results show that only a small degree of three-dimensional shaping is necessary to produce a resilient divertor, implying that any highly shaped optimized stellarator will possess the resilient divertor property.« less
Carbon nanotube nanoradios: The field emission and transistor configurations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Vincent, Pascal; Ayari, Anthony; Poncharal, Philippe; Barois, Thomas; Perisanu, Sorin; Gouttenoire, V.; Purcell, Stephen T.
2012-06-01
In this article, we explore and compare two distinct configurations of the "nanoradio" concept where individual carbon nanotube resonators are the central electromechanical element permitting signal demodulation. The two configurations of singly-clamped field emitters and doubly-clamped field effect transistors are examined which at first glance are quite different, but in fact involve quite similar physical concepts. Amplitude, frequency and digital demodulation are demonstrated and the analytical formulae describing the demodulation are derived as functions of the system parameters. The crucial role played by the mechanical resonance in demodulation is clearly demonstrated. For the field emission configuration we particularly concentrate on how the demodulation depends on the variation of the field amplification factor during resonance and show that amplitude demodulation results in the best transmitted signal. For the transistor configuration the important aspect is the variation of the nanotube conductance as a function of its distance to the gate. In this case frequency demodulation is much more effective and digital signal processing was achieved. The respective strengths and weaknesses of each configuration are discussed throughout the article.
A super-cusp divertor configuration for tokamaks
Ryutov, D. D.
2015-08-26
Our study demonstrates a remarkable flexibility of advanced divertor configurations created with the remote poloidal field coils. The emphasis here is on the configurations with three poloidal field nulls in the divertor area. We are seeking the structures where all three nulls lie on the same separatrix, thereby creating two zones of a very strong flux expansion, as envisaged in the concept of Takase’s cusp divertor. It turns out that the set of remote coils can produce a cusp divertor, with additional advantages of: (i) a large stand-off distance between the divertor and the coils and (ii) a thorough controlmore » that these coils exert over the fine features of the configuration. In reference to these additional favourable properties acquired by the cusp divertor, the resulting configuration could be called ‘a super-cusp’. General geometrical features of the three-null configurations produced by remote coils are described. Furthermore, issues on the way to practical applications include the need for a more sophisticated control system and possible constraints related to excessively high currents in the divertor coils.« less
Radial electric field and ion parallel flow in the quasi-symmetric and Mirror configurations of HSX
Kumar, S. T. A.; Dobbins, T. J.; Talmadge, J. N.; ...
2018-03-07
In this paper, the radial electric field and the ion mean parallel flow are obtained in the helically symmetric experiment stellarator from toroidal flow measurements of C +6 ion at two locations on a flux surface, using the Pfirsch–Schlüter effect. Results from the standard quasi-helically symmetric magnetic configuration are compared with those from the Mirror configuration where the quasi-symmetry is deliberately degraded using auxiliary coils. For similar injected power, the quasi-symmetric configuration is observed to have significantly lower flows while the experimental observations from the Mirror geometry are in better agreement with neoclassical calculations. Finally, indications are that the radialmore » electric field near the core of the quasi-symmetric configuration may be governed by non-neoclassical processes.« less
Radial electric field and ion parallel flow in the quasi-symmetric and Mirror configurations of HSX
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Kumar, S. T. A.; Dobbins, T. J.; Talmadge, J. N.
In this paper, the radial electric field and the ion mean parallel flow are obtained in the helically symmetric experiment stellarator from toroidal flow measurements of C +6 ion at two locations on a flux surface, using the Pfirsch–Schlüter effect. Results from the standard quasi-helically symmetric magnetic configuration are compared with those from the Mirror configuration where the quasi-symmetry is deliberately degraded using auxiliary coils. For similar injected power, the quasi-symmetric configuration is observed to have significantly lower flows while the experimental observations from the Mirror geometry are in better agreement with neoclassical calculations. Finally, indications are that the radialmore » electric field near the core of the quasi-symmetric configuration may be governed by non-neoclassical processes.« less
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Karpuškienė, R.; Bogdanovich, P.; Kisielius, R.
2017-05-01
The ab initio quasirelativistic approach developed specifically for the calculation of spectral parameters of highly charged ions was used to derive transition data for the tungsten ion W34+. The configuration interaction method was applied to include electron correlation effects. The relativistic effects were taken into account in the Breit-Pauli approximation. The level energies, radiative lifetimes τ, Landé g-factors are determined for the ground configuration 4p64d4 and two excited configurations 4p64d34f and 4p54d5. The radiative transition wavelengths λ and emission transition probabilities A for the electric dipole, electric quadrupole, electric octupole, magnetic dipole, and magnetic quadrupole transitions among the levels of these configurations are produced.
Tags, wireless communication systems, tag communication methods, and wireless communications methods
Scott,; Jeff W. , Pratt; Richard, M [Richland, WA
2006-09-12
Tags, wireless communication systems, tag communication methods, and wireless communications methods are described. In one aspect, a tag includes a plurality of antennas configured to receive a plurality of first wireless communication signals comprising data from a reader, a plurality of rectifying circuits coupled with. respective individual ones of the antennas and configured to provide rectified signals corresponding to the first wireless communication signals, wherein the rectified signals are combined to produce a composite signal, an adaptive reference circuit configured to vary a reference signal responsive to the composite signal, a comparator coupled with the adaptive reference circuit and the rectifying circuits and configured to compare the composite signal with respect to the reference signal and to output the data responsive to the comparison, and processing circuitry configured to receive the data from the comparator and to process the data.
Impact of radiation dose on nuclear shuttle configuration
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Goetz, C. A.; Billings, M. A.
1972-01-01
The impact of nuclear radiation (from the NERVA propulsion system) on the selection of a reference configuration for each of two classes of the reusable nuclear shuttle is considered. One class was characterized by a single propellant tank, the shape of whose bottom was found to have a pronounced effect on crew radiation levels and associated shield weight requirements. A trade study of shield weight versus structural weight indicated that the minimum-weight configuration for this class had a tank bottom in the shape of a frustum of a 10 deg-half-angle cone. A hybrid version of this configuration was found to affect crew radiation levels in substantially the same manner. The other class of RNS consisted of a propulsion module and eight propellant modules. Radiation analyses of various module arrangements led to a design configuration with no external shield requirements.
Lock-In Imaging System for Detecting Disturbances in Fluid
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Park, Yeonjoon (Inventor); Choi, Sang Hyouk (Inventor); King, Glen C. (Inventor); Elliott, James R. (Inventor); Dimarcantonio, Albert L. (Inventor)
2014-01-01
A lock-in imaging system is configured for detecting a disturbance in air. The system includes an airplane, an interferometer, and a telescopic imaging camera. The airplane includes a fuselage and a pair of wings. The airplane is configured for flight in air. The interferometer is operatively disposed on the airplane and configured for producing an interference pattern by splitting a beam of light into two beams along two paths and recombining the two beams at a junction point in a front flight path of the airplane during flight. The telescopic imaging camera is configured for capturing an image of the beams at the junction point. The telescopic imaging camera is configured for detecting the disturbance in air in an optical path, based on an index of refraction of the image, as detected at the junction point.
National law enforcement telecommunications network
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Reilly, N. B.; Garrison, G. W.; Sohn, R. L.; Gallop, D. L.; Goldstein, B. L.
1975-01-01
Alternative approaches are analyzed to a National Law Enforcement Telecommunications Network (NALECOM) designed to service all state-to-state and state-to-national criminal justice communications traffic needs in the United States. Network topology options were analyzed, and equipment and personnel requirements for each option were defined in accordance with NALECOM functional specifications and design guidelines. Evaluation criteria were developed and applied to each of the options leading to specific conclusions. Detailed treatments of methods for determining traffic requirements, communication line costs, switcher configurations and costs, microwave costs, satellite system configurations and costs, facilities, operations and engineering costs, network delay analysis and network availability analysis are presented. It is concluded that a single regional switcher configuration is the optimum choice based on cost and technical factors. A two-region configuration is competitive. Multiple-region configurations are less competitive due to increasing costs without attending benefits.
Free-vibration characteristics of a large split-blanket solar array in a 1-g field
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Shaker, F. J.
1976-01-01
Two methods for studying the free vibration characteristics of a large split blanket solar array in both a 0-g and a 1-g cantilevered configuration are presented. The 0-g configuration corresponds to an in-orbit configuration of the array; the 1-g configuration is a typical ground test configuration. The first method applies the equations of continuum mechanics to determine the mode shapes and frequencies of the array; the second method uses the Rayleigh-Ritz approach. In the Rayleigh-Ritz method the array displacements are represented by string modes and cantilevered beam modes. The results of this investigation are summarized by a series of graphs illustrating the effects of various array parameters on the mode shapes and frequencies of the system. The results of the two methods are also compared in tabular form.
Selection of Lockheed Martin's Preferred TSTO Configurations for the Space Launch Initiative
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hopkins, Joshua B.
2002-01-01
Lockheed Martin is developing concepts for safe, affordable Two Stage to Orbit (TSTO) reusable launch vehicles as part of NASA s Space Launch Initiaiive. This paper discusses the options considered for the design of the TSTO, the impact of each of these options on the vehicle configuration, the criteria used for selection of preferred configurations, and the results of the selection process. More than twenty configurations were developed in detail in order to compare optioiis such as propellant choice, serial vs. parallel burn sequence, use of propellant crossfeed between stages, bimese or optimized stage designs, and high or low staging velocities. Each configuration was analyzed not only for performance and sizing, but also for cost and reliability. The study concluded that kerosene was the superior fuel for first stages, and that bimese vehicles were not attractive.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhu, Z. G.; Zhuang, M.; Jiang, Q. F.; Y Zhang, Q.; Feng, H. S.
2017-12-01
In 310-80 K pre-cooling stage, the temperature of the HP helium stream reduces to about 80 K where nearly 73% of the enthalpy drop from room temperature to 4.5 K occurs. Apart from the most common liquid nitrogen pre-cooling, another 310-80 K pre-cooling configuration with turbine is employed in some helium cryoplants. In this paper, thermodynamic and economical performance of these two kinds of 310-80 K pre-cooling stage configurations has been studied at different operating conditions taking discharge pressure, isentropic efficiency of turbines and liquefaction rate as independent parameters. The exergy efficiency, total UA of heat exchangers and operating cost of two configurations are computed. This work will provide a reference for choosing 310-80 K pre-cooling stage configuration during design.
Wind-tunnel investigation of a full-scale canard-configured general aviation aircraft
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Yip, L. P.; Coy, P. F.
1982-01-01
As part of a broad research program to provide a data base on advanced airplane configurations, a wind-tunnel investigation was conducted in the Langley 30-by 60-Foot Wind Tunnel to determine the aerodynamic characteristics of an advanced canard-configured general aviation airplane. The investigation included measurements of forces and moments of the complete configuration, isolated canard loads, and pressure distributions on the wing, winglet, and canard. Flow visualization was obtained by using surface tufts to determine regions of flow separation and by using a chemical sublimation technique to determine boundary-layer transition locations. Additionally, other tests were conducted to determine simulated rain effects on boundary layer transition. Investigation of configuration effects included variations of canard locations, canard airfoil section, winglet size, and use of a leading-edge droop on the out-board section of the wing.
Space construction system analysis study: Project systems and missions descriptions
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1979-01-01
Three project systems are defined and summarized. The systems are: (1) a Solar Power Satellite (SPS) Development Flight Test Vehicle configured for fabrication and compatible with solar electric propulsion orbit transfer; (2) an Advanced Communications Platform configured for space fabrication and compatible with low thrust chemical orbit transfer propulsion; and (3) the same Platform, configured to be space erectable but still compatible with low thrust chemical orbit transfer propulsion. These project systems are intended to serve as configuration models for use in detailed analyses of space construction techniques and processes. They represent feasible concepts for real projects; real in the sense that they are realistic contenders on the list of candidate missions currently projected for the national space program. Thus, they represent reasonable configurations upon which to base early studies of alternative space construction processes.
Building configuration and seismic design: The architecture of earthquake resistance
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Arnold, C.; Reitherman, R.; Whitaker, D.
1981-05-01
The architecture of a building in relation to its ability to withstand earthquakes was determined. Aspects of round motion which are significant to building behavior are discussed. Results of a survey of configuration decisions that affect the performance of buildings with a focus on the architectural aspects of configuration design are provided. Configuration derivation, building type as it relates to seismic design, and seismic design, and seismic issues in the design process are examined. Case studies of the Veterans' Administration Hospital in Loma Linda, California, and the Imperial Hotel in Tokyo, Japan, are presented. The seismic design process is described paying special attention to the configuration issues. The need is stressed for guidelines, codes, and regulations to ensure design solutions that respect and balance the full range of architectural, engineering, and material influences on seismic hazards.
Configuration-specific kinetic theory applied to an ideal binary gas mixture.
Wiseman, Floyd L
2006-10-05
This paper is the second in a two-part series dealing with the configuration-specific analyses for molecular collision events of hard, spherical molecules at thermal equilibrium. The first paper analyzed a single-component system, and the reader is referred to it for the fundamental concepts. In this paper, the expressions for the configuration-specific collision frequencies and the average line-of-centers collision angles and speeds are derived for an ideal binary gas mixture. The analyses show that the average line-of-centers quantities are all dependent upon the ratio of the masses of the two components, but not upon molecular size. Of course, the configuration-specific collision frequencies do depend on molecular size. The expression for the overall binary collision frequency is a simple sum of the configuration-specific collision frequencies and is identical to the conventional expression.
Pérez-Heredia, Mercedes; Ferrer-Luque, Carmen María; Bravo, Manuel; Castelo-Baz, Pablo; Ruíz-Piñón, Manuel; Baca, Pilar
2017-09-01
The aim of this study was to identify morphologic peculiarities of roots and analyze the root canal configuration in maxillary and mandibular first and second molars by means using cone-beam computed tomographic (CBCT) imaging in a Spanish population. A total of 284 maxillary molars and 242 mandibular molars from 112 patients were examined in vivo by CBCT imaging; only untreated molars with healthy and fully matured apices were included in this study. Details regarding the number of roots, number of canals, and root canal configuration were recorded. Maxillary first and second molars had 3 roots in 97.2% and 79%, respectively. In mandibular molars, the frequency of 2 roots was 94% in first molars and 83% in second molars. The canal configuration of the palatal root was 100% Vertucci type I (1-1) in first and second molars. The distobuccal root showed a Vertucci type I configuration in 97% of first and 100% of maxillary second molars. The mesiobuccal root for first molars showed a Vertucci type II configuration (2-1) in 56.5% cases and Vertucci type IV (2-2) in 23.2%. For maxillary second molars, the Vertucci type I configuration reached 52.7%. In mandibular molars, the mesial root showed higher variability. Most frequent was the presence of 2 canals, Vertucci type II for first and second molars. In the distal root, the most common configuration was Vertucci type I in both molars. The greater percentage of fused roots was observed in maxillary molars. Vertucci type II configuration was more frequent than type IV in the mesial root of mandibular molars and the mesiobuccal root of maxillary molars. A third canal in the mesial root of first mandibular molars (6.7%) was higher than expected. Copyright © 2017 American Association of Endodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ektarawong, A.; Simak, S. I.; Hultman, L.; Birch, J.; Alling, B.
2014-07-01
Configurationally disordered crystalline boron carbide, with the composition B4C, is studied using first-principles calculations. We investigate both dilute and high concentrations of carbon-boron substitutional defects. For the latter purpose, we suggest a superatom's picture of the complex structure and combine it with a special quasirandom structure approach for disorder. In this way, we model a random distribution of high concentrations of the identified low-energy defects: (1) bipolar defects and (2) rotation of icosahedral carbon among the three polar-up sites. Additionally, the substitutional disorder of the icosahedral carbon at all six polar sites, as previously discussed in the literature, is also considered. Two configurational phase transitions from the ordered to the disordered configurations are predicted to take place upon an increase in temperature using a mean-field approximation for the entropy. The first transition, at 870 K, induces substitutional disorder of the icosahedral carbon atoms among the three polar-up sites; meanwhile the second transition, at 2325 K, reveals the random substitution of the icosahedral carbon atoms at all six polar sites coexisting with bipolar defects. Already the first transition removes the monoclinic distortion existing in the ordered ground-state configuration and restore the rhombohedral system (R3m). The restoration of inversion symmetry yielding the full rhombohedral symmetry (R3¯m ) on average, corresponding to what is reported in the literature, is achieved after the second transition. Investigating the effects of high pressure on the configurational stability of the disordered B4C phases reveals a tendency to stabilize the ordered ground-state configuration as the configurationally ordering/disordering transition temperature increases with pressure exerted on B4C. The electronic density of states, obtained from the disordered phases, indicates a sensitivity of the band gap to the degree of configurational disorder in B4C.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Moul, Martin T; Wineman, Andrew R
1952-01-01
A flight investigation has been made to determine the longitudinal stability and control characteristics of a 60 0 delta-wing-canard missile configuration with an exposed wing-canard area ratio of 16:1. The results presented include the longitudinal stability derivatives, control effectiveness, and drag characteristics for a Mach number range of 0.75 to 1.80 and are compared with the results of a similar configuration having larger 6ontrols. Stability characteristics are also presented from the flights of an interdigitated canard configuration at a Mach number of 2.08 and a wing-body configuration at Mach numbers of 1.25 to 1.45. The stability derivatives varied gradually with Mach number with the exception of the damping-in-pitch derivative. Aerodynamic damping in pitch decreased to a minimum at a Mach number of 1.0 3, then increased to a peak value at a Mach number of 1.26 followed by a gradual decrease at higher Mach numbers. The aerodynamic-center location of the in-line canard configuration shifted rearward 13 percent of the mean aerodynamic chord at transonic speeds. The pitching-moment curve slope was 25 percent greater for the model having no canards than for the in-line configuration. No large effects of interdigitation were noted in the stability derivatives. Pitching effectiveness of the in-line configuration was maintained throughout the Mach number range. A comparison of the stability and control characteristics of two canard configurations having different area controls showed that decreasing the control area 44 percent decreased the pitching effectiveness proportionally, shifted the aerodynamic-center location rearward 9 to 14 percent of the mean aerodynamic chord, and reduced the total hinge moments required for 10 trimmed flight about 50 percent at transonic speeds.
Testing of Two-Speed Transmission Configurations for Use in Rotorcraft
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lewicki, David G.; Stevens, Mark A.
2015-01-01
Large civil tiltrotors have been identified to replace regional airliners over medium ranges to alleviate next-generation air traffic. Variable rotor speed for these vehicles is required for efficient high-speed operation. Two-speed drive system research has been performed to support these advanced rotorcraft applications. Experimental tests were performed on two promising two-speed transmission configurations. The offset compound gear (OCG) transmission and the dual star/idler (DSI) planetary transmission were tested in the NASA Glenn Research Center variable-speed transmission test facility. Both configurations were inline devices with concentric input and output shafts and designed to provide 1:1 and 2:1 output speed reduction ratios. Both were designed for 200 hp and 15,000 rpm input speed and had a dry shift clutch configuration. Shift tests were performed on the transmissions at input speeds of 5,000, 8,000, 10,000, 12,500, and 15,000 rpm. Both the OCG and DSI configurations successfully perform speed shifts at full rated 15,000 rpm input speed. The transient shifting behavior of the OCG and DSI configurations were very similar. The shift clutch had more of an effect on shifting dynamics than the reduction gearing configuration itself since the same shift clutch was used in both configurations. For both OCG and DSI configurations, low-to-high speed shifts were limited in applied torque levels in order to prevent overloads on the transmission due to transient torque spikes. It is believed that the relative lack of appreciable slippage of the dry shifting clutch at operating conditions and pressure profiles tested was a major cause of the transient torque spikes. For the low-to-high speed shifts, the output speed ramp-up time slightly decreased and the peak out torque slightly increased as the clutch pressure ramp-down rate increased. This was caused by slightly less clutch slippage as the clutch pressure ramp-down rate increased.
Comparison of several methods for estimating low speed stability derivatives
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Fletcher, H. S.
1971-01-01
Methods presented in five different publications have been used to estimate the low-speed stability derivatives of two unpowered airplane configurations. One configuration had unswept lifting surfaces, the other configuration was the D-558-II swept-wing research airplane. The results of the computations were compared with each other, with existing wind-tunnel data, and with flight-test data for the D-558-II configuration to assess the relative merits of the methods for estimating derivatives. The results of the study indicated that, in general, for low subsonic speeds, no one text appeared consistently better for estimating all derivatives.
Formation, spin-up, and stability of field-reversed configurations
Omelchenko, Yuri A.
2015-08-24
Formation, spontaneous spin-up and stability of theta-pinch formed field-reversed configurations are studied self-consistently in three dimensions with a multiscale hybrid model that treats all plasma ions as full-orbit collisional macro-particles and the electrons as a massless quasineutral fluid. The end-to-end hybrid simulations for the first time reveal poloidal profiles of implosion-driven fast toroidal plasma rotation and demonstrate three well-known discharge regimes as a function of experimental parameters: the decaying stable configuration, the tilt unstable configuration and the nonlinear evolution of a fast growing tearing mode.
A variational Monte Carlo study of different spin configurations of electron-hole bilayer
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sharma, Rajesh O.; Saini, L. K.; Bahuguna, Bhagwati Prasad
2018-05-01
We report quantum Monte Carlo results for mass-asymmetric electron-hole bilayer (EHBL) system with different-different spin configurations. Particularly, we apply a variational Monte Carlo method to estimate the ground-state energy, condensate fraction and pair-correlations function at fixed density rs = 5 and interlayer distance d = 1 a.u. We find that spin-configuration of EHBL system, which consists of only up-electrons in one layer and down-holes in other i.e. ferromagnetic arrangement within layers and anti-ferromagnetic across the layers, is more stable than the other spin-configurations considered in this study.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Simons, Rainee N. (Inventor); Wintucky, Edwin G. (Inventor)
2016-01-01
A multimode directional coupler is provided. In some embodiments, the multimode directional coupler is configured to receive a primary signal and a secondary signal at a first port of a primary waveguide. The primary signal is configured to propagate through the primary waveguide and be outputted at a second port of the primary waveguide. The multimode directional coupler also includes a secondary waveguide configured to couple the secondary signal from the primary waveguide with no coupling of the primary signal into the secondary waveguide. The secondary signal is configured to propagate through the secondary waveguide and be outputted from a port of the secondary waveguide.
Beamforming strategy of ULA and UCA sensor configuration in multistatic passive radar
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Hossa, Robert
2009-06-01
A Beamforming Network (BN) concept of Uniform Linear Array (ULA) and Uniform Circular Array (UCA) dipole configuration designed to multistatic passive radar is considered in details. In the case of UCA configuration, computationally efficient procedure of beamspace transformation from UCA to virtual ULA configuration with omnidirectional coverage is utilized. If effect, the idea of the proposed solution is equivalent to the techniques of antenna array factor shaping dedicated to ULA structure. Finally, exemplary results from the computer software simulations of elaborated spatial filtering solutions to reference and surveillance channels are provided and discussed.
Engine control system having fuel-based adjustment
Willi, Martin L [Dunlap, IL; Fiveland, Scott B [Metamora, IL; Montgomery, David T [Edelstein, IL; Gong, Weidong [Dunlap, IL
2011-03-15
A control system for an engine having a cylinder is disclosed having an engine valve configured to affect a fluid flow of the cylinder, an actuator configured to move the engine valve, and an in-cylinder sensor configured to generate a signal indicative of a characteristic of fuel entering the cylinder. The control system also has a controller in communication with the actuator and the sensor. The controller is configured to determine the characteristic of the fuel based on the signal and selectively regulate the actuator to adjust a timing of the engine valve based on the characteristic of the fuel.
VizieR Online Data Catalog: Study of protostars in the Perseus molecular cloud (Tobin+, 2016)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Tobin, J. J.; Looney, L. W.; Li, Z.-Y.; Chandler, C. J.; Dunham, M. M.; Segura-Cox, D.; Sadavoy, S. I.; Melis, C.; Harris, R. J.; Kratter, K.; Perez, L.
2018-01-01
We conducted observations with the VLA in B-configuration between 2013 September 28 and 2013 November 20 and in A-configuration during 2014 February 24 to 2014 May 31 and 2015 June 19 to 2015 September 21. The B-configuration (also referred to as B-array) has a maximum baseline (antenna separation) of 11.1 km and at 8 mm provides a resolution of ~0.2" (46 au). The A-configuration (A-array) has a maximum baseline of 36.4 km, providing a resolution of ~0.065" (15 au). (2 data files).
The 100 cm solar telescope primary mirror study
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1975-01-01
The manufacturing impact of primary mirror configuration on the performance of a 100 cm aperture solar telescope was studied. Three primary mirror configurations were considered: solid, standard lightweight, and mushroom. All of these are of low expansion material. Specifically, the study consisted of evaluating the mirrors with regard to: manufacturing metrology, manufacturing risk factors and ultimate quality assessment. As a result of this evaluation, a performance comparison of the configurations was made, and a recommendation of mirror configuration is the final output. These evaluations, comparisons and recommendations are discussed in detail. Other investigations were completed and are documented in the appendices.
Hardware support for software controlled fast reconfiguration of performance counters
Salapura, Valentina; Wisniewski, Robert W.
2013-06-18
Hardware support for software controlled reconfiguration of performance counters may include a plurality of performance counters collecting one or more counts of one or more selected activities. A storage element stores data value representing a time interval, and a timer element reads the data value and detects expiration of the time interval based on the data value and generates a signal. A plurality of configuration registers stores a set of performance counter configurations. A state machine receives the signal and selects a configuration register from the plurality of configuration registers for reconfiguring the one or more performance counters.
Hardware support for software controlled fast reconfiguration of performance counters
Salapura, Valentina; Wisniewski, Robert W
2013-09-24
Hardware support for software controlled reconfiguration of performance counters may include a plurality of performance counters collecting one or more counts of one or more selected activities. A storage element stores data value representing a time interval, and a timer element reads the data value and detects expiration of the time interval based on the data value and generates a signal. A plurality of configuration registers stores a set of performance counter configurations. A state machine receives the signal and selects a configuration register from the plurality of configuration registers for reconfiguring the one or more performance counters.
Dougherty, Thomas J; Symanski, James S; Kuempers, Joerg A; Miles, Ronald C; Hansen, Scott A; Smith, Nels R; Taghikhani, Majid; Mrotek, Edward N; Andrew, Michael G
2014-01-21
A lithium battery for use in a vehicle includes a container, a plurality of positive terminals extending from a first end of the lithium battery, and a plurality of negative terminals extending from a second end of the lithium battery. The plurality of positive terminals are provided in a first configuration and the plurality of negative terminals are provided in a second configuration, the first configuration differing from the second configuration. A battery system for use in a vehicle may include a plurality of electrically connected lithium cells or batteries.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Ng, Tak-kwong (Inventor); Herath, Jeffrey A. (Inventor)
2010-01-01
An integrated system mitigates the effects of a single event upset (SEU) on a reprogrammable field programmable gate array (RFPGA). The system includes (i) a RFPGA having an internal configuration memory, and (ii) a memory for storing a configuration associated with the RFPGA. Logic circuitry programmed into the RFPGA and coupled to the memory reloads a portion of the configuration from the memory into the RFPGA's internal configuration memory at predetermined times. Additional SEU mitigation can be provided by logic circuitry on the RFPGA that monitors and maintains synchronized operation of the RFPGA's digital clock managers.
Asymmetric vortex pair in the wake of a circular cylinder
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Iosilevskii, G.; Seginer, A.
1994-10-01
Stationary configurations of two asymmetric point vortices in the wake of an infinite circular cylinder, spinning or not about its axis, are analytically investigated using an ideal fluid approximation. Four different vortex configurations (patterns) in the wake of a spinning cylinder are found in the case when vortex asymmetry is weak; each configuration is associated with a certain direction of the Magnus force. The qualitative relation between a pattern and a direction of the Magnus force is in agreement with experimental data. Also obtained are asymmetrical vortex configurations in the wake of a nonspinning cylinder.
JTAG-based remote configuration of FPGAs over optical fibers
Deng, B.; Xu, H.; Liu, C.; ...
2015-01-28
In this study, a remote FPGA-configuration method based on JTAG extension over optical fibers is presented. The method takes advantage of commercial components and ready-to-use software such as iMPACT and does not require any hardware or software development. The method combines the advantages of the slow remote JTAG configuration and the fast local flash memory configuration. The method has been verified successfully and used in the Demonstrator of Liquid-Argon Trigger Digitization Board (LTDB) for the ATLAS liquid argon calorimeter Phase-I trigger upgrade. All components on the FPGA side are verified to meet the radiation tolerance requirements.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Yates, E. Carson, Jr.
1987-01-01
To promote the evaluation of existing and emerging unsteady aerodynamic codes and methods for applying them to aeroelastic problems, especially for the transonic range, a limited number of aerodynamic configurations and experimental dynamic response data sets are to be designated by the AGARD Structures and Materials Panel as standards for comparison. This set is a sequel to that established several years ago for comparisons of calculated and measured aerodynamic pressures and forces. This report presents the information needed to perform flutter calculations for the first candidate standard configuration for dynamic response along with the related experimental flutter data.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Houck, J. A.
1980-01-01
This paper describes the work being done at the National Aeronautics and Space Administration's Langley Research Center on the development of a mission simulator for use in the Terminal Configured Vehicle Program. A brief description of the goals and objectives of the Terminal Configured Vehicle Program is presented. A more detailed description of the Mission Simulator, in its present configuration, and its components is provided. Finally, a description of the first research study conducted in the Mission Simulator is presented along with a discussion of some preliminary results from this study.
An analytical study of a six degree-of-freedom active truss for use in vibration control
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Wynn, Robert H., Jr.; Robertshaw, Harry H.; Horner, C. Garnett
1990-01-01
An analytical study of the vibration control capabilities of three configurations of an active truss is presented. The truss studied is composed of two bays of an octahedral-octahedral configuration. The three configurations of the active truss studies are: all six battens activated (6 DOF), the top three battens activated (3 DOF), and the bottom three battens activated (3 DOF). The closed-loop vibration control response of these three configurations are studied with respect to: vibration attenuation, energy utilized, and the effects of motor drive amplifier saturation non-linearities.
Space Transportation Booster Engine (STBE) configuration study
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
1986-01-01
The overall objective of this Space Transportation Booster Engine (STBE) study is to identify candidate engine configurations which enhance vehicle performance and provide operational flexibility at low cost. The specific objectives are as follows: (1) to identify and evaluate candidate LOX/HC engine configurations for the Advanced Space Transportation System for an early 1995 IOC and a late 2000 IOC; (2) to select one optimum engine for each time period; 3) to prepare a conceptual design for each configuration; (4) to develop a technology plan for the 2000 IOC engine; and, (5) to prepare preliminary programmatic planning and analysis for the 1995 IOC engine.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Prokop, Norman F (Inventor)
2016-01-01
Analog circuits for detecting edges in pixel arrays are disclosed. A comparator may be configured to receive an all pass signal and a low pass signal for a pixel intensity in an array of pixels. A latch may be configured to receive a counter signal and a latching signal from the comparator. The comparator may be configured to send the latching signal to the latch when the all pass signal is below the low pass signal minus an offset. The latch may be configured to hold a last negative edge location when the latching signal is received from the comparator.